diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src')
| -rw-r--r-- | src/Makefile.am | 54 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/TOUR | 357 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/alias.c | 240 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/alias.h | 56 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/arith.y | 208 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/arith_lex.l | 96 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/arith_yylex.c | 165 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/bltin.h | 98 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/echo.1 | 113 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/printf.1 | 358 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/printf.c | 547 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/test.1 | 313 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/test.c | 545 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/bltin/times.c | 32 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/builtins.def | 92 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/cd.c | 317 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/cd.h | 39 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/dash.1 | 2372 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/error.c | 246 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/error.h | 145 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/eval.c | 1112 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/eval.h | 68 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/exec.c | 899 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/exec.h | 81 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/expand.c | 1759 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/expand.h | 82 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/cmv | 50 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/dirs | 74 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/kill | 50 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/login | 39 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/newgrp | 38 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/popd | 74 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/pushd | 74 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/funcs/suspend | 42 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/hetio.c | 397 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/hetio.h | 22 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/histedit.c | 510 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/init.h | 43 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/input.c | 567 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/input.h | 66 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/jobs.c | 1501 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/jobs.h | 111 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/machdep.h | 51 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mail.c | 125 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mail.h | 42 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/main.c | 398 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/main.h | 57 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/memalloc.c | 341 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/memalloc.h | 101 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/miscbltin.c | 472 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/miscbltin.h | 34 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mkbuiltins | 113 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mkinit.c | 495 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mknodes.c | 467 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mksignames.c | 419 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mksyntax.c | 415 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mktokens | 96 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/myhistedit.h | 50 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mystring.c | 222 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mystring.h | 62 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/nodes.c.pat | 180 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/nodetypes | 147 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/options.c | 562 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/options.h | 91 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/output.c | 397 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/output.h | 116 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/parser.c | 1608 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/parser.h | 100 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/redir.c | 488 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/redir.h | 54 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/shell.h | 100 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/show.c | 416 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/show.h | 49 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/system.c | 54 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/system.h | 60 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/trap.c | 395 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/trap.h | 55 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/var.c | 689 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/var.h | 150 |
79 files changed, 23723 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35bdbcf --- /dev/null +++ b/src/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# $Id$ + +AM_CPPFLAGS = -include $(top_builddir)/config.h +AM_YFLAGS = -d + +CFLAGS = -g -O2 -Wall +DEFS = \ + -DBSD=1 -DSMALL -DSHELL \ + -DGLOB_BROKEN -DFNMATCH_BROKEN -DIFS_BROKEN \ + -D__COPYRIGHT\(x\)= -D__RCSID\(x\)= -D_DIAGASSERT\(x\)= + +bin_PROGRAMS = dash + +dash_CFILES = \ + alias.c arith_yylex.c cd.c error.c eval.c exec.c expand.c \ + histedit.c input.c jobs.c mail.c main.c memalloc.c miscbltin.c \ + mystring.c options.c parser.c redir.c show.c trap.c output.c \ + bltin/printf.c system.c bltin/test.c bltin/times.c var.c +dash_SOURCES = \ + $(dash_CFILES) arith.y \ + alias.h bltin/bltin.h cd.h error.h eval.h exec.h expand.h hetio.h \ + init.h input.h jobs.h machdep.h mail.h main.h memalloc.h miscbltin.h \ + myhistedit.h mystring.h options.h output.h parser.h redir.h shell.h \ + show.h system.h trap.h var.h +dash_LDADD = builtins.o init.o nodes.o signames.o syntax.o + +BUILT_SOURCES = arith.h builtins.h nodes.h syntax.h token.h +CLEANFILES = \ + $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(patsubst %.o,%.c,$(dash_LDADD)) \ + arith.c mkinit mknodes mksignames mksyntax + +man_MANS = dash.1 +EXTRA_DIST = \ + $(man_MANS) \ + mktokens mkbuiltins builtins.def mkinit.c \ + mknodes.c nodetypes nodes.c.pat mksyntax.c mksignames.c + +token.h: mktokens + sh $^ + +builtins.c builtins.h: mkbuiltins shell.h builtins.def + sh $^ . '$(CFLAGS)' + +init.c: mkinit $(dash_CFILES) + ./$^ + +nodes.c nodes.h: mknodes nodetypes nodes.c.pat + ./$^ + +syntax.c syntax.h: mksyntax + ./$^ + +signames.c: mksignames + ./$^ diff --git a/src/TOUR b/src/TOUR new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5c00c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/TOUR @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +# $NetBSD: TOUR,v 1.8 1996/10/16 14:24:56 christos Exp $ +# @(#)TOUR 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 + +NOTE -- This is the original TOUR paper distributed with ash and +does not represent the current state of the shell. It is provided anyway +since it provides helpful information for how the shell is structured, +but be warned that things have changed -- the current shell is +still under development. + +================================================================ + + A Tour through Ash + + Copyright 1989 by Kenneth Almquist. + + +DIRECTORIES: The subdirectory bltin contains commands which can +be compiled stand-alone. The rest of the source is in the main +ash directory. + +SOURCE CODE GENERATORS: Files whose names begin with "mk" are +programs that generate source code. A complete list of these +programs is: + + program intput files generates + ------- ------------ --------- + mkbuiltins builtins builtins.h builtins.c + mkinit *.c init.c + mknodes nodetypes nodes.h nodes.c + mksignames - signames.h signames.c + mksyntax - syntax.h syntax.c + mktokens - token.h + bltin/mkexpr unary_op binary_op operators.h operators.c + +There are undoubtedly too many of these. Mkinit searches all the +C source files for entries looking like: + + INIT { + x = 1; /* executed during initialization */ + } + + RESET { + x = 2; /* executed when the shell does a longjmp + back to the main command loop */ + } + + SHELLPROC { + x = 3; /* executed when the shell runs a shell procedure */ + } + +It pulls this code out into routines which are when particular +events occur. The intent is to improve modularity by isolating +the information about which modules need to be explicitly +initialized/reset within the modules themselves. + +Mkinit recognizes several constructs for placing declarations in +the init.c file. + INCLUDE "file.h" +includes a file. The storage class MKINIT makes a declaration +available in the init.c file, for example: + MKINIT int funcnest; /* depth of function calls */ +MKINIT alone on a line introduces a structure or union declara- +tion: + MKINIT + struct redirtab { + short renamed[10]; + }; +Preprocessor #define statements are copied to init.c without any +special action to request this. + +INDENTATION: The ash source is indented in multiples of six +spaces. The only study that I have heard of on the subject con- +cluded that the optimal amount to indent is in the range of four +to six spaces. I use six spaces since it is not too big a jump +from the widely used eight spaces. If you really hate six space +indentation, use the adjind (source included) program to change +it to something else. + +EXCEPTIONS: Code for dealing with exceptions appears in +exceptions.c. The C language doesn't include exception handling, +so I implement it using setjmp and longjmp. The global variable +exception contains the type of exception. EXERROR is raised by +calling error. EXINT is an interrupt. EXSHELLPROC is an excep- +tion which is raised when a shell procedure is invoked. The pur- +pose of EXSHELLPROC is to perform the cleanup actions associated +with other exceptions. After these cleanup actions, the shell +can interpret a shell procedure itself without exec'ing a new +copy of the shell. + +INTERRUPTS: In an interactive shell, an interrupt will cause an +EXINT exception to return to the main command loop. (Exception: +EXINT is not raised if the user traps interrupts using the trap +command.) The INTOFF and INTON macros (defined in exception.h) +provide uninterruptable critical sections. Between the execution +of INTOFF and the execution of INTON, interrupt signals will be +held for later delivery. INTOFF and INTON can be nested. + +MEMALLOC.C: Memalloc.c defines versions of malloc and realloc +which call error when there is no memory left. It also defines a +stack oriented memory allocation scheme. Allocating off a stack +is probably more efficient than allocation using malloc, but the +big advantage is that when an exception occurs all we have to do +to free up the memory in use at the time of the exception is to +restore the stack pointer. The stack is implemented using a +linked list of blocks. + +STPUTC: If the stack were contiguous, it would be easy to store +strings on the stack without knowing in advance how long the +string was going to be: + p = stackptr; + *p++ = c; /* repeated as many times as needed */ + stackptr = p; +The folloing three macros (defined in memalloc.h) perform these +operations, but grow the stack if you run off the end: + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + STPUTC(c, p); /* repeated as many times as needed */ + grabstackstr(p); + +We now start a top-down look at the code: + +MAIN.C: The main routine performs some initialization, executes +the user's profile if necessary, and calls cmdloop. Cmdloop is +repeatedly parses and executes commands. + +OPTIONS.C: This file contains the option processing code. It is +called from main to parse the shell arguments when the shell is +invoked, and it also contains the set builtin. The -i and -j op- +tions (the latter turns on job control) require changes in signal +handling. The routines setjobctl (in jobs.c) and setinteractive +(in trap.c) are called to handle changes to these options. + +PARSING: The parser code is all in parser.c. A recursive des- +cent parser is used. Syntax tables (generated by mksyntax) are +used to classify characters during lexical analysis. There are +three tables: one for normal use, one for use when inside single +quotes, and one for use when inside double quotes. The tables +are machine dependent because they are indexed by character vari- +ables and the range of a char varies from machine to machine. + +PARSE OUTPUT: The output of the parser consists of a tree of +nodes. The various types of nodes are defined in the file node- +types. + +Nodes of type NARG are used to represent both words and the con- +tents of here documents. An early version of ash kept the con- +tents of here documents in temporary files, but keeping here do- +cuments in memory typically results in significantly better per- +formance. It would have been nice to make it an option to use +temporary files for here documents, for the benefit of small +machines, but the code to keep track of when to delete the tem- +porary files was complex and I never fixed all the bugs in it. +(AT&T has been maintaining the Bourne shell for more than ten +years, and to the best of my knowledge they still haven't gotten +it to handle temporary files correctly in obscure cases.) + +The text field of a NARG structure points to the text of the +word. The text consists of ordinary characters and a number of +special codes defined in parser.h. The special codes are: + + CTLVAR Variable substitution + CTLENDVAR End of variable substitution + CTLBACKQ Command substitution + CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE Command substitution inside double quotes + CTLESC Escape next character + +A variable substitution contains the following elements: + + CTLVAR type name '=' [ alternative-text CTLENDVAR ] + +The type field is a single character specifying the type of sub- +stitution. The possible types are: + + VSNORMAL $var + VSMINUS ${var-text} + VSMINUS|VSNUL ${var:-text} + VSPLUS ${var+text} + VSPLUS|VSNUL ${var:+text} + VSQUESTION ${var?text} + VSQUESTION|VSNUL ${var:?text} + VSASSIGN ${var=text} + VSASSIGN|VSNUL ${var=text} + +In addition, the type field will have the VSQUOTE flag set if the +variable is enclosed in double quotes. The name of the variable +comes next, terminated by an equals sign. If the type is not +VSNORMAL, then the text field in the substitution follows, ter- +minated by a CTLENDVAR byte. + +Commands in back quotes are parsed and stored in a linked list. +The locations of these commands in the string are indicated by +CTLBACKQ and CTLBACKQ+CTLQUOTE characters, depending upon whether +the back quotes were enclosed in double quotes. + +The character CTLESC escapes the next character, so that in case +any of the CTL characters mentioned above appear in the input, +they can be passed through transparently. CTLESC is also used to +escape '*', '?', '[', and '!' characters which were quoted by the +user and thus should not be used for file name generation. + +CTLESC characters have proved to be particularly tricky to get +right. In the case of here documents which are not subject to +variable and command substitution, the parser doesn't insert any +CTLESC characters to begin with (so the contents of the text +field can be written without any processing). Other here docu- +ments, and words which are not subject to splitting and file name +generation, have the CTLESC characters removed during the vari- +able and command substitution phase. Words which are subject +splitting and file name generation have the CTLESC characters re- +moved as part of the file name phase. + +EXECUTION: Command execution is handled by the following files: + eval.c The top level routines. + redir.c Code to handle redirection of input and output. + jobs.c Code to handle forking, waiting, and job control. + exec.c Code to to path searches and the actual exec sys call. + expand.c Code to evaluate arguments. + var.c Maintains the variable symbol table. Called from expand.c. + +EVAL.C: Evaltree recursively executes a parse tree. The exit +status is returned in the global variable exitstatus. The alter- +native entry evalbackcmd is called to evaluate commands in back +quotes. It saves the result in memory if the command is a buil- +tin; otherwise it forks off a child to execute the command and +connects the standard output of the child to a pipe. + +JOBS.C: To create a process, you call makejob to return a job +structure, and then call forkshell (passing the job structure as +an argument) to create the process. Waitforjob waits for a job +to complete. These routines take care of process groups if job +control is defined. + +REDIR.C: Ash allows file descriptors to be redirected and then +restored without forking off a child process. This is accom- +plished by duplicating the original file descriptors. The redir- +tab structure records where the file descriptors have be dupli- +cated to. + +EXEC.C: The routine find_command locates a command, and enters +the command in the hash table if it is not already there. The +third argument specifies whether it is to print an error message +if the command is not found. (When a pipeline is set up, +find_command is called for all the commands in the pipeline be- +fore any forking is done, so to get the commands into the hash +table of the parent process. But to make command hashing as +transparent as possible, we silently ignore errors at that point +and only print error messages if the command cannot be found +later.) + +The routine shellexec is the interface to the exec system call. + +EXPAND.C: Arguments are processed in three passes. The first +(performed by the routine argstr) performs variable and command +substitution. The second (ifsbreakup) performs word splitting +and the third (expandmeta) performs file name generation. If the +"/u" directory is simulated, then when "/u/username" is replaced +by the user's home directory, the flag "didudir" is set. This +tells the cd command that it should print out the directory name, +just as it would if the "/u" directory were implemented using +symbolic links. + +VAR.C: Variables are stored in a hash table. Probably we should +switch to extensible hashing. The variable name is stored in the +same string as the value (using the format "name=value") so that +no string copying is needed to create the environment of a com- +mand. Variables which the shell references internally are preal- +located so that the shell can reference the values of these vari- +ables without doing a lookup. + +When a program is run, the code in eval.c sticks any environment +variables which precede the command (as in "PATH=xxx command") in +the variable table as the simplest way to strip duplicates, and +then calls "environment" to get the value of the environment. +There are two consequences of this. First, if an assignment to +PATH precedes the command, the value of PATH before the assign- +ment must be remembered and passed to shellexec. Second, if the +program turns out to be a shell procedure, the strings from the +environment variables which preceded the command must be pulled +out of the table and replaced with strings obtained from malloc, +since the former will automatically be freed when the stack (see +the entry on memalloc.c) is emptied. + +BUILTIN COMMANDS: The procedures for handling these are scat- +tered throughout the code, depending on which location appears +most appropriate. They can be recognized because their names al- +ways end in "cmd". The mapping from names to procedures is +specified in the file builtins, which is processed by the mkbuil- +tins command. + +A builtin command is invoked with argc and argv set up like a +normal program. A builtin command is allowed to overwrite its +arguments. Builtin routines can call nextopt to do option pars- +ing. This is kind of like getopt, but you don't pass argc and +argv to it. Builtin routines can also call error. This routine +normally terminates the shell (or returns to the main command +loop if the shell is interactive), but when called from a builtin +command it causes the builtin command to terminate with an exit +status of 2. + +The directory bltins contains commands which can be compiled in- +dependently but can also be built into the shell for efficiency +reasons. The makefile in this directory compiles these programs +in the normal fashion (so that they can be run regardless of +whether the invoker is ash), but also creates a library named +bltinlib.a which can be linked with ash. The header file bltin.h +takes care of most of the differences between the ash and the +stand-alone environment. The user should call the main routine +"main", and #define main to be the name of the routine to use +when the program is linked into ash. This #define should appear +before bltin.h is included; bltin.h will #undef main if the pro- +gram is to be compiled stand-alone. + +CD.C: This file defines the cd and pwd builtins. The pwd com- +mand runs /bin/pwd the first time it is invoked (unless the user +has already done a cd to an absolute pathname), but then +remembers the current directory and updates it when the cd com- +mand is run, so subsequent pwd commands run very fast. The main +complication in the cd command is in the docd command, which +resolves symbolic links into actual names and informs the user +where the user ended up if he crossed a symbolic link. + +SIGNALS: Trap.c implements the trap command. The routine set- +signal figures out what action should be taken when a signal is +received and invokes the signal system call to set the signal ac- +tion appropriately. When a signal that a user has set a trap for +is caught, the routine "onsig" sets a flag. The routine dotrap +is called at appropriate points to actually handle the signal. +When an interrupt is caught and no trap has been set for that +signal, the routine "onint" in error.c is called. + +OUTPUT: Ash uses it's own output routines. There are three out- +put structures allocated. "Output" represents the standard out- +put, "errout" the standard error, and "memout" contains output +which is to be stored in memory. This last is used when a buil- +tin command appears in backquotes, to allow its output to be col- +lected without doing any I/O through the UNIX operating system. +The variables out1 and out2 normally point to output and errout, +respectively, but they are set to point to memout when appropri- +ate inside backquotes. + +INPUT: The basic input routine is pgetc, which reads from the +current input file. There is a stack of input files; the current +input file is the top file on this stack. The code allows the +input to come from a string rather than a file. (This is for the +-c option and the "." and eval builtin commands.) The global +variable plinno is saved and restored when files are pushed and +popped from the stack. The parser routines store the number of +the current line in this variable. + +DEBUGGING: If DEBUG is defined in shell.h, then the shell will +write debugging information to the file $HOME/trace. Most of +this is done using the TRACE macro, which takes a set of printf +arguments inside two sets of parenthesis. Example: +"TRACE(("n=%d0, n))". The double parenthesis are necessary be- +cause the preprocessor can't handle functions with a variable +number of arguments. Defining DEBUG also causes the shell to +generate a core dump if it is sent a quit signal. The tracing +code is in show.c. diff --git a/src/alias.c b/src/alias.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eff9d4f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/alias.c @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/* $NetBSD: alias.c,v 1.11 2002/11/24 22:35:38 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)alias.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: alias.c,v 1.11 2002/11/24 22:35:38 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "shell.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "options.h" /* XXX for argptr (should remove?) */ + +#define ATABSIZE 39 + +struct alias *atab[ATABSIZE]; + +STATIC void setalias(const char *, const char *); +STATIC struct alias *freealias(struct alias *); +STATIC struct alias **__lookupalias(const char *); + +STATIC +void +setalias(const char *name, const char *val) +{ + struct alias *ap, **app; + + app = __lookupalias(name); + ap = *app; + INTOFF; + if (ap) { + if (!(ap->flag & ALIASINUSE)) { + ckfree(ap->val); + } + ap->val = savestr(val); + ap->flag &= ~ALIASDEAD; + } else { + /* not found */ + ap = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct alias)); + ap->name = savestr(name); + ap->val = savestr(val); + ap->flag = 0; + ap->next = 0; + *app = ap; + } + INTON; +} + +int +unalias(const char *name) +{ + struct alias **app; + + app = __lookupalias(name); + + if (*app) { + INTOFF; + *app = freealias(*app); + INTON; + return (0); + } + + return (1); +} + +void +rmaliases(void) +{ + struct alias *ap, **app; + int i; + + INTOFF; + for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++) { + app = &atab[i]; + for (ap = *app; ap; ap = *app) { + *app = freealias(*app); + if (ap == *app) { + app = &ap->next; + } + } + } + INTON; +} + +struct alias * +lookupalias(const char *name, int check) +{ + struct alias *ap = *__lookupalias(name); + + if (check && ap && (ap->flag & ALIASINUSE)) + return (NULL); + return (ap); +} + +/* + * TODO - sort output + */ +int +aliascmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *n, *v; + int ret = 0; + struct alias *ap; + + if (argc == 1) { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < ATABSIZE; i++) + for (ap = atab[i]; ap; ap = ap->next) { + printalias(ap); + } + return (0); + } + while ((n = *++argv) != NULL) { + if ((v = strchr(n+1, '=')) == NULL) { /* n+1: funny ksh stuff */ + if ((ap = *__lookupalias(n)) == NULL) { + outfmt(out2, "%s: %s not found\n", "alias", n); + ret = 1; + } else + printalias(ap); + } else { + *v++ = '\0'; + setalias(n, v); + } + } + + return (ret); +} + +int +unaliascmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + + while ((i = nextopt("a")) != '\0') { + if (i == 'a') { + rmaliases(); + return (0); + } + } + for (i = 0; *argptr; argptr++) { + if (unalias(*argptr)) { + outfmt(out2, "%s: %s not found\n", "unalias", *argptr); + i = 1; + } + } + + return (i); +} + +STATIC struct alias * +freealias(struct alias *ap) { + struct alias *next; + + if (ap->flag & ALIASINUSE) { + ap->flag |= ALIASDEAD; + return ap; + } + + next = ap->next; + ckfree(ap->name); + ckfree(ap->val); + ckfree(ap); + return next; +} + +void +printalias(const struct alias *ap) { + out1fmt("%s=%s\n", ap->name, single_quote(ap->val)); +} + +STATIC struct alias ** +__lookupalias(const char *name) { + unsigned int hashval; + struct alias **app; + const char *p; + unsigned int ch; + + p = name; + + ch = (unsigned char)*p; + hashval = ch << 4; + while (ch) { + hashval += ch; + ch = (unsigned char)*++p; + } + app = &atab[hashval % ATABSIZE]; + + for (; *app; app = &(*app)->next) { + if (equal(name, (*app)->name)) { + break; + } + } + + return app; +} diff --git a/src/alias.h b/src/alias.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34abcd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/alias.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* $NetBSD: alias.h,v 1.5 2002/11/24 22:35:38 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)alias.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#define ALIASINUSE 1 +#define ALIASDEAD 2 + +struct alias { + struct alias *next; + char *name; + char *val; + int flag; +}; + +struct alias *lookupalias(const char *, int); +int aliascmd(int, char **); +int unaliascmd(int, char **); +void rmaliases(void); +int unalias(const char *); +void printalias(const struct alias *); diff --git a/src/arith.y b/src/arith.y new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be836c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/arith.y @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +%{ +/* $NetBSD: arith.y,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)arith.y 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: arith.y,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "expand.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" + +const char *arith_buf, *arith_startbuf; + +#ifndef YYBISON +int yyparse(void); +#endif +void yyerror(const char *); +#ifdef TESTARITH +int main(int , char *[]); +int error(char *); +#endif + +%} +%token ARITH_NUM ARITH_LPAREN ARITH_RPAREN + +%left ARITH_OR +%left ARITH_AND +%left ARITH_BOR +%left ARITH_BXOR +%left ARITH_BAND +%left ARITH_EQ ARITH_NE +%left ARITH_LT ARITH_GT ARITH_GE ARITH_LE +%left ARITH_LSHIFT ARITH_RSHIFT +%left ARITH_ADD ARITH_SUB +%left ARITH_MUL ARITH_DIV ARITH_REM +%left ARITH_UNARYMINUS ARITH_UNARYPLUS ARITH_NOT ARITH_BNOT +%% + +exp: expr { + return ($1); + } + ; + + +expr: ARITH_LPAREN expr ARITH_RPAREN { $$ = $2; } + | expr ARITH_OR expr { $$ = $1 || $3; } + | expr ARITH_AND expr { $$ = $1 && $3; } + | expr ARITH_BOR expr { $$ = $1 | $3; } + | expr ARITH_BXOR expr { $$ = $1 ^ $3; } + | expr ARITH_BAND expr { $$ = $1 & $3; } + | expr ARITH_EQ expr { $$ = $1 == $3; } + | expr ARITH_GT expr { $$ = $1 > $3; } + | expr ARITH_GE expr { $$ = $1 >= $3; } + | expr ARITH_LT expr { $$ = $1 < $3; } + | expr ARITH_LE expr { $$ = $1 <= $3; } + | expr ARITH_NE expr { $$ = $1 != $3; } + | expr ARITH_LSHIFT expr { $$ = $1 << $3; } + | expr ARITH_RSHIFT expr { $$ = $1 >> $3; } + | expr ARITH_ADD expr { $$ = $1 + $3; } + | expr ARITH_SUB expr { $$ = $1 - $3; } + | expr ARITH_MUL expr { $$ = $1 * $3; } + | expr ARITH_DIV expr { + if ($3 == 0) + yyerror("division by zero"); + $$ = $1 / $3; + } + | expr ARITH_REM expr { + if ($3 == 0) + yyerror("division by zero"); + $$ = $1 % $3; + } + | ARITH_NOT expr { $$ = !($2); } + | ARITH_BNOT expr { $$ = ~($2); } + | ARITH_SUB expr %prec ARITH_UNARYMINUS { $$ = -($2); } + | ARITH_ADD expr %prec ARITH_UNARYPLUS { $$ = $2; } + | ARITH_NUM + ; +%% +int +arith(s) + const char *s; +{ + long result; + + arith_buf = arith_startbuf = s; + + INTOFF; + result = yyparse(); + arith_lex_reset(); /* reprime lex */ + INTON; + + return (result); +} + + +/* + * The exp(1) builtin. + */ +int +expcmd(argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + const char *p; + char *concat; + char **ap; + long i; + + if (argc > 1) { + p = argv[1]; + if (argc > 2) { + /* + * concatenate arguments + */ + STARTSTACKSTR(concat); + ap = argv + 2; + for (;;) { + while (*p) + STPUTC(*p++, concat); + if ((p = *ap++) == NULL) + break; + STPUTC(' ', concat); + } + STPUTC('\0', concat); + p = grabstackstr(concat); + } + } else + p = nullstr; + + i = arith(p); + + out1fmt("%ld\n", i); + return (! i); +} + +/*************************/ +#ifdef TEST_ARITH +#include <stdio.h> +main(argc, argv) + char *argv[]; +{ + printf("%d\n", exp(argv[1])); +} +error(s) + char *s; +{ + fprintf(stderr, "exp: %s\n", s); + exit(1); +} +#endif + +void +yyerror(s) + const char *s; +{ + +#ifndef YYBISON + yyerrok; +#endif + yyclearin; + arith_lex_reset(); /* reprime lex */ + error("arithmetic expression: %s: \"%s\"", s, arith_startbuf); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/src/arith_lex.l b/src/arith_lex.l new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cade582 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/arith_lex.l @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +%{ +/* $NetBSD: arith_lex.l,v 1.10 1999/02/05 07:52:52 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)arith_lex.l 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: arith_lex.l,v 1.10 1999/02/05 07:52:52 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include "arith.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "expand.h" + +extern int yylval; +extern const char *arith_buf, *arith_startbuf; +#undef YY_INPUT +#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max) \ + result = (*buf = *arith_buf++) ? 1 : YY_NULL; +#define YY_NO_UNPUT +%} + +%% +[ \t\n] { ; } +[0-9]+ { yylval = strtoll(yytext, 0, 0); return(ARITH_NUM); } +"(" { return(ARITH_LPAREN); } +")" { return(ARITH_RPAREN); } +"||" { return(ARITH_OR); } +"&&" { return(ARITH_AND); } +"|" { return(ARITH_BOR); } +"^" { return(ARITH_BXOR); } +"&" { return(ARITH_BAND); } +"==" { return(ARITH_EQ); } +"!=" { return(ARITH_NE); } +">" { return(ARITH_GT); } +">=" { return(ARITH_GE); } +"<" { return(ARITH_LT); } +"<=" { return(ARITH_LE); } +"<<" { return(ARITH_LSHIFT); } +">>" { return(ARITH_RSHIFT); } +"*" { return(ARITH_MUL); } +"/" { return(ARITH_DIV); } +"%" { return(ARITH_REM); } +"+" { return(ARITH_ADD); } +"-" { return(ARITH_SUB); } +"~" { return(ARITH_BNOT); } +"!" { return(ARITH_NOT); } +. { error("arith: syntax error: \"%s\"", arith_startbuf); } +%% + +void +arith_lex_reset() { +#ifdef YY_NEW_FILE + YY_NEW_FILE; +#endif +} diff --git a/src/arith_yylex.c b/src/arith_yylex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9af68e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/arith_yylex.c @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/* $Id$ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 2002 + * Herbert Xu. + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "arith.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "error.h" + +extern int yylval; +extern const char *arith_buf, *arith_startbuf; + +int +yylex() +{ + int value; + const char *buf = arith_buf; + + for (;;) { + switch (*buf) { + case ' ': + case '\t': + case '\n': + buf++; + continue; + default: +err: + error("arith: syntax error: \"%s\"", arith_startbuf); + /* NOTREACHED */ + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + yylval = strtoll(buf, (char **) &arith_buf, 0); + return ARITH_NUM; + case '=': + if (*++buf != '=') { + goto err; + } + value = ARITH_EQ; + break; + case '>': + switch (*++buf) { + case '=': + value = ARITH_GE; + break; + case '>': + value = ARITH_RSHIFT; + break; + default: + value = ARITH_GT; + goto out; + } + break; + case '<': + switch (*++buf) { + case '=': + value = ARITH_LE; + break; + case '<': + value = ARITH_LSHIFT; + break; + default: + value = ARITH_LT; + goto out; + } + break; + case '|': + if (*++buf != '|') { + value = ARITH_BOR; + goto out; + } + value = ARITH_OR; + break; + case '&': + if (*++buf != '&') { + value = ARITH_BAND; + goto out; + } + value = ARITH_AND; + break; + case '!': + if (*++buf != '=') { + value = ARITH_NOT; + goto out; + } + value = ARITH_NE; + break; + case 0: + value = 0; + goto out; + case '(': + value = ARITH_LPAREN; + break; + case ')': + value = ARITH_RPAREN; + break; + case '*': + value = ARITH_MUL; + break; + case '/': + value = ARITH_DIV; + break; + case '%': + value = ARITH_REM; + break; + case '+': + value = ARITH_ADD; + break; + case '-': + value = ARITH_SUB; + break; + case '~': + value = ARITH_BNOT; + break; + case '^': + value = ARITH_BXOR; + break; + } + break; + } + + buf++; +out: + arith_buf = buf; + return value; +} diff --git a/src/bltin/bltin.h b/src/bltin/bltin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03aace5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/bltin.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* $NetBSD: bltin.h,v 1.10 2002/11/24 22:35:43 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)bltin.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 + */ + +/* + * This file is included by programs which are optionally built into the + * shell. If SHELL is defined, we try to map the standard UNIX library + * routines to ash routines using defines. + */ + +#include "../shell.h" +#include "../mystring.h" +#include "../options.h" +#ifdef SHELL +#include "../memalloc.h" +#include "../output.h" +#include "../error.h" +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#undef stdout +#undef stderr +#undef putc +#undef putchar +#undef fileno +#define stdout out1 +#define stderr out2 +#define printf out1fmt +#define putc(c, file) outc(c, file) +#define putchar(c) out1c(c) +#define FILE struct output +#define fprintf outfmt +#define fputs outstr +#define fflush flushout +#define fileno(f) ((f)->fd) +#define ferror outerr +#endif +#define INITARGS(argv) +#define err sh_err +#define verr sh_verr +#define errx sh_errx +#define verrx sh_verrx +#define warn sh_warn +#define vwarn sh_vwarn +#define warnx sh_warnx +#define vwarnx sh_vwarnx +#define exit sh_exit +#define setprogname(s) +#define getprogname() commandname +#define setlocate(l,s) 0 + +#define getenv(p) bltinlookup((p),0) + +#else +#undef NULL +#include <stdio.h> +#undef main +#define INITARGS(argv) if ((commandname = argv[0]) == NULL) {fputs("Argc is zero\n", stderr); exit(2);} else +#endif + +int echocmd(int, char **); + + +extern const char *commandname; diff --git a/src/bltin/echo.1 b/src/bltin/echo.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffed9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/echo.1 @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.12 2002/02/08 01:22:00 ross Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Kenneth Almquist. +.\" Copyright 1989 by Kenneth Almquist +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the University of +.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)echo.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 +.\" +.Dd May 31, 1993 +.Dt ECHO 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm echo +.Nd produce message in a shell script +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Op Fl n | Fl e +.Ar args ... +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +prints its arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces. +Unless the +.Fl n +option is present, a newline is output following the arguments. +The +.Fl e +option causes +.Nm +to treat the escape sequences specially, as described in the following +paragraph. +The +.Fl e +option is the default, and is provided solely for compatibility with +other systems. +Only one of the options +.Fl n +and +.Fl e +may be given. +.Pp +If any of the following sequences of characters is encountered during +output, the sequence is not output. Instead, the specified action is +performed: +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Li \eb +A backspace character is output. +.It Li \ec +Subsequent output is suppressed. This is normally used at the end of the +last argument to suppress the trailing newline that +.Nm +would otherwise output. +.It Li \ef +Output a form feed. +.It Li \en +Output a newline character. +.It Li \er +Output a carriage return. +.It Li \et +Output a (horizontal) tab character. +.It Li \ev +Output a vertical tab. +.It Li \e0 Ns Ar digits +Output the character whose value is given by zero to three digits. +If there are zero digits, a nul character is output. +.It Li \e\e +Output a backslash. +.El +.Sh HINTS +Remember that backslash is special to the shell and needs to be escaped. +To output a message to standard error, say +.Pp +.D1 echo message \*[Gt]\*[Am]2 +.Sh BUGS +The octal character escape mechanism +.Pq Li \e0 Ns Ar digits +differs from the +C language mechanism. +.Pp +There is no way to force +.Nm +to treat its arguments literally, rather than interpreting them as +options and escape sequences. diff --git a/src/bltin/printf.1 b/src/bltin/printf.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f1d625 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/printf.1 @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: printf.1,v 1.17 2002/11/24 22:35:45 christos Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the University of +.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" from: @(#)printf.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 +.\" +.Dd November 5, 1993 +.Dt PRINTF 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm printf +.Nd formatted output +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Ar format +.Op Ar arguments ... +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +formats and prints its arguments, after the first, under control +of the +.Ar format . +The +.Ar format +is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain characters, +which are simply copied to standard output, character escape sequences which +are converted and copied to the standard output, and format specifications, +each of which causes printing of the next successive +.Ar argument . +.Pp +The +.Ar arguments +after the first are treated as strings if the corresponding format is +either +.Cm b , +.Cm B , +.Cm c +or +.Cm s ; +otherwise it is evaluated as a C constant, with the following extensions: +.Pp +.Bl -bullet -offset indent -compact +.It +A leading plus or minus sign is allowed. +.It +If the leading character is a single or double quote, the value is the +.Tn ASCII +code of the next character. +.El +.Pp +The format string is reused as often as necessary to satisfy the +.Ar arguments . +Any extra format specifications are evaluated with zero or the null +string. +.Pp +Character escape sequences are in backslash notation as defined in +.St -ansiC . +The characters and their meanings are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent +.It Cm \ee +Write an \*[Lt]escape\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ea +Write a \*[Lt]bell\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \eb +Write a \*[Lt]backspace\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ef +Write a \*[Lt]form-feed\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \en +Write a \*[Lt]new-line\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \er +Write a \*[Lt]carriage return\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \et +Write a \*[Lt]tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ev +Write a \*[Lt]vertical tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e\' +Write a \*[Lt]single quote\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e" +Write a \*[Lt]double quote\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e\e +Write a backslash character. +.It Cm \e Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit octal number +.Ar num . +.It Cm \ex Ns Ar xx +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\- or 2\-digit hexadecimal number +.Ar xx . +.El +.Pp +Each format specification is introduced by the percent character +(``%''). +The remainder of the format specification includes, +in the following order: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It "Zero or more of the following flags:" +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm # +A `#' character +specifying that the value should be printed in an ``alternative form''. +For +.Cm b , +.Cm c , +.Cm d , +and +.Cm s +formats, this option has no effect. +For the +.Cm o +format the precision of the number is increased to force the first +character of the output string to a zero. +For the +.Cm x +.Pq Cm X +format, a non-zero result has the string +.Li 0x +.Pq Li 0X +prepended to it. +For +.Cm e , +.Cm E , +.Cm f , +.Cm g , +and +.Cm G +formats, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no +digits follow the point (normally, a decimal point only appears in the +results of those formats if a digit follows the decimal point). +For +.Cm g +and +.Cm G +formats, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they +would otherwise be. +.\" I turned this off - decided it isn't a valid use of '#' +.\" For the +.\" .Cm B +.\" format, backslash-escape sequences are expanded first; +.It Cm \&\- +A minus sign `\-' which specifies +.Em left adjustment +of the output in the indicated field; +.It Cm \&+ +A `+' character specifying that there should always be +a sign placed before the number when using signed formats. +.It Sq \&\ \& +A space specifying that a blank should be left before a positive number +for a signed format. +A `+' overrides a space if both are used; +.It Cm \&0 +A zero `0' character indicating that zero-padding should be used +rather than blank-padding. +A `\-' overrides a `0' if both are used; +.El +.It "Field Width:" +An optional digit string specifying a +.Em field width ; +if the output string has fewer characters than the field width it will +be blank-padded on the left (or right, if the left-adjustment indicator +has been given) to make up the field width (note that a leading zero +is a flag, but an embedded zero is part of a field width); +.It Precision : +An optional period, +.Sq Cm \&.\& , +followed by an optional digit string giving a +.Em precision +which specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point, +for +.Cm e +and +.Cm f +formats, or the maximum number of characters to be printed +from a string +.Sm off +.Pf ( Cm b No , +.Sm on +.Cm B +and +.Cm s +formats); if the digit string is missing, the precision is treated +as zero; +.It Format : +A character which indicates the type of format to use (one of +.Cm diouxXfwEgGbBcs ) . +.El +.Pp +A field width or precision may be +.Sq Cm \&* +instead of a digit string. +In this case an +.Ar argument +supplies the field width or precision. +.Pp +The format characters and their meanings are: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Cm diouXx +The +.Ar argument +is printed as a signed decimal (d or i), unsigned octal, unsigned decimal, +or unsigned hexadecimal (X or x), respectively. +.It Cm f +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]ddd Cm \&. No ddd +.Sm on +where the number of d's +after the decimal point is equal to the precision specification for +the argument. +If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision +is explicitly 0, no digits and no decimal point are printed. +.It Cm eE +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]d Cm \&. No ddd Cm e No \\*(Pmdd +.Sm on +where there +is one digit before the decimal point and the number after is equal to +the precision specification for the argument; when the precision is +missing, 6 digits are produced. +An upper-case E is used for an `E' format. +.It Cm gG +The +.Ar argument +is printed in style +.Cm f +or in style +.Cm e +.Pq Cm E +whichever gives full precision in minimum space. +.It Cm b +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed with backslash-escape sequences expanded. +.br +The following additional backslash-escape sequences are supported: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm \ec +Causes +.Nm +to ignore any remaining characters in the string operand containing it, +any remaining string operands, and any additional characters in +the format operand. +.It Cm \e0 Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit +octal number +.Ar num . +.It Cm \e^ Ns Ar c +Write the control character +.Ar c . +Generates characters `\e000' through `\e037`, and `\e177' (from `\e^?'). +.It Cm \eM\- Ns Ar c +Write the character +.Ar c +with the 8th bit set. +Generates characters `\e241' through `\e376`. +.It Cm \eM^ Ns Ar c +Write the control character +.Ar c +with the 8th bit set. +Generates characters `\e000' through `\e037`, and `\e177' (from `\eM^?'). +.El +.It Cm B +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed with unprintable characters backslash-escaped using the +.Sm off +.Pf ` Cm \e Ar c No ', +.Pf ` Cm \e^ Ar c No ', +.Pf ` Cm \eM\- Ar c No ' +or +.Pf ` Cm \eM^ Ar c No ', +.Sm on +formats described above. +.It Cm c +The first character of +.Ar argument +is printed. +.It Cm s +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed until the end is reached or until the number of characters +indicated by the precision specification is reached; if the +precision is omitted, all characters in the string are printed. +.It Cm \&% +Print a `%'; no argument is used. +.El +.Pp +In no case does a non-existent or small field width cause truncation of +a field; padding takes place only if the specified field width exceeds +the actual width. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +.Nm +exits 0 on success, 1 on failure. +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr echo 1 , +.Xr printf 3 , +.Xr printf 9 +.Xr vis 3 +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Nm +utility conforms to +.St -p1003.1-2001 . +.Pp +Support for the floating point formats and `*' as a field width and precision +are optional in POSIX. +.Pp +The behaviour of the %B format and the \e', \e", \exxx, \ee and +\e[M][\-|^]c escape sequences are undefined in POSIX. +.Sh BUGS +Since the floating point numbers are translated from +.Tn ASCII +to floating-point and +then back again, floating-point precision may be lost. +.Pp +Hexadecimal character constants are restricted to, and should be specified +as, two character constants. This is contrary to the ISO C standard but +does guarantee detection of the end of the constant. diff --git a/src/bltin/printf.c b/src/bltin/printf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cfe8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/printf.c @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +/* $NetBSD: printf.c,v 1.25 2002/11/24 22:35:45 christos Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if !defined(BUILTIN) && !defined(SHELL) +__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1989, 1993\n\ + The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n"); +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)printf.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/22/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: printf.c,v 1.25 2002/11/24 22:35:45 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <err.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <locale.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#ifndef SHELL +#include <stdio.h> +#endif +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +static char *conv_escape_str(char *); +static char *conv_escape(char *, int *); +static int getchr(void); +static double getdouble(void); +static intmax_t getintmax(void); +static uintmax_t getuintmax(void); +static char *getstr(void); +static char *mklong(const char *, const char *); +static void check_conversion(const char *, const char *); + +static int rval; +static char **gargv; + +#ifdef BUILTIN /* csh builtin */ +#define main progprintf +#endif + +#define isodigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '7') +#define octtobin(c) ((c) - '0') + +#ifdef SHELL /* sh (aka ash) builtin */ +#define main printfcmd +#include "bltin.h" +#else +#define nullstr "" +#endif /* SHELL */ +#include "system.h" + +#define PF(f, func) { \ + switch ((char *)param - (char *)array) { \ + default: \ + (void)printf(f, array[0], array[1], func); \ + break; \ + case sizeof(*param): \ + (void)printf(f, array[0], func); \ + break; \ + case 0: \ + (void)printf(f, func); \ + break; \ + } \ +} + +int main(int, char **); +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + char *fmt; + char *format; + int ch; + + rval = 0; + +#if !defined(SHELL) && !defined(BUILTIN) + (void)setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); +#endif + +#ifdef SHELL + nextopt(nullstr); +#endif + + argv = argptr; + format = *argv; + + if (!format) { + warnx("usage: printf format [arg ...]"); + goto err; + } + + gargv = ++argv; + +#define SKIP1 "#-+ 0" +#define SKIP2 "*0123456789" + do { + /* + * Basic algorithm is to scan the format string for conversion + * specifications -- once one is found, find out if the field + * width or precision is a '*'; if it is, gather up value. + * Note, format strings are reused as necessary to use up the + * provided arguments, arguments of zero/null string are + * provided to use up the format string. + */ + + /* find next format specification */ + for (fmt = format; (ch = *fmt++) ;) { + char *start; + char nextch; + int array[2]; + int *param; + + if (ch == '\\') { + int c_ch; + fmt = conv_escape(fmt, &c_ch); + ch = c_ch; + goto pc; + } + if (ch != '%' || (*fmt == '%' && (++fmt || 1))) { +pc: + putchar(ch); + continue; + } + + /* Ok - we've found a format specification, + Save its address for a later printf(). */ + start = fmt - 1; + param = array; + + /* skip to field width */ + fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP1); + if (*fmt == '*') + *param++ = getintmax(); + + /* skip to possible '.', get following precision */ + fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP2); + if (*fmt == '.') + ++fmt; + if (*fmt == '*') + *param++ = getintmax(); + + fmt += strspn(fmt, SKIP2); + + ch = *fmt; + if (!ch) { + warnx("missing format character"); + goto err; + } + /* null terminate format string to we can use it + as an argument to printf. */ + nextch = fmt[1]; + fmt[1] = 0; + switch (ch) { + + case 'b': { + char *p = conv_escape_str(getstr()); + *fmt = 's'; + PF(start, p); + /* escape if a \c was encountered */ + if (rval & 0x100) + goto out; + *fmt = 'b'; + break; + } + case 'c': { + int p = getchr(); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + case 's': { + char *p = getstr(); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + case 'd': + case 'i': { + intmax_t p = getintmax(); + char *f = mklong(start, fmt); + PF(f, p); + break; + } + case 'o': + case 'u': + case 'x': + case 'X': { + uintmax_t p = getuintmax(); + char *f = mklong(start, fmt); + PF(f, p); + break; + } + case 'e': + case 'E': + case 'f': + case 'g': + case 'G': { + double p = getdouble(); + PF(start, p); + break; + } + default: + warnx("%s: invalid directive", start); + goto err; + } + *++fmt = nextch; + } + } while (gargv != argv && *gargv); + +out: +#ifdef SHELL + return (rval & ~0x100); +#else + fflush(stdout); + return (rval & ~0x100 ?: ferror(stdout)); +#endif +err: + return 1; +} + + +/* + * Print SysV echo(1) style escape string + * Halts processing string if a \c escape is encountered. + */ +static char * +conv_escape_str(char *str) +{ + int ch; +#ifndef SHELL + static char *conv_str; +#endif + char *cp; + + /* convert string into a temporary buffer... */ +#ifdef SHELL + STARTSTACKSTR(cp); +#else + if (conv_str) + free(conv_str); + conv_str = malloc(strlen(str) + 4); + if (!conv_str) + return "<no memory>"; + cp = conv_str; +#endif + + do { + int c; + + ch = *str++; + if (ch != '\\') + continue; + + ch = *str++; + if (ch == 'c') { + /* \c as in SYSV echo - abort all processing.... */ + rval |= 0x100; + ch = 0; + continue; + } + + /* + * %b string octal constants are not like those in C. + * They start with a \0, and are followed by 0, 1, 2, + * or 3 octal digits. + */ + if (ch == '0') { + unsigned char i; + i = 3; + ch = 0; + do { + unsigned k = octtobin(*str); + if (k > 7) + break; + str++; + ch <<= 3; + ch += k; + } while (--i); + continue; + } + + /* Finally test for sequences valid in the format string */ + str = conv_escape(str - 1, &c); + ch = c; +#ifdef SHELL + } while (STPUTC(ch, cp), ch); + + return stackblock(); +#else + } while ((*cp++ = ch)); + + return conv_str; +#endif +} + +/* + * Print "standard" escape characters + */ +static char * +conv_escape(char *str, int *conv_ch) +{ + int value; + int ch; + + ch = *str; + + switch (ch) { + default: + case 0: + value = '\\'; + goto out; + + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': + case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': + ch = 3; + value = 0; + do { + value <<= 3; + value += octtobin(*str++); + } while (isodigit(*str) && --ch); + goto out; + + case '\\': value = '\\'; break; /* backslash */ + case 'a': value = '\a'; break; /* alert */ + case 'b': value = '\b'; break; /* backspace */ + case 'f': value = '\f'; break; /* form-feed */ + case 'n': value = '\n'; break; /* newline */ + case 'r': value = '\r'; break; /* carriage-return */ + case 't': value = '\t'; break; /* tab */ + case 'v': value = '\v'; break; /* vertical-tab */ + } + + str++; +out: + *conv_ch = value; + return str; +} + +static char * +mklong(const char *str, const char *ch) +{ +#ifdef SHELL + char *copy; +#else + static char copy[64]; +#endif + size_t len; + + len = ch - str + 3; +#ifdef SHELL + STARTSTACKSTR(copy); + copy = makestrspace(len, copy); +#else + if (len > sizeof copy) { + warnx("format %s too complex\n", str); + len = 4; + } +#endif + memcpy(copy, str, len - 3); + copy[len - 3] = 'j'; + copy[len - 2] = *ch; + copy[len - 1] = '\0'; + return (copy); +} + +static int +getchr(void) +{ + int val = 0; + + if (*gargv) + val = **gargv++; + return val; +} + +static char * +getstr(void) +{ + char *val = nullstr; + + if (*gargv) + val = *gargv++; + return val; +} + +static intmax_t +getintmax(void) +{ + intmax_t val = 0; + char *cp, *ep; + + cp = *gargv; + if (cp == NULL) + goto out; + gargv++; + + val = (unsigned char) cp[1]; + if (*cp == '\"' || *cp == '\'') + goto out; + + errno = 0; + val = strtoimax(cp, &ep, 0); + check_conversion(cp, ep); +out: + return val; +} + +static uintmax_t +getuintmax(void) +{ + uintmax_t val = 0; + char *cp, *ep; + + cp = *gargv; + if (cp == NULL) + goto out; + gargv++; + + val = (unsigned char) cp[1]; + if (*cp == '\"' || *cp == '\'') + goto out; + + errno = 0; + val = strtoumax(cp, &ep, 0); + check_conversion(cp, ep); +out: + return val; +} + +static double +getdouble(void) +{ + double val; + char *cp, *ep; + + cp = *gargv; + if (cp == NULL) + return 0; + gargv++; + + if (*cp == '\"' || *cp == '\'') + return (unsigned char) cp[1]; + + errno = 0; + val = strtod(cp, &ep); + check_conversion(cp, ep); + return val; +} + +static void +check_conversion(const char *s, const char *ep) +{ + if (*ep) { + if (ep == s) + warnx("%s: expected numeric value", s); + else + warnx("%s: not completely converted", s); + rval = 1; + } else if (errno == ERANGE) { + warnx("%s: %s", s, strerror(ERANGE)); + rval = 1; + } +} + +#ifdef SHELL +int +echocmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int nonl = 0; + struct output *outs = out1; + + if (!*++argv) + goto end; + if (equal(*argv, "-n")) { + nonl = ~nonl; + if (!*++argv) + goto end; + } + + do { + char c; + + c = *(*argv)++; + if (!c) + goto next; + if (c != '\\') + goto print; + + outstr(conv_escape_str(*argv - 1), outs); + if (rval & 0x100) + break; +next: + c = ' '; + if (!*++argv) { +end: + if (nonl) { + break; + } + c = '\n'; + } +print: + outc(c, outs); + } while (*argv); + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/src/bltin/test.1 b/src/bltin/test.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..750c85e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/test.1 @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: test.1,v 1.18 2002/09/25 15:18:44 wiz Exp $ +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the University of +.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)test.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 +.\" +.Dd May 31, 1993 +.Dt TEST 1 +.Os +.Sh NAME +.Nm test , +.Nm \&[ +.Nd condition evaluation utility +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm test +.Ar expression +.Nm \&[ +.Ar expression Cm ] +.Sh DESCRIPTION +The +.Nm test +utility evaluates the expression and, if it evaluates +to true, returns a zero (true) exit status; otherwise +it returns 1 (false). +If there is no expression, test also +returns 1 (false). +.Pp +All operators and flags are separate arguments to the +.Nm test +utility. +.Pp +The following primaries are used to construct expression: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Fl b Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a block special +file. +.It Fl c Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a character +special file. +.It Fl d Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a directory. +.It Fl e Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists (regardless of type). +.It Fl f Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a regular file. +.It Fl g Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set group ID flag +is set. +.It Fl h Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +.It Fl k Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its sticky bit is set. +.It Fl n Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is nonzero. +.It Fl p Ar file +True if +.Ar file +is a named pipe +.Po Tn FIFO Pc . +.It Fl r Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is readable. +.It Fl s Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and has a size greater +than zero. +.It Fl t Ar file_descriptor +True if the file whose file descriptor number +is +.Ar file_descriptor +is open and is associated with a terminal. +.It Fl u Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set user ID flag +is set. +.It Fl w Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is writable. +True +indicates only that the write flag is on. +The file is not writable on a read-only file +system even if this test indicates true. +.It Fl x Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is executable. +True +indicates only that the execute flag is on. +If +.Ar file +is a directory, true indicates that +.Ar file +can be searched. +.It Fl z Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is zero. +.It Fl L Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +This operator is retained for compatibility with previous versions of +this program. +Do not rely on its existence; use +.Fl h +instead. +.It Fl O Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its owner matches the effective user id of this process. +.It Fl G Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its group matches the effective group id of this process. +.It Fl S Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a socket. +.It Ar file1 Fl nt Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +exists and is newer than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ot Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +exists and is older than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ef Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +and +.Ar file2 +exist and refer to the same file. +.It Ar string +True if +.Ar string +is not the null +string. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&!= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are not identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Lt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes before +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Gt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes after +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are algebraically +equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ne Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are not +algebraically equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \> Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ge Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \< Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&le Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.El +.Pp +These primaries can be combined with the following operators: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Cm \&! Ar expression +True if +.Ar expression +is false. +.It Ar expression1 Fl a Ar expression2 +True if both +.Ar expression1 +and +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Ar expression1 Fl o Ar expression2 +True if either +.Ar expression1 +or +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Cm \&( Ns Ar expression Ns Cm \&) +True if expression is true. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fl a +operator has higher precedence than the +.Fl o +operator. +.Sh GRAMMAR AMBIGUITY +The +.Nm test +grammar is inherently ambiguous. +In order to assure a degree of consistency, the cases described in +.St -p1003.2 +section 4.62.4, +are evaluated consistently according to the rules specified in the +standards document. +All other cases are subject to the ambiguity in the command semantics. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +The +.Nm test +utility exits with one of the following values: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It 0 +expression evaluated to true. +.It 1 +expression evaluated to false or expression was +missing. +.It \*[Gt]1 +An error occurred. +.El +.Sh STANDARDS +The +.Nm test +utility implements a superset of the +.St -p1003.2 +specification. diff --git a/src/bltin/test.c b/src/bltin/test.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bcba4e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/test.c @@ -0,0 +1,545 @@ +/* $NetBSD: test.c,v 1.25 2002/05/25 23:12:16 wiz Exp $ */ + +/* + * test(1); version 7-like -- author Erik Baalbergen + * modified by Eric Gisin to be used as built-in. + * modified by Arnold Robbins to add SVR3 compatibility + * (-x -c -b -p -u -g -k) plus Korn's -L -nt -ot -ef and new -S (socket). + * modified by J.T. Conklin for NetBSD. + * + * This program is in the Public Domain. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +__RCSID("$NetBSD: test.c,v 1.25 2002/05/25 23:12:16 wiz Exp $"); +#endif + +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <err.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "bltin.h" + +/* test(1) accepts the following grammar: + oexpr ::= aexpr | aexpr "-o" oexpr ; + aexpr ::= nexpr | nexpr "-a" aexpr ; + nexpr ::= primary | "!" primary + primary ::= unary-operator operand + | operand binary-operator operand + | operand + | "(" oexpr ")" + ; + unary-operator ::= "-r"|"-w"|"-x"|"-f"|"-d"|"-c"|"-b"|"-p"| + "-u"|"-g"|"-k"|"-s"|"-t"|"-z"|"-n"|"-o"|"-O"|"-G"|"-L"|"-S"; + + binary-operator ::= "="|"!="|"-eq"|"-ne"|"-ge"|"-gt"|"-le"|"-lt"| + "-nt"|"-ot"|"-ef"; + operand ::= <any legal UNIX file name> +*/ + +enum token { + EOI, + FILRD, + FILWR, + FILEX, + FILEXIST, + FILREG, + FILDIR, + FILCDEV, + FILBDEV, + FILFIFO, + FILSOCK, + FILSYM, + FILGZ, + FILTT, + FILSUID, + FILSGID, + FILSTCK, + FILNT, + FILOT, + FILEQ, + FILUID, + FILGID, + STREZ, + STRNZ, + STREQ, + STRNE, + STRLT, + STRGT, + INTEQ, + INTNE, + INTGE, + INTGT, + INTLE, + INTLT, + UNOT, + BAND, + BOR, + LPAREN, + RPAREN, + OPERAND +}; + +enum token_types { + UNOP, + BINOP, + BUNOP, + BBINOP, + PAREN +}; + +static struct t_op { + const char *op_text; + short op_num, op_type; +} const ops [] = { + {"-r", FILRD, UNOP}, + {"-w", FILWR, UNOP}, + {"-x", FILEX, UNOP}, + {"-e", FILEXIST,UNOP}, + {"-f", FILREG, UNOP}, + {"-d", FILDIR, UNOP}, + {"-c", FILCDEV,UNOP}, + {"-b", FILBDEV,UNOP}, + {"-p", FILFIFO,UNOP}, + {"-u", FILSUID,UNOP}, + {"-g", FILSGID,UNOP}, + {"-k", FILSTCK,UNOP}, + {"-s", FILGZ, UNOP}, + {"-t", FILTT, UNOP}, + {"-z", STREZ, UNOP}, + {"-n", STRNZ, UNOP}, + {"-h", FILSYM, UNOP}, /* for backwards compat */ + {"-O", FILUID, UNOP}, + {"-G", FILGID, UNOP}, + {"-L", FILSYM, UNOP}, + {"-S", FILSOCK,UNOP}, + {"=", STREQ, BINOP}, + {"!=", STRNE, BINOP}, + {"<", STRLT, BINOP}, + {">", STRGT, BINOP}, + {"-eq", INTEQ, BINOP}, + {"-ne", INTNE, BINOP}, + {"-ge", INTGE, BINOP}, + {"-gt", INTGT, BINOP}, + {"-le", INTLE, BINOP}, + {"-lt", INTLT, BINOP}, + {"-nt", FILNT, BINOP}, + {"-ot", FILOT, BINOP}, + {"-ef", FILEQ, BINOP}, + {"!", UNOT, BUNOP}, + {"-a", BAND, BBINOP}, + {"-o", BOR, BBINOP}, + {"(", LPAREN, PAREN}, + {")", RPAREN, PAREN}, + {0, 0, 0} +}; + +static char **t_wp; +static struct t_op const *t_wp_op; + +static void syntax(const char *, const char *); +static int oexpr(enum token); +static int aexpr(enum token); +static int nexpr(enum token); +static int primary(enum token); +static int binop(void); +static int filstat(char *, enum token); +static enum token t_lex(char *); +static int isoperand(void); +static int getn(const char *); +static int newerf(const char *, const char *); +static int olderf(const char *, const char *); +static int equalf(const char *, const char *); +static int test_eaccess(const char *, int); +static int bash_group_member(gid_t); + +#ifndef SHELL +static void error(const char *, ...) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); + +static void +error(const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, msg); + verrx(2, msg, ap); + /*NOTREACHED*/ + va_end(ap); +} +#endif + +#ifdef SHELL +int testcmd(int, char **); + +int +testcmd(int argc, char **argv) +#else +int main(int, char *[]); + +int +main(int argc, char *argv[]) +#endif +{ + int res; + +#ifndef SHELL + setprogname(argv[0]); +#endif + if (strcmp(argv[0], "[") == 0) { + if (strcmp(argv[--argc], "]")) + error("missing ]"); + argv[argc] = NULL; + } + + if (argc < 2) + return 1; + + t_wp = &argv[1]; + res = !oexpr(t_lex(*t_wp)); + + if (*t_wp != NULL && *++t_wp != NULL) + syntax(*t_wp, "unexpected operator"); + + return res; +} + +static void +syntax(const char *op, const char *msg) +{ + if (op && *op) + error("%s: %s", op, msg); + else + error("%s", msg); +} + +static int +oexpr(enum token n) +{ + int res; + + res = aexpr(n); + if (t_lex(*++t_wp) == BOR) + return oexpr(t_lex(*++t_wp)) || res; + t_wp--; + return res; +} + +static int +aexpr(enum token n) +{ + int res; + + res = nexpr(n); + if (t_lex(*++t_wp) == BAND) + return aexpr(t_lex(*++t_wp)) && res; + t_wp--; + return res; +} + +static int +nexpr(enum token n) +{ + if (n == UNOT) + return !nexpr(t_lex(*++t_wp)); + return primary(n); +} + +static int +primary(enum token n) +{ + enum token nn; + int res; + + if (n == EOI) + return 0; /* missing expression */ + if (n == LPAREN) { + if ((nn = t_lex(*++t_wp)) == RPAREN) + return 0; /* missing expression */ + res = oexpr(nn); + if (t_lex(*++t_wp) != RPAREN) + syntax(NULL, "closing paren expected"); + return res; + } + if (t_wp_op && t_wp_op->op_type == UNOP) { + /* unary expression */ + if (*++t_wp == NULL) + syntax(t_wp_op->op_text, "argument expected"); + switch (n) { + case STREZ: + return strlen(*t_wp) == 0; + case STRNZ: + return strlen(*t_wp) != 0; + case FILTT: + return isatty(getn(*t_wp)); + default: + return filstat(*t_wp, n); + } + } + + if (t_lex(t_wp[1]), t_wp_op && t_wp_op->op_type == BINOP) { + return binop(); + } + + return strlen(*t_wp) > 0; +} + +static int +binop(void) +{ + const char *opnd1, *opnd2; + struct t_op const *op; + + opnd1 = *t_wp; + (void) t_lex(*++t_wp); + op = t_wp_op; + + if ((opnd2 = *++t_wp) == (char *)0) + syntax(op->op_text, "argument expected"); + + switch (op->op_num) { + case STREQ: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) == 0; + case STRNE: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) != 0; + case STRLT: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) < 0; + case STRGT: + return strcmp(opnd1, opnd2) > 0; + case INTEQ: + return getn(opnd1) == getn(opnd2); + case INTNE: + return getn(opnd1) != getn(opnd2); + case INTGE: + return getn(opnd1) >= getn(opnd2); + case INTGT: + return getn(opnd1) > getn(opnd2); + case INTLE: + return getn(opnd1) <= getn(opnd2); + case INTLT: + return getn(opnd1) < getn(opnd2); + case FILNT: + return newerf (opnd1, opnd2); + case FILOT: + return olderf (opnd1, opnd2); + case FILEQ: + return equalf (opnd1, opnd2); + default: + abort(); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } +} + +static int +filstat(char *nm, enum token mode) +{ + struct stat64 s; + + if (mode == FILSYM ? lstat64(nm, &s) : stat64(nm, &s)) + return 0; + + switch (mode) { + case FILRD: + return test_eaccess(nm, R_OK) == 0; + case FILWR: + return test_eaccess(nm, W_OK) == 0; + case FILEX: + return test_eaccess(nm, X_OK) == 0; + case FILEXIST: + return 1; + case FILREG: + return S_ISREG(s.st_mode); + case FILDIR: + return S_ISDIR(s.st_mode); + case FILCDEV: + return S_ISCHR(s.st_mode); + case FILBDEV: + return S_ISBLK(s.st_mode); + case FILFIFO: + return S_ISFIFO(s.st_mode); + case FILSOCK: + return S_ISSOCK(s.st_mode); + case FILSYM: + return S_ISLNK(s.st_mode); + case FILSUID: + return (s.st_mode & S_ISUID) != 0; + case FILSGID: + return (s.st_mode & S_ISGID) != 0; + case FILSTCK: + return (s.st_mode & S_ISVTX) != 0; + case FILGZ: + return s.st_size > (off_t)0; + case FILUID: + return s.st_uid == geteuid(); + case FILGID: + return s.st_gid == getegid(); + default: + return 1; + } +} + +static enum token +t_lex(char *s) +{ + struct t_op const *op; + + op = ops; + + if (s == 0) { + t_wp_op = (struct t_op *)0; + return EOI; + } + while (op->op_text) { + if (strcmp(s, op->op_text) == 0) { + if ((op->op_type == UNOP && isoperand()) || + (op->op_num == LPAREN && *(t_wp+1) == 0)) + break; + t_wp_op = op; + return op->op_num; + } + op++; + } + t_wp_op = (struct t_op *)0; + return OPERAND; +} + +static int +isoperand(void) +{ + struct t_op const *op; + char *s, *t; + + op = ops; + if ((s = *(t_wp+1)) == 0) + return 1; + if ((t = *(t_wp+2)) == 0) + return 0; + while (op->op_text) { + if (strcmp(s, op->op_text) == 0) + return op->op_type == BINOP && + (t[0] != ')' || t[1] != '\0'); + op++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* atoi with error detection */ +static int +getn(const char *s) +{ + char *p; + long r; + + errno = 0; + r = strtol(s, &p, 10); + + if (errno != 0) + error("%s: out of range", s); + + while (isspace((unsigned char)*p)) + p++; + + if (*p) + error("%s: bad number", s); + + return (int) r; +} + +static int +newerf (const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + struct stat b1, b2; + + return (stat (f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat (f2, &b2) == 0 && + b1.st_mtime > b2.st_mtime); +} + +static int +olderf (const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + struct stat b1, b2; + + return (stat (f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat (f2, &b2) == 0 && + b1.st_mtime < b2.st_mtime); +} + +static int +equalf (const char *f1, const char *f2) +{ + struct stat b1, b2; + + return (stat (f1, &b1) == 0 && + stat (f2, &b2) == 0 && + b1.st_dev == b2.st_dev && + b1.st_ino == b2.st_ino); +} + +/* Do the same thing access(2) does, but use the effective uid and gid, + and don't make the mistake of telling root that any file is + executable. */ +static int +test_eaccess(const char *path, int mode) +{ + struct stat64 st; + int euid = geteuid(); + + if (stat64(path, &st) < 0) + return (-1); + + if (euid == 0) { + /* Root can read or write any file. */ + if (mode != X_OK) + return (0); + + /* Root can execute any file that has any one of the execute + bits set. */ + if (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) + return (0); + } + + if (st.st_uid == euid) /* owner */ + mode <<= 6; + else if (bash_group_member(st.st_gid)) + mode <<= 3; + + if (st.st_mode & mode) + return (0); + + return (-1); +} + +/* Return non-zero if GID is one that we have in our groups list. */ +static int +bash_group_member(gid_t gid) +{ + register int i; + gid_t *group_array; + int ngroups; + + /* Short-circuit if possible, maybe saving a call to getgroups(). */ + if (gid == getgid() || gid == getegid()) + return (1); + + ngroups = getgroups(0, NULL); +#ifdef SHELL + group_array = stalloc(ngroups * sizeof(gid_t)); +#else + group_array = alloca(ngroups * sizeof(gid_t)); +#endif + getgroups(ngroups, group_array); + + /* Search through the list looking for GID. */ + for (i = 0; i < ngroups; i++) + if (gid == group_array[i]) + return (1); + + return (0); +} diff --git a/src/bltin/times.c b/src/bltin/times.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8a35dc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/bltin/times.c @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1999 Herbert Xu <herbert@debian.org> + * This file contains code for the times builtin. + * $Id$ + */ + +#include <sys/times.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#include <stdio.h> +#else +#include "bltin.h" +#endif + +#define main timescmd + +int main() { + struct tms buf; + long int clk_tck = sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK); + + times(&buf); + printf("%dm%fs %dm%fs\n%dm%fs %dm%fs\n", + (int) (buf.tms_utime / clk_tck / 60), + ((double) buf.tms_utime) / clk_tck, + (int) (buf.tms_stime / clk_tck / 60), + ((double) buf.tms_stime) / clk_tck, + (int) (buf.tms_cutime / clk_tck / 60), + ((double) buf.tms_cutime) / clk_tck, + (int) (buf.tms_cstime / clk_tck / 60), + ((double) buf.tms_cstime) / clk_tck); + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/builtins.def b/src/builtins.def new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fa6d5b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/builtins.def @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#!/bin/sh - +# $NetBSD: builtins.def,v 1.16 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $ +# +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)builtins.def 8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# +# This file lists all the builtin commands. The first column is the name +# of a C routine. +# The -j flag specifies that this command is to be excluded from systems +# without job control. +# The -h flag specifies that this command is to be excluded from systems +# based on the SMALL compile-time symbol. +# The -a flag specifies that this is a posix 'assignment builtin' command. +# The -s flag specifies that this is a posix 'special builtin' command. +# The -u flag specifies that this is a posix 'standard utility'. +# The rest of the line specifies the command name or names used to run +# the command. + +bgcmd -j -u bg +breakcmd -s break -s continue +cdcmd -u cd chdir +commandcmd -u command +dotcmd -s . +echocmd echo +evalcmd -s eval +execcmd -s exec +exitcmd -s exit +expcmd exp let +exportcmd -as export -as readonly +falsecmd -u false +histcmd -h -u fc +fgcmd -j -u fg +getoptscmd -u getopts +hashcmd hash +#jobidcmd jobid +jobscmd -u jobs +localcmd -a local +printfcmd printf +pwdcmd pwd +readcmd -u read +returncmd -s return +setcmd -s set +shiftcmd -s shift +timescmd -s times +trapcmd -s trap +truecmd -s : -u true +typecmd type +umaskcmd -u umask +unaliascmd -u unalias +unsetcmd -s unset +waitcmd -u wait +aliascmd -au alias +ulimitcmd ulimit +testcmd test [ +killcmd -u kill # mandated by posix for 'kill %job' +#newgrp -u newgrp # optional command in posix + +#exprcmd expr diff --git a/src/cd.c b/src/cd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f84452 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/cd.c @@ -0,0 +1,317 @@ +/* $NetBSD: cd.c,v 1.30 2003/01/22 20:36:03 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)cd.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: cd.c,v 1.30 2003/01/22 20:36:03 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/* + * The cd and pwd commands. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "nodes.h" /* for jobs.h */ +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "cd.h" + +#define CD_PHYSICAL 1 +#define CD_PRINT 2 + +STATIC int docd(const char *, int); +STATIC const char *updatepwd(const char *); +STATIC char *getpwd(void); +STATIC int cdopt(void); + +STATIC char *curdir = nullstr; /* current working directory */ +STATIC char *physdir = nullstr; /* physical working directory */ + +STATIC int +cdopt() +{ + int flags = 0; + int i, j; + + j = 'L'; + while ((i = nextopt("LP"))) { + if (i != j) { + flags ^= CD_PHYSICAL; + j = i; + } + } + + return flags; +} + +int +cdcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + const char *dest; + const char *path; + const char *p; + char c; + struct stat statb; + int flags; + + flags = cdopt(); + dest = *argptr; + if (!dest) + dest = bltinlookup(homestr); + else if (dest[0] == '-' && dest[1] == '\0') { + dest = bltinlookup("OLDPWD"); + flags |= CD_PRINT; + goto step7; + } + if (!dest) + dest = nullstr; + if (*dest == '/') + goto step7; + if (*dest == '.') { + c = dest[1]; +dotdot: + switch (c) { + case '\0': + case '/': + goto step6; + case '.': + c = dest[2]; + if (c != '.') + goto dotdot; + } + } + if (!*dest) + dest = "."; + if (!(path = bltinlookup("CDPATH"))) { +step6: +step7: + p = dest; + goto docd; + } + do { + c = *path; + p = padvance(&path, dest); + if (stat(p, &statb) >= 0 && S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode)) { + if (c && c != ':') + flags |= CD_PRINT; +docd: + if (!docd(p, flags)) + goto out; + break; + } + } while (path); + error("can't cd to %s", dest); + /* NOTREACHED */ +out: + if (flags & CD_PRINT) + out1fmt(snlfmt, curdir); + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Actually do the chdir. We also call hashcd to let the routines in exec.c + * know that the current directory has changed. + */ + +STATIC int +docd(const char *dest, int flags) +{ + const char *dir = 0; + int err; + + TRACE(("docd(\"%s\", %d) called\n", dest, flags)); + + INTOFF; + if (!(flags & CD_PHYSICAL)) { + dir = updatepwd(dest); + if (dir) + dest = dir; + } + err = chdir(dest); + if (err) + goto out; + setpwd(dir, 1); + hashcd(); +out: + INTON; + return err; +} + + +/* + * Update curdir (the name of the current directory) in response to a + * cd command. + */ + +STATIC const char * +updatepwd(const char *dir) +{ + char *new; + char *p; + char *cdcomppath; + const char *lim; + + cdcomppath = sstrdup(dir); + STARTSTACKSTR(new); + if (*dir != '/') { + if (curdir == nullstr) + return 0; + new = stputs(curdir, new); + } + new = makestrspace(strlen(dir) + 2, new); + lim = stackblock() + 1; + if (*dir != '/') { + if (new[-1] != '/') + USTPUTC('/', new); + if (new > lim && *lim == '/') + lim++; + } else { + USTPUTC('/', new); + cdcomppath++; + if (dir[1] == '/' && dir[2] != '/') { + USTPUTC('/', new); + cdcomppath++; + lim++; + } + } + p = strtok(cdcomppath, "/"); + while (p) { + switch(*p) { + case '.': + if (p[1] == '.' && p[2] == '\0') { + while (new > lim) { + STUNPUTC(new); + if (new[-1] == '/') + break; + } + break; + } else if (p[1] == '\0') + break; + /* fall through */ + default: + new = stputs(p, new); + USTPUTC('/', new); + } + p = strtok(0, "/"); + } + if (new > lim) + STUNPUTC(new); + *new = 0; + return stackblock(); +} + + +#define MAXPWD 256 + +/* + * Find out what the current directory is. If we already know the current + * directory, this routine returns immediately. + */ +inline +STATIC char * +getpwd() +{ + char *dir = getcwd(0, 0); + return dir ? dir : nullstr; +} + +int +pwdcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int flags; + const char *dir = curdir; + + flags = cdopt(); + if (flags) { + if (physdir == nullstr) + setpwd(dir, 0); + dir = physdir; + } + out1fmt(snlfmt, dir); + return 0; +} + +void +setpwd(const char *val, int setold) +{ + char *oldcur, *dir; + + oldcur = dir = curdir; + + if (setold) { + setvar("OLDPWD", oldcur, VEXPORT); + } + INTOFF; + if (physdir != nullstr) { + if (physdir != oldcur) + free(physdir); + physdir = nullstr; + } + if (oldcur == val || !val) { + char *s = getpwd(); + physdir = s; + if (!val) + dir = s; + } else + dir = savestr(val); + if (oldcur != dir && oldcur != nullstr) { + free(oldcur); + } + curdir = dir; + INTON; + setvar("PWD", dir, VEXPORT); +} diff --git a/src/cd.h b/src/cd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69603e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/cd.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* $NetBSD: cd.h,v 1.3 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1995 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +int cdcmd(int, char **); +int pwdcmd(int, char **); +void setpwd(const char *, int); diff --git a/src/dash.1 b/src/dash.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3ff9b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/dash.1 @@ -0,0 +1,2372 @@ +.\" $NetBSD: sh.1,v 1.57 2003/01/22 22:05:45 wiz Exp $ +.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +.\" Kenneth Almquist. +.\" +.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +.\" are met: +.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +.\" must display the following acknowledgement: +.\" This product includes software developed by the University of +.\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. +.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +.\" without specific prior written permission. +.\" +.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +.\" SUCH DAMAGE. +.\" +.\" @(#)sh.1 8.6 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 +.\" +.Dd January 19, 2003 +.Os +.Dt SH 1 +.Sh NAME +.Nm sh +.Nd command interpreter (shell) +.Sh SYNOPSIS +.Nm +.Bk -words +.Op Fl aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Op Cm +aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Fl o Ar option_name +.Op Cm +o Ar option_name +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Ar command_file Oo Ar argument ... Oc +.Ek +.Nm +.Fl c +.Bk -words +.Op Fl aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Op Cm +aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Fl o Ar option_name +.Op Cm +o Ar option_name +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Ar command_string +.Op Ar command_name Oo Ar argument ... Oc +.Ek +.Nm +.Fl s +.Bk -words +.Op Fl aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Op Cm +aCefnuvxIimqVEb +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Fl o Ar option_name +.Op Cm +o Ar option_name +.Ek +.Bk -words +.Op Ar argument ... +.Ek +.Sh DESCRIPTION +.Nm +is the standard command interpreter for the system. +The current version of +.Nm +is in the process of being changed to conform with the +.Tn POSIX +1003.2 and 1003.2a specifications for the shell. +This version has many +features which make it appear similar in some respects to the Korn shell, +but it is not a Korn shell clone (see +.Xr ksh 1 ) . +Only features designated by +.Tn POSIX , +plus a few Berkeley extensions, are being incorporated into this shell. +We expect +.Tn POSIX +conformance by the time 4.4 BSD is released. +This man page is not intended +to be a tutorial or a complete specification of the shell. +.Ss Overview +The shell is a command that reads lines from either a file or the +terminal, interprets them, and generally executes other commands. +It is the program that is running when a user logs into the system +(although a user can select a different shell with the +.Xr chsh 1 +command). +The shell implements a language that has flow control +constructs, a macro facility that provides a variety of features in +addition to data storage, along with built in history and line editing +capabilities. +It incorporates many features to aid interactive use and +has the advantage that the interpretative language is common to both +interactive and non-interactive use (shell scripts). +That is, commands +can be typed directly to the running shell or can be put into a file and +the file can be executed directly by the shell. +.Ss Invocation +If no args are present and if the standard input of the shell +is connected to a terminal (or if the +.Fl i +flag is set), +and the +.Fl c +option is not present, the shell is considered an interactive shell. +An interactive shell generally prompts before each command and handles +programming and command errors differently (as described below). +When first starting, +the shell inspects argument 0, and if it begins with a dash +.Sq - , +the shell is also considered +a login shell. +This is normally done automatically by the system +when the user first logs in. +A login shell first reads commands +from the files +.Pa /etc/profile +and +.Pa .profile +if they exist. +If the environment variable +.Ev ENV +is set on entry to a shell, or is set in the +.Pa .profile +of a login shell, the shell next reads +commands from the file named in +.Ev ENV . +Therefore, a user should place commands that are to be executed only at +login time in the +.Pa .profile +file, and commands that are executed for every shell inside the +.Ev ENV +file. +To set the +.Ev ENV +variable to some file, place the following line in your +.Pa .profile +of your home directory +.Pp +.Dl ENV=$HOME/.shinit; export ENV +.Pp +substituting for +.Dq .shinit +any filename you wish. +Since the +.Ev ENV +file is read for every invocation of the shell, including shell scripts +and non-interactive shells, the following paradigm is useful for +restricting commands in the +.Ev ENV +file to interactive invocations. +Place commands within the +.Dq case +and +.Dq esac +below (these commands are described later): +.Pp +.Bl -item -compact -offset indent +.It +.Li case $- in *i*) +.Bl -item -compact -offset indent +.It +.Li # commands for interactive use only +.It +.Li ... +.El +.It +.Li esac +.El +.Pp +If command line arguments besides the options have been specified, then +the shell treats the first argument as the name of a file from which to +read commands (a shell script), and the remaining arguments are set as the +positional parameters of the shell ($1, $2, etc). +Otherwise, the shell +reads commands from its standard input. +.Ss Argument List Processing +All of the single letter options have a corresponding name that can be +used as an argument to the +.Fl o +option. +The set +.Fl o +name is provided next to the single letter option in +the description below. +Specifying a dash +.Dq - +turns the option on, while using a plus +.Dq + +disables the option. +The following options can be set from the command line or +with the +.Ic set +builtin (described later). +.Bl -tag -width aaaallexportfoo -offset indent +.It Fl a Em allexport +Export all variables assigned to. +.It Fl c +Read commands from the +.Ar command_string +operand instead of from the standard input. +Special parameter 0 will be set from the +.Ar command_name +operand and the positional parameters ($1, $2, etc.) +set from the remaining argument operands. +.It Fl C Em noclobber +Don't overwrite existing files with +.Dq \*[Gt] . +.It Fl e Em errexit +If not interactive, exit immediately if any untested command fails. +The exit status of a command is considered to be +explicitly tested if the command is used to control an +.Ic if , +.Ic elif , +.Ic while , +or +.Ic until ; +or if the command is the left hand operand of an +.Dq && +or +.Dq || +operator. +.It Fl f Em noglob +Disable pathname expansion. +.It Fl n Em noexec +If not interactive, read commands but do not execute them. +This is useful for checking the syntax of shell scripts. +.It Fl u Em nounset +Write a message to standard error when attempting to expand a variable +that is not set, and if the shell is not interactive, exit immediately. +.It Fl v Em verbose +The shell writes its input to standard error as it is read. +Useful for debugging. +.It Fl x Em xtrace +Write each command to standard error (preceded by a +.Sq +\ ) +before it is executed. +Useful for debugging. +.It Fl q Em quietprofile +If the +.Fl v +or +.Fl x +options have been set, do not apply them when reading +initialization files, these being +.Pa /etc/profile , +.Pa .profile , +and the file specified by the +.Ev ENV +environment variable. +.It Fl I Em ignoreeof +Ignore EOF's from input when interactive. +.It Fl i Em interactive +Force the shell to behave interactively. +.It Fl m Em monitor +Turn on job control (set automatically when interactive). +.It Fl s Em stdin +Read commands from standard input (set automatically if no file arguments +are present). +This option has no effect when set after the shell has +already started running (i.e. with +.Ic set ) . +.It Fl V Em vi +Enable the built-in +.Xr vi 1 +command line editor (disables +.Fl E +if it has been set). +.It Fl E Em emacs +Enable the built-in +.Xr emacs 1 +command line editor (disables +.Fl V +if it has been set). +.It Fl b Em notify +Enable asynchronous notification of background job completion. +(UNIMPLEMENTED for 4.4alpha) +.El +.Ss Lexical Structure +The shell reads input in terms of lines from a file and breaks it up into +words at whitespace (blanks and tabs), and at certain sequences of +characters that are special to the shell called +.Dq operators . +There are two types of operators: control operators and redirection +operators (their meaning is discussed later). +Following is a list of operators: +.Bl -ohang -offset indent +.It "Control operators:" +.Dl & && \&( \&) \&; ;; | || \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] +.It "Redirection operators:" +.Dl \*[Lt] \*[Gt] \*[Gt]| \*[Lt]\*[Lt] \*[Gt]\*[Gt] \*[Lt]& \*[Gt]& \*[Lt]\*[Lt]- \*[Lt]\*[Gt] +.El +.Ss Quoting +Quoting is used to remove the special meaning of certain characters or +words to the shell, such as operators, whitespace, or keywords. +There are three types of quoting: matched single quotes, +matched double quotes, and backslash. +.Ss Backslash +A backslash preserves the literal meaning of the following +character, with the exception of +.Aq newline . +A backslash preceding a +.Aq newline +is treated as a line continuation. +.Ss Single Quotes +Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal meaning of all +the characters (except single quotes, making it impossible to put +single-quotes in a single-quoted string). +.Ss Double Quotes +Enclosing characters within double quotes preserves the literal +meaning of all characters except dollarsign +.Pq $ , +backquote +.Pq ` , +and backslash +.Pq \e . +The backslash inside double quotes is historically weird, and serves to +quote only the following characters: +.Dl $ ` \*q \e \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] . +Otherwise it remains literal. +.Ss Reserved Words +Reserved words are words that have special meaning to the +shell and are recognized at the beginning of a line and +after a control operator. +The following are reserved words: +.Bl -column while while while while while -offset indent +.It ! Ta elif Ta fi Ta while Ta case +.It else Ta for Ta then Ta { Ta } +.It do Ta done Ta until Ta if Ta esac +.El +.Pp +Their meaning is discussed later. +.Ss Aliases +An alias is a name and corresponding value set using the +.Xr alias 1 +builtin command. +Whenever a reserved word may occur (see above), +and after checking for reserved words, the shell +checks the word to see if it matches an alias. +If it does, it replaces it in the input stream with its value. +For example, if there is an alias called +.Dq lf +with the value +.Dq "ls -F" , +then the input: +.Pp +.Dl lf foobar Aq return +.Pp +would become +.Pp +.Dl ls -F foobar Aq return +.Pp +Aliases provide a convenient way for naive users to create shorthands for +commands without having to learn how to create functions with arguments. +They can also be used to create lexically obscure code. +This use is discouraged. +.Ss Commands +The shell interprets the words it reads according to a language, the +specification of which is outside the scope of this man page (refer to the +BNF in the +.Tn POSIX +1003.2 document). +Essentially though, a line is read and if the first +word of the line (or after a control operator) is not a reserved word, +then the shell has recognized a simple command. +Otherwise, a complex +command or some other special construct may have been recognized. +.Ss Simple Commands +If a simple command has been recognized, the shell performs +the following actions: +.Bl -enum -offset indent +.It +Leading words of the form +.Dq name=value +are stripped off and assigned to the environment of the simple command. +Redirection operators and their arguments (as described below) are +stripped off and saved for processing. +.It +The remaining words are expanded as described in +the section called +.Dq Expansions , +and the first remaining word is considered the command name and the +command is located. +The remaining words are considered the arguments of the command. +If no command name resulted, then the +.Dq name=value +variable assignments recognized in item 1 affect the current shell. +.It +Redirections are performed as described in the next section. +.El +.Ss Redirections +Redirections are used to change where a command reads its input or sends +its output. +In general, redirections open, close, or duplicate an +existing reference to a file. +The overall format used for redirection is: +.Pp +.Dl [n] Va redir-op Ar file +.Pp +where +.Va redir-op +is one of the redirection operators mentioned previously. +Following is a list of the possible redirections. +The +.Bq n +is an optional number, as in +.Sq 3 +(not +.Sq Bq 3 , +that refers to a file descriptor. +.Bl -tag -width aaabsfiles -offset indent +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt] file +Redirect standard output (or n) to file. +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt]| file +Same, but override the +.Fl C +option. +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt]\*[Gt] file +Append standard output (or n) to file. +.It [n] Ns \*[Lt] file +Redirect standard input (or n) from file. +.It [n1] Ns \*[Lt]& Ns n2 +Duplicate standard input (or n1) from file descriptor n2. +.It [n] Ns \*[Lt]&- +Close standard input (or n). +.It [n1] Ns \*[Gt]& Ns n2 +Duplicate standard output (or n1) to n2. +.It [n] Ns \*[Gt]&- +Close standard output (or n). +.It [n] Ns \*[Lt]\*[Gt] file +Open file for reading and writing on standard input (or n). +.El +.Pp +The following redirection is often called a +.Dq here-document . +.Bl -item -offset indent +.It +.Li [n]\*[Lt]\*[Lt] delimiter +.Dl here-doc-text ... +.Li delimiter +.El +.Pp +All the text on successive lines up to the delimiter is saved away and +made available to the command on standard input, or file descriptor n if +it is specified. +If the delimiter as specified on the initial line is +quoted, then the here-doc-text is treated literally, otherwise the text is +subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic +expansion (as described in the section on +.Dq Expansions ) . +If the operator is +.Dq \*[Lt]\*[Lt]- +instead of +.Dq \*[Lt]\*[Lt] , +then leading tabs in the here-doc-text are stripped. +.Ss Search and Execution +There are three types of commands: shell functions, builtin commands, and +normal programs -- and the command is searched for (by name) in that order. +They each are executed in a different way. +.Pp +When a shell function is executed, all of the shell positional parameters +(except $0, which remains unchanged) are set to the arguments of the shell +function. +The variables which are explicitly placed in the environment of +the command (by placing assignments to them before the function name) are +made local to the function and are set to the values given. +Then the command given in the function definition is executed. +The positional parameters are restored to their original values +when the command completes. +This all occurs within the current shell. +.Pp +Shell builtins are executed internally to the shell, without spawning a +new process. +.Pp +Otherwise, if the command name doesn't match a function or builtin, the +command is searched for as a normal program in the file system (as +described in the next section). +When a normal program is executed, the shell runs the program, +passing the arguments and the environment to the program. +If the program is not a normal executable file (i.e., if it does +not begin with the "magic number" whose +.Tn ASCII +representation is "#!", so +.Xr execve 2 +returns +.Er ENOEXEC +then) the shell will interpret the program in a subshell. +The child shell will reinitialize itself in this case, +so that the effect will be as if a +new shell had been invoked to handle the ad-hoc shell script, except that +the location of hashed commands located in the parent shell will be +remembered by the child. +.Pp +Note that previous versions of this document and the source code itself +misleadingly and sporadically refer to a shell script without a magic +number as a "shell procedure". +.Ss Path Search +When locating a command, the shell first looks to see if it has a shell +function by that name. +Then it looks for a builtin command by that name. +If a builtin command is not found, one of two things happen: +.Bl -enum +.It +Command names containing a slash are simply executed without performing +any searches. +.It +The shell searches each entry in +.Ev PATH +in turn for the command. +The value of the +.Ev PATH +variable should be a series of entries separated by colons. +Each entry consists of a directory name. +The current directory may be indicated +implicitly by an empty directory name, or explicitly by a single period. +.El +.Ss Command Exit Status +Each command has an exit status that can influence the behavior +of other shell commands. +The paradigm is that a command exits +with zero for normal or success, and non-zero for failure, +error, or a false indication. +The man page for each command +should indicate the various exit codes and what they mean. +Additionally, the builtin commands return exit codes, as does +an executed shell function. +.Pp +If a command consists entirely of variable assignments then the +exit status of the command is that of the last command substitution +if any, otherwise 0. +.Ss Complex Commands +Complex commands are combinations of simple commands with control +operators or reserved words, together creating a larger complex command. +More generally, a command is one of the following: +.Bl -bullet +.It +simple command +.It +pipeline +.It +list or compound-list +.It +compound command +.It +function definition +.El +.Pp +Unless otherwise stated, the exit status of a command is that of the last +simple command executed by the command. +.Ss Pipelines +A pipeline is a sequence of one or more commands separated +by the control operator |. +The standard output of all but +the last command is connected to the standard input +of the next command. +The standard output of the last +command is inherited from the shell, as usual. +.Pp +The format for a pipeline is: +.Pp +.Dl [!] command1 [ | command2 ...] +.Pp +The standard output of command1 is connected to the standard input of +command2. +The standard input, standard output, or both of a command is +considered to be assigned by the pipeline before any redirection specified +by redirection operators that are part of the command. +.Pp +If the pipeline is not in the background (discussed later), the shell +waits for all commands to complete. +.Pp +If the reserved word ! does not precede the pipeline, the exit status is +the exit status of the last command specified in the pipeline. +Otherwise, the exit status is the logical NOT of the exit status of the +last command. +That is, if the last command returns zero, the exit status +is 1; if the last command returns greater than zero, the exit status is +zero. +.Pp +Because pipeline assignment of standard input or standard output or both +takes place before redirection, it can be modified by redirection. +For example: +.Pp +.Dl $ command1 2\*[Gt]&1 | command2 +.Pp +sends both the standard output and standard error of command1 +to the standard input of command2. +.Pp +A ; or +.Aq newline +terminator causes the preceding AND-OR-list (described +next) to be executed sequentially; a & causes asynchronous execution of +the preceding AND-OR-list. +.Pp +Note that unlike some other shells, each process in the pipeline is a +child of the invoking shell (unless it is a shell builtin, in which case +it executes in the current shell -- but any effect it has on the +environment is wiped). +.Ss Background Commands -- & +If a command is terminated by the control operator ampersand (&), the +shell executes the command asynchronously -- that is, the shell does not +wait for the command to finish before executing the next command. +.Pp +The format for running a command in background is: +.Pp +.Dl command1 & [command2 & ...] +.Pp +If the shell is not interactive, the standard input of an asynchronous +command is set to +.Pa /dev/null . +.Ss Lists -- Generally Speaking +A list is a sequence of zero or more commands separated by newlines, +semicolons, or ampersands, and optionally terminated by one of these three +characters. +The commands in a list are executed in the order they are written. +If command is followed by an ampersand, the shell starts the +command and immediately proceed onto the next command; otherwise it waits +for the command to terminate before proceeding to the next one. +.Ss Short-Circuit List Operators +.Dq && +and +.Dq || +are AND-OR list operators. +.Dq && +executes the first command, and then executes the second command iff the +exit status of the first command is zero. +.Dq || +is similar, but executes the second command iff the exit status of the first +command is nonzero. +.Dq && +and +.Dq || +both have the same priority. +.Ss Flow-Control Constructs -- if, while, for, case +The syntax of the if command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +if list +then list +[ elif list +then list ] ... +[ else list ] +fi +.Ed +.Pp +The syntax of the while command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +while list +do list +done +.Ed +.Pp +The two lists are executed repeatedly while the exit status of the +first list is zero. +The until command is similar, but has the word +until in place of while, which causes it to +repeat until the exit status of the first list is zero. +.Pp +The syntax of the for command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +for variable in word ... +do list +done +.Ed +.Pp +The words are expanded, and then the list is executed repeatedly with the +variable set to each word in turn. +do and done may be replaced with +.Dq { +and +.Dq } . +.Pp +The syntax of the break and continue command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +break [ num ] +continue [ num ] +.Ed +.Pp +Break terminates the num innermost for or while loops. +Continue continues with the next iteration of the innermost loop. +These are implemented as builtin commands. +.Pp +The syntax of the case command is +.Bd -literal -offset indent +case word in +pattern) list ;; +\&... +esac +.Ed +.Pp +The pattern can actually be one or more patterns (see +.Sx Shell Patterns +described later), separated by +.Dq \*(Ba +characters. +.Ss Grouping Commands Together +Commands may be grouped by writing either +.Pp +.Dl (list) +.Pp +or +.Pp +.Dl { list; } +.Pp +The first of these executes the commands in a subshell. +Builtin commands grouped into a (list) will not affect the current shell. +The second form does not fork another shell so is slightly more efficient. +Grouping commands together this way allows you to redirect +their output as though they were one program: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent +{ printf \*q hello \*q ; printf \*q world\\n" ; } \*[Gt] greeting +.Ed +.Pp +Note that +.Dq } +must follow a control operator (here, +.Dq \&; ) +so that it is recognized as a reserved word and not as another command argument. +.Ss Functions +The syntax of a function definition is +.Pp +.Dl name ( ) command +.Pp +A function definition is an executable statement; when executed it +installs a function named name and returns an exit status of zero. +The command is normally a list enclosed between +.Dq { +and +.Dq } . +.Pp +Variables may be declared to be local to a function by using a local +command. +This should appear as the first statement of a function, and the syntax is +.Pp +.Dl local [ variable | - ] ... +.Pp +Local is implemented as a builtin command. +.Pp +When a variable is made local, it inherits the initial value and exported +and readonly flags from the variable with the same name in the surrounding +scope, if there is one. +Otherwise, the variable is initially unset. +The shell uses dynamic scoping, so that if you make the variable x local to +function f, which then calls function g, references to the variable x made +inside g will refer to the variable x declared inside f, not to the global +variable named x. +.Pp +The only special parameter than can be made local is +.Dq - . +Making +.Dq - +local any shell options that are changed via the set command inside the +function to be restored to their original values when the function +returns. +.Pp +The syntax of the return command is +.Pp +.Dl return [ exitstatus ] +.Pp +It terminates the currently executing function. +Return is implemented as a builtin command. +.Ss Variables and Parameters +The shell maintains a set of parameters. +A parameter denoted by a name is called a variable. +When starting up, the shell turns all the environment +variables into shell variables. +New variables can be set using the form +.Pp +.Dl name=value +.Pp +Variables set by the user must have a name consisting solely of +alphabetics, numerics, and underscores - the first of which must not be +numeric. +A parameter can also be denoted by a number or a special +character as explained below. +.Ss Positional Parameters +A positional parameter is a parameter denoted by a number (n \*[Gt] 0). +The shell sets these initially to the values of its command line arguments +that follow the name of the shell script. +The +.Ic set +builtin can also be used to set or reset them. +.Ss Special Parameters +A special parameter is a parameter denoted by one of the following special +characters. +The value of the parameter is listed next to its character. +.Bl -tag -width thinhyphena +.It * +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. +When the +expansion occurs within a double-quoted string it expands to a single +field with the value of each parameter separated by the first character of +the +.Ev IFS +variable, or by a +.Aq space +if +.Ev IFS +is unset. +.It @ +Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. +When the expansion occurs within double-quotes, each positional +parameter expands as a separate argument. +If there are no positional parameters, the +expansion of @ generates zero arguments, even when @ is +double-quoted. +What this basically means, for example, is +if $1 is +.Dq abc +and $2 is +.Dq def ghi , +then +.Qq $@ +expands to +the two arguments: +.Pp +.Sm off +.Dl \*q abc \*q \ \*q def\ ghi \*q +.Sm on +.It # +Expands to the number of positional parameters. +.It ? +Expands to the exit status of the most recent pipeline. +.It - (Hyphen.) +Expands to the current option flags (the single-letter +option names concatenated into a string) as specified on +invocation, by the set builtin command, or implicitly +by the shell. +.It $ +Expands to the process ID of the invoked shell. +A subshell retains the same value of $ as its parent. +.It ! +Expands to the process ID of the most recent background +command executed from the current shell. +For a pipeline, the process ID is that of the last command in the pipeline. +.It 0 (Zero.) +Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. +.El +.Ss Word Expansions +This clause describes the various expansions that are performed on words. +Not all expansions are performed on every word, as explained later. +.Pp +Tilde expansions, parameter expansions, command substitutions, arithmetic +expansions, and quote removals that occur within a single word expand to a +single field. +It is only field splitting or pathname expansion that can +create multiple fields from a single word. +The single exception to this +rule is the expansion of the special parameter @ within double-quotes, as +was described above. +.Pp +The order of word expansion is: +.Bl -enum +.It +Tilde Expansion, Parameter Expansion, Command Substitution, +Arithmetic Expansion (these all occur at the same time). +.It +Field Splitting is performed on fields +generated by step (1) unless the +.Ev IFS +variable is null. +.It +Pathname Expansion (unless set +.Fl f +is in effect). +.It +Quote Removal. +.El +.Pp +The $ character is used to introduce parameter expansion, command +substitution, or arithmetic evaluation. +.Ss Tilde Expansion (substituting a user's home directory) +A word beginning with an unquoted tilde character (~) is +subjected to tilde expansion. +All the characters up to +a slash (/) or the end of the word are treated as a username +and are replaced with the user's home directory. +If the username is missing (as in +.Pa ~/foobar ) , +the tilde is replaced with the value of the +.Va HOME +variable (the current user's home directory). +.Ss Parameter Expansion +The format for parameter expansion is as follows: +.Pp +.Dl ${expression} +.Pp +where expression consists of all characters until the matching +.Dq } . +Any +.Dq } +escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and characters in +embedded arithmetic expansions, command substitutions, and variable +expansions, are not examined in determining the matching +.Dq } . +.Pp +The simplest form for parameter expansion is: +.Pp +.Dl ${parameter} +.Pp +The value, if any, of parameter is substituted. +.Pp +The parameter name or symbol can be enclosed in braces, which are +optional except for positional parameters with more than one digit or +when parameter is followed by a character that could be interpreted as +part of the name. +If a parameter expansion occurs inside double-quotes: +.Bl -enum +.It +Pathname expansion is not performed on the results of the expansion. +.It +Field splitting is not performed on the results of the +expansion, with the exception of @. +.El +.Pp +In addition, a parameter expansion can be modified by using one of the +following formats. +.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa +.It ${parameter:-word} +Use Default Values. +If parameter is unset or null, the expansion of word +is substituted; otherwise, the value of parameter is substituted. +.It ${parameter:=word} +Assign Default Values. +If parameter is unset or null, the expansion of +word is assigned to parameter. +In all cases, the final value of parameter is substituted. +Only variables, not positional parameters or special +parameters, can be assigned in this way. +.It ${parameter:?[word]} +Indicate Error if Null or Unset. +If parameter is unset or null, the +expansion of word (or a message indicating it is unset if word is omitted) +is written to standard error and the shell exits with a nonzero exit status. +Otherwise, the value of parameter is substituted. +An interactive shell need not exit. +.It ${parameter:+word} +Use Alternative Value. +If parameter is unset or null, null is +substituted; otherwise, the expansion of word is substituted. +.El +.Pp +In the parameter expansions shown previously, use of the colon in the +format results in a test for a parameter that is unset or null; omission +of the colon results in a test for a parameter that is only unset. +.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa +.It ${#parameter} +String Length. +The length in characters of the value of parameter. +.El +.Pp +The following four varieties of parameter expansion provide for substring +processing. +In each case, pattern matching notation (see +.Sx Shell Patterns ) , +rather than regular expression notation, is used to evaluate the patterns. +If parameter is * or @, the result of the expansion is unspecified. +Enclosing the full parameter expansion string in double-quotes does not +cause the following four varieties of pattern characters to be quoted, +whereas quoting characters within the braces has this effect. +.Bl -tag -width aaparameterwordaaaaa +.It ${parameter%word} +Remove Smallest Suffix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the +smallest portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted. +.It ${parameter%%word} +Remove Largest Suffix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the largest +portion of the suffix matched by the pattern deleted. +.It ${parameter#word} +Remove Smallest Prefix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the +smallest portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted. +.It ${parameter##word} +Remove Largest Prefix Pattern. +The word is expanded to produce a pattern. +The parameter expansion then results in parameter, with the largest +portion of the prefix matched by the pattern deleted. +.El +.Ss Command Substitution +Command substitution allows the output of a command to be substituted in +place of the command name itself. +Command substitution occurs when the command is enclosed as follows: +.Pp +.Dl $(command) +.Pp +or +.Po +.Dq backquoted +version +.Pc : +.Pp +.Dl `command` +.Pp +The shell expands the command substitution by executing command in a +subshell environment and replacing the command substitution with the +standard output of the command, removing sequences of one or more +.Ao newline Ac Ns s +at the end of the substitution. +(Embedded +.Ao newline Ac Ns s +before +the end of the output are not removed; however, during field splitting, +they may be translated into +.Ao space Ac Ns s , +depending on the value of +.Ev IFS +and quoting that is in effect.) +.Ss Arithmetic Expansion +Arithmetic expansion provides a mechanism for evaluating an arithmetic +expression and substituting its value. +The format for arithmetic expansion is as follows: +.Pp +.Dl $((expression)) +.Pp +The expression is treated as if it were in double-quotes, except +that a double-quote inside the expression is not treated specially. +The shell expands all tokens in the expression for parameter expansion, +command substitution, and quote removal. +.Pp +Next, the shell treats this as an arithmetic expression and +substitutes the value of the expression. +.Ss White Space Splitting (Field Splitting) +After parameter expansion, command substitution, and +arithmetic expansion the shell scans the results of +expansions and substitutions that did not occur in double-quotes for +field splitting and multiple fields can result. +.Pp +The shell treats each character of the +.Ev IFS +as a delimiter and use the delimiters to split the results of parameter +expansion and command substitution into fields. +.Ss Pathname Expansion (File Name Generation) +Unless the +.Fl f +flag is set, file name generation is performed after word splitting is +complete. +Each word is viewed as a series of patterns, separated by slashes. +The process of expansion replaces the word with the names of all +existing files whose names can be formed by replacing each pattern with a +string that matches the specified pattern. +There are two restrictions on +this: first, a pattern cannot match a string containing a slash, and +second, a pattern cannot match a string starting with a period unless the +first character of the pattern is a period. +The next section describes the +patterns used for both Pathname Expansion and the +.Ic case +command. +.Ss Shell Patterns +A pattern consists of normal characters, which match themselves, +and meta-characters. +The meta-characters are +.Dq \&! , +.Dq * , +.Dq \&? , +and +.Dq \&[ . +These characters lose their special meanings if they are quoted. +When command or variable substitution is performed +and the dollar sign or back quotes are not double quoted, +the value of the variable or the output of +the command is scanned for these characters and they are turned into +meta-characters. +.Pp +An asterisk +.Pq Dq * +matches any string of characters. +A question mark matches any single character. +A left bracket +.Pq Dq \&[ +introduces a character class. +The end of the character class is indicated by a +.Pq Dq \&] ; +if the +.Dq \&] +is missing then the +.Dq \&[ +matches a +.Dq \&[ +rather than introducing a character class. +A character class matches any of the characters between the square brackets. +A range of characters may be specified using a minus sign. +The character class may be complemented +by making an exclamation point the first character of the character class. +.Pp +To include a +.Dq \&] +in a character class, make it the first character listed (after the +.Dq \&! , +if any). +To include a minus sign, make it the first or last character listed. +.Ss Builtins +This section lists the builtin commands which are builtin because they +need to perform some operation that can't be performed by a separate +process. +In addition to these, there are several other commands that may +be builtin for efficiency (e.g. +.Xr printf 1 , +.Xr echo 1 , +.Xr test 1 , +etc). +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It : +.It true +A null command that returns a 0 (true) exit value. +.It \&. file +The commands in the specified file are read and executed by the shell. +.It alias Op Ar name Ns Op Ar "=string ..." +If +.Ar name=string +is specified, the shell defines the alias +.Ar name +with value +.Ar string . +If just +.Ar name +is specified, the value of the alias +.Ar name +is printed. +With no arguments, the +.Ic alias +builtin prints the +names and values of all defined aliases (see +.Ic unalias ) . +.It bg [ Ar job ] ... +Continue the specified jobs (or the current job if no +jobs are given) in the background. +.It Xo command +.Op Fl p +.Op Fl v +.Op Fl V +.Ar command +.Op Ar arg ... +.Xc +Execute the specified command but ignore shell functions when searching +for it. +(This is useful when you +have a shell function with the same name as a builtin command.) +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It Fl p +search for command using a +.Ev PATH +that guarantees to find all the standard utilities. +.It Fl V +Do not execute the command but +search for the command and print the resolution of the +command search. +This is the same as the type builtin. +.It Fl v +Do not execute the command but +search for the command and print the absolute pathname +of utilities, the name for builtins or the expansion of aliases. +.El +.It cd Ar - +.It Xo cd Op Fl LP +.Op Ar directory +.Xc +Switch to the specified directory (default +.Ev HOME ) . +If an entry for +.Ev CDPATH +appears in the environment of the +.Ic cd +command or the shell variable +.Ev CDPATH +is set and the directory name does not begin with a slash, then the +directories listed in +.Ev CDPATH +will be searched for the specified directory. +The format of +.Ev CDPATH +is the same as that of +.Ev PATH . +If a single dash is specified as the argument, it will be replaced by the +value of +.Ev OLDPWD . +The +.Ic cd +command will print out the name of the +directory that it actually switched to if this is different from the name +that the user gave. +These may be different either because the +.Ev CDPATH +mechanism was used or because the argument is a single dash. +The +.Fl P +option causes the physical directory structure to be used, that is, all +symbolic links are resolved to their repective values. The +.Fl L +option turns off the effect of any preceding +.Fl P +options. +.It Xo echo Op Fl n +.Ar args... +.Xc +Print the arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces. +Unless the +.Fl n +option is present, a newline is output following the arguments. +.Pp +If any of the following sequences of characters is encountered during +output, the sequence is not output. Instead, the specified action is +performed: +.Bl -tag -width indent +.It Li \eb +A backspace character is output. +.It Li \ec +Subsequent output is suppressed. This is normally used at the end of the +last argument to suppress the trailing newline that +.Ic echo +would otherwise output. +.It Li \ef +Output a form feed. +.It Li \en +Output a newline character. +.It Li \er +Output a carriage return. +.It Li \et +Output a (horizontal) tab character. +.It Li \ev +Output a vertical tab. +.It Li \e0 Ns Ar digits +Output the character whose value is given by zero to three octal digits. +If there are zero digits, a nul character is output. +.It Li \e\e +Output a backslash. +.El +.Pp +All other backslash sequences elicit undefined behaviour. +.It eval Ar string ... +Concatenate all the arguments with spaces. +Then re-parse and execute the command. +.It exec Op Ar command arg ... +Unless command is omitted, the shell process is replaced with the +specified program (which must be a real program, not a shell builtin or +function). +Any redirections on the +.Ic exec +command are marked as permanent, so that they are not undone when the +.Ic exec +command finishes. +.It exit Op Ar exitstatus +Terminate the shell process. +If +.Ar exitstatus +is given it is used as the exit status of the shell; otherwise the +exit status of the preceding command is used. +.It export Ar name ... +.It export Fl p +The specified names are exported so that they will appear in the +environment of subsequent commands. +The only way to un-export a variable is to unset it. +The shell allows the value of a variable to be set at the +same time it is exported by writing +.Pp +.Dl export name=value +.Pp +With no arguments the export command lists the names of all exported variables. +With the +.Fl p +option specified the output will be formatted suitably for non-interactive use. +.It Xo fc Op Fl e Ar editor +.Op Ar first Op Ar last +.Xc +.It Xo fc Fl l +.Op Fl nr +.Op Ar first Op Ar last +.Xc +.It Xo fc Fl s Op Ar old=new +.Op Ar first +.Xc +The +.Ic fc +builtin lists, or edits and re-executes, commands previously entered +to an interactive shell. +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It Fl e No editor +Use the editor named by editor to edit the commands. +The editor string is a command name, subject to search via the +.Ev PATH +variable. +The value in the +.Ev FCEDIT +variable is used as a default when +.Fl e +is not specified. +If +.Ev FCEDIT +is null or unset, the value of the +.Ev EDITOR +variable is used. +If +.Ev EDITOR +is null or unset, +.Xr ed 1 +is used as the editor. +.It Fl l No (ell) +List the commands rather than invoking an editor on them. +The commands are written in the sequence indicated by +the first and last operands, as affected by +.Fl r , +with each command preceded by the command number. +.It Fl n +Suppress command numbers when listing with -l. +.It Fl r +Reverse the order of the commands listed (with +.Fl l ) +or edited (with neither +.Fl l +nor +.Fl s ) . +.It Fl s +Re-execute the command without invoking an editor. +.It first +.It last +Select the commands to list or edit. +The number of previous commands that +can be accessed are determined by the value of the +.Ev HISTSIZE +variable. +The value of first or last or both are one of the following: +.Bl -tag -width 5n +.It [+]number +A positive number representing a command number; command numbers can be +displayed with the +.Fl l +option. +.It Fl number +A negative decimal number representing the command that was executed +number of commands previously. +For example, \-1 is the immediately previous command. +.El +.It string +A string indicating the most recently entered command that begins with +that string. +If the old=new operand is not also specified with +.Fl s , +the string form of the first operand cannot contain an embedded equal sign. +.El +.Pp +The following environment variables affect the execution of fc: +.Bl -tag -width HISTSIZE +.It Ev FCEDIT +Name of the editor to use. +.It Ev HISTSIZE +The number of previous commands that are accessible. +.El +.It fg Op Ar job +Move the specified job or the current job to the foreground. +.It getopts Ar optstring var +The +.Tn POSIX +.Ic getopts +command, not to be confused with the +.Em Bell Labs +-derived +.Xr getopt 1 . +.Pp +The first argument should be a series of letters, each of which may be +optionally followed by a colon to indicate that the option requires an +argument. +The variable specified is set to the parsed option. +.Pp +The +.Ic getopts +command deprecates the older +.Xr getopt 1 +utility due to its handling of arguments containing whitespace. +.Pp +The +.Ic getopts +builtin may be used to obtain options and their arguments +from a list of parameters. +When invoked, +.Ic getopts +places the value of the next option from the option string in the list in +the shell variable specified by +.Va var +and its index in the shell variable +.Ev OPTIND . +When the shell is invoked, +.Ev OPTIND +is initialized to 1. +For each option that requires an argument, the +.Ic getopts +builtin will place it in the shell variable +.Ev OPTARG . +If an option is not allowed for in the +.Va optstring , +then +.Ev OPTARG +will be unset. +.Pp +.Va optstring +is a string of recognized option letters (see +.Xr getopt 3 ) . +If a letter is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an +argument which may or may not be separated from it by white space. +If an option character is not found where expected, +.Ic getopts +will set the variable +.Va var +to a +.Dq \&? ; +.Ic getopts +will then unset +.Ev OPTARG +and write output to standard error. +By specifying a colon as the first character of +.Va optstring +all errors will be ignored. +.Pp +A nonzero value is returned when the last option is reached. +If there are no remaining arguments, +.Ic getopts +will set +.Va var +to the special option, +.Dq -- , +otherwise, it will set +.Va var +to +.Dq \&? . +.Pp +The following code fragment shows how one might process the arguments +for a command that can take the options +.Op a +and +.Op b , +and the option +.Op c , +which requires an argument. +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent +while getopts abc: f +do + case $f in + a | b) flag=$f;; + c) carg=$OPTARG;; + \\?) echo $USAGE; exit 1;; + esac +done +shift `expr $OPTIND - 1` +.Ed +.Pp +This code will accept any of the following as equivalent: +.Pp +.Bd -literal -offset indent +cmd \-acarg file file +cmd \-a \-c arg file file +cmd \-carg -a file file +cmd \-a \-carg \-\- file file +.Ed +.It hash Fl rv Ar command ... +The shell maintains a hash table which remembers the +locations of commands. +With no arguments whatsoever, +the +.Ic hash +command prints out the contents of this table. +Entries which have not been looked at since the last +.Ic cd +command are marked with an asterisk; it is possible for these entries +to be invalid. +.Pp +With arguments, the +.Ic hash +command removes the specified commands from the hash table (unless +they are functions) and then locates them. +With the +.Fl v +option, hash prints the locations of the commands as it finds them. +The +.Fl r +option causes the hash command to delete all the entries in the hash table +except for functions. +.It pwd Op Fl LP +builtin command remembers what the current directory +is rather than recomputing it each time. +This makes it faster. +However, if the current directory is renamed, the builtin version of +.Ic pwd +will continue to print the old name for the directory. +The +.Fl P +option causes the phyical value of the current working directory to be shown, +that is, all symbolic links are resolved to their repective values. The +.Fl L +option turns off the effect of any preceding +.Fl P +options. +.It Xo read Op Fl p Ar prompt +.Op Fl r +.Ar variable +.Op Ar ... +.Xc +The prompt is printed if the +.Fl p +option is specified and the standard input is a terminal. +Then a line is read from the standard input. +The trailing newline is deleted from the +line and the line is split as described in the section on word splitting +above, and the pieces are assigned to the variables in order. +At least one variable must be specified. +If there are more pieces than variables, the remaining pieces +(along with the characters in +.Ev IFS +that separated them) are assigned to the last variable. +If there are more variables than pieces, +the remaining variables are assigned the null string. +The +.Ic read +builtin will indicate success unless EOF is encountered on input, in +which case failure is returned. +.Pp +By default, unless the +.Fl r +option is specified, the backslash +.Dq \e +acts as an escape character, causing the following character to be treated +literally. +If a backslash is followed by a newline, the backslash and the +newline will be deleted. +.It readonly Ar name ... +.It readonly Fl p +The specified names are marked as read only, so that they cannot be +subsequently modified or unset. +The shell allows the value of a variable +to be set at the same time it is marked read only by writing +.Pp +.Dl readonly name=value +.Pp +With no arguments the readonly command lists the names of all read only +variables. +With the +.Fl p +option specified the output will be formatted suitably for non-interactive use. +.Pp +.It Xo printf Ar format +.Op Ar arguments ... +.Xc +.Ic printf +formats and prints its arguments, after the first, under control +of the +.Ar format . +The +.Ar format +is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain characters, +which are simply copied to standard output, character escape sequences which +are converted and copied to the standard output, and format specifications, +each of which causes printing of the next successive +.Ar argument . +.Pp +The +.Ar arguments +after the first are treated as strings if the corresponding format is +either +.Cm b , +.Cm c +or +.Cm s ; +otherwise it is evaluated as a C constant, with the following extensions: +.Pp +.Bl -bullet -offset indent -compact +.It +A leading plus or minus sign is allowed. +.It +If the leading character is a single or double quote, the value is the +.Tn ASCII +code of the next character. +.El +.Pp +The format string is reused as often as necessary to satisfy the +.Ar arguments . +Any extra format specifications are evaluated with zero or the null +string. +.Pp +Character escape sequences are in backslash notation as defined in +.St -ansiC . +The characters and their meanings are as follows: +.Bl -tag -width Ds -offset indent +.It Cm \ea +Write a \*[Lt]bell\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \eb +Write a \*[Lt]backspace\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ef +Write a \*[Lt]form-feed\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \en +Write a \*[Lt]new-line\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \er +Write a \*[Lt]carriage return\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \et +Write a \*[Lt]tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \ev +Write a \*[Lt]vertical tab\*[Gt] character. +.It Cm \e\e +Write a backslash character. +.It Cm \e Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit +octal number +.Ar num . +.El +.Pp +Each format specification is introduced by the percent character +(``%''). +The remainder of the format specification includes, +in the following order: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It "Zero or more of the following flags:" +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm # +A `#' character +specifying that the value should be printed in an ``alternative form''. +For +.Cm b , +.Cm c , +.Cm d , +and +.Cm s +formats, this option has no effect. +For the +.Cm o +format the precision of the number is increased to force the first +character of the output string to a zero. +For the +.Cm x +.Pq Cm X +format, a non-zero result has the string +.Li 0x +.Pq Li 0X +prepended to it. +For +.Cm e , +.Cm E , +.Cm f , +.Cm g , +and +.Cm G +formats, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no +digits follow the point (normally, a decimal point only appears in the +results of those formats if a digit follows the decimal point). +For +.Cm g +and +.Cm G +formats, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they +would otherwise be. +.It Cm \&\- +A minus sign `\-' which specifies +.Em left adjustment +of the output in the indicated field; +.It Cm \&+ +A `+' character specifying that there should always be +a sign placed before the number when using signed formats. +.It Sq \&\ \& +A space specifying that a blank should be left before a positive number +for a signed format. +A `+' overrides a space if both are used; +.It Cm \&0 +A zero `0' character indicating that zero-padding should be used +rather than blank-padding. +A `\-' overrides a `0' if both are used; +.El +.It "Field Width:" +An optional digit string specifying a +.Em field width ; +if the output string has fewer characters than the field width it will +be blank-padded on the left (or right, if the left-adjustment indicator +has been given) to make up the field width (note that a leading zero +is a flag, but an embedded zero is part of a field width); +.It Precision : +An optional period, +.Sq Cm \&.\& , +followed by an optional digit string giving a +.Em precision +which specifies the number of digits to appear after the decimal point, +for +.Cm e +and +.Cm f +formats, or the maximum number of characters to be printed +from a string +.Sm off +.Pf ( Cm b +.Sm on +and +.Cm s +formats); if the digit string is missing, the precision is treated +as zero; +.It Format : +A character which indicates the type of format to use (one of +.Cm diouxXfwEgGbcs ) . +.El +.Pp +A field width or precision may be +.Sq Cm \&* +instead of a digit string. +In this case an +.Ar argument +supplies the field width or precision. +.Pp +The format characters and their meanings are: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Cm diouXx +The +.Ar argument +is printed as a signed decimal (d or i), unsigned octal, unsigned decimal, +or unsigned hexadecimal (X or x), respectively. +.It Cm f +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]ddd Cm \&. No ddd +.Sm on +where the number of d's +after the decimal point is equal to the precision specification for +the argument. +If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision +is explicitly 0, no digits and no decimal point are printed. +.It Cm eE +The +.Ar argument +is printed in the style +.Sm off +.Pf [\-]d Cm \&. No ddd Cm e No \\*(Pmdd +.Sm on +where there +is one digit before the decimal point and the number after is equal to +the precision specification for the argument; when the precision is +missing, 6 digits are produced. +An upper-case E is used for an `E' format. +.It Cm gG +The +.Ar argument +is printed in style +.Cm f +or in style +.Cm e +.Pq Cm E +whichever gives full precision in minimum space. +.It Cm b +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed with backslash-escape sequences expanded. +.br +The following additional backslash-escape sequences are supported: +.Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Cm \ec +Causes +.Nm +to ignore any remaining characters in the string operand containing it, +any remaining string operands, and any additional characters in +the format operand. +.It Cm \e0 Ns Ar num +Write an 8\-bit character whose +.Tn ASCII +value is the 1\-, 2\-, or 3\-digit +octal number +.Ar num . +.El +.It Cm c +The first character of +.Ar argument +is printed. +.It Cm s +Characters from the string +.Ar argument +are printed until the end is reached or until the number of characters +indicated by the precision specification is reached; if the +precision is omitted, all characters in the string are printed. +.It Cm \&% +Print a `%'; no argument is used. +.El +.Pp +In no case does a non-existent or small field width cause truncation of +a field; padding takes place only if the specified field width exceeds +the actual width. +.It Xo set +.Oo { +.Fl options | Cm +options | Cm -- } +.Oc Ar arg ... +.Xc +The +.Ic set +command performs three different functions. +.Pp +With no arguments, it lists the values of all shell variables. +.Pp +If options are given, it sets the specified option +flags, or clears them as described in the section called +.Sx Argument List Processing . +.Pp +The third use of the set command is to set the values of the shell's +positional parameters to the specified args. +To change the positional +parameters without changing any options, use +.Dq -- +as the first argument to set. +If no args are present, the set command +will clear all the positional parameters (equivalent to executing +.Dq shift $# . ) +.It shift Op Ar n +Shift the positional parameters n times. +A +.Ic shift +sets the value of +.Va $1 +to the value of +.Va $2 , +the value of +.Va $2 +to the value of +.Va $3 , +and so on, decreasing +the value of +.Va $# +by one. +If n is greater than the number of positional parameters, +.Ic shift +will issue an error message, and exit with return status 2. +.It test Ar expression +.It \&[ Ar expression Cm ] +The +.Ic test +utility evaluates the expression and, if it evaluates +to true, returns a zero (true) exit status; otherwise +it returns 1 (false). +If there is no expression, test also +returns 1 (false). +.Pp +All operators and flags are separate arguments to the +.Ic test +utility. +.Pp +The following primaries are used to construct expression: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Fl b Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a block special +file. +.It Fl c Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a character +special file. +.It Fl d Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a directory. +.It Fl e Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists (regardless of type). +.It Fl f Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a regular file. +.It Fl g Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set group ID flag +is set. +.It Fl h Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +.It Fl k Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its sticky bit is set. +.It Fl n Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is nonzero. +.It Fl p Ar file +True if +.Ar file +is a named pipe +.Po Tn FIFO Pc . +.It Fl r Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is readable. +.It Fl s Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and has a size greater +than zero. +.It Fl t Ar file_descriptor +True if the file whose file descriptor number +is +.Ar file_descriptor +is open and is associated with a terminal. +.It Fl u Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its set user ID flag +is set. +.It Fl w Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is writable. +True +indicates only that the write flag is on. +The file is not writable on a read-only file +system even if this test indicates true. +.It Fl x Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is executable. +True +indicates only that the execute flag is on. +If +.Ar file +is a directory, true indicates that +.Ar file +can be searched. +.It Fl z Ar string +True if the length of +.Ar string +is zero. +.It Fl L Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a symbolic link. +This operator is retained for compatibility with previous versions of +this program. +Do not rely on its existence; use +.Fl h +instead. +.It Fl O Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its owner matches the effective user id of this process. +.It Fl G Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and its group matches the effective group id of this process. +.It Fl S Ar file +True if +.Ar file +exists and is a socket. +.It Ar file1 Fl nt Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +exists and is newer than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ot Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +exists and is older than +.Ar file2 . +.It Ar file1 Fl ef Ar file2 +True if +.Ar file1 +and +.Ar file2 +exist and refer to the same file. +.It Ar string +True if +.Ar string +is not the null +string. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&!= Ar \&s\&2 +True if the strings +.Ar \&s\&1 +and +.Ar \&s\&2 +are not identical. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Lt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes before +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Gt] Ar \&s\&2 +True if string +.Ar \&s\&1 +comes after +.Ar \&s\&2 +based on the ASCII value of their characters. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are algebraically +equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ne Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integers +.Ar \&n\&1 +and +.Ar \&n\&2 +are not +algebraically equal. +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \> Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&ge Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically +greater than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \< Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&le Ar \&n\&2 +True if the integer +.Ar \&n\&1 +is algebraically less +than or equal to the integer +.Ar \&n\&2 . +.El +.Pp +These primaries can be combined with the following operators: +.Bl -tag -width Ar +.It Cm \&! Ar expression +True if +.Ar expression +is false. +.It Ar expression1 Fl a Ar expression2 +True if both +.Ar expression1 +and +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Ar expression1 Fl o Ar expression2 +True if either +.Ar expression1 +or +.Ar expression2 +are true. +.It Cm \&( Ns Ar expression Ns Cm \&) +True if expression is true. +.El +.Pp +The +.Fl a +operator has higher precedence than the +.Fl o +operator. +.It times +Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and for processes +run from the shell. The return status is 0. +.It Xo trap +.Op Ar action Ar signal ... +.Xc +Cause the shell to parse and execute action when any of the specified +signals are received. +The signals are specified by signal number or as the name of the signal. +If +.Ar signal +is +.Li 0 , +the action is executed when the shell exits. +.Ar action +may be null, which cause the specified signals to be ignored. +With +.Ar action +omitted or set to `-' the specified signals are set to their default action. +When the shell forks off a subshell, it resets trapped (but not ignored) +signals to the default action. +The +.Ic trap +command has no effect on signals that were +ignored on entry to the shell. +.Ic trap +without any arguments cause it to write a list of signals and their +associated action to the standard output in a format that is suitable +as an input to the shell that achieves the same trapping results. +.Pp +Examples: +.Pp +.Dl trap +.Pp +List trapped signals and their corresponding action +.Pp +.Dl trap '' INT QUIT tstp 30 +.Pp +Ignore signals INT QUIT TSTP USR1 +.Pp +.Dl trap date INT +.Pp +Print date upon receiving signal INT +.It type Op Ar name ... +Interpret each name as a command and print the resolution of the command +search. +Possible resolutions are: +shell keyword, alias, shell builtin, +command, tracked alias and not found. +For aliases the alias expansion is +printed; for commands and tracked aliases the complete pathname of the +command is printed. +.It ulimit Xo +.Op Fl H \*(Ba Fl S +.Op Fl a \*(Ba Fl tfdscmlpn Op Ar value +.Xc +Inquire about or set the hard or soft limits on processes or set new +limits. +The choice between hard limit (which no process is allowed to +violate, and which may not be raised once it has been lowered) and soft +limit (which causes processes to be signaled but not necessarily killed, +and which may be raised) is made with these flags: +.Bl -tag -width Fl +.It Fl H +set or inquire about hard limits +.It Fl S +set or inquire about soft limits. +If neither +.Fl H +nor +.Fl S +is specified, the soft limit is displayed or both limits are set. +If both are specified, the last one wins. +.El +.Pp +.Bl -tag -width Fl +The limit to be interrogated or set, then, is chosen by specifying +any one of these flags: +.It Fl a +show all the current limits +.It Fl t +show or set the limit on CPU time (in seconds) +.It Fl f +show or set the limit on the largest file that can be created +(in 512-byte blocks) +.It Fl d +show or set the limit on the data segment size of a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl s +show or set the limit on the stack size of a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl c +show or set the limit on the largest core dump size that can be produced +(in 512-byte blocks) +.It Fl m +show or set the limit on the total physical memory that can be +in use by a process (in kilobytes) +.It Fl l +show or set the limit on how much memory a process can lock with +.Xr mlock 2 +(in kilobytes) +.It Fl p +show or set the limit on the number of processes this user can +have at one time +.It Fl n +show or set the limit on the number files a process can have open at once +.El +.Pp +If none of these is specified, it is the limit on file size that is shown +or set. +If value is specified, the limit is set to that number; otherwise +the current limit is displayed. +.Pp +Limits of an arbitrary process can be displayed or set using the +.Xr sysctl 8 +utility. +.Pp +.It umask Op Ar mask +Set the value of umask (see +.Xr umask 2 ) +to the specified octal value. +If the argument is omitted, the umask value is printed. +.It unalias Xo +.Op Fl a +.Op Ar name +.Xc +If +.Ar name +is specified, the shell removes that alias. +If +.Fl a +is specified, all aliases are removed. +.It unset Xo +.Op Fl fv +.Ar name ... +.Xc +The specified variables and functions are unset and unexported. +If +.Fl f +or +.Fl v +is sepcified, the corresponding function or variable is unset, respectively. +If a given name corresponds to both a variable and a function, and no +options are given, only the variable is unset. +.It wait Op Ar job +Wait for the specified job to complete and return the exit status of the +last process in the job. +If the argument is omitted, wait for all jobs to +complete and the return an exit status of zero. +.El +.Ss Command Line Editing +When +.Nm +is being used interactively from a terminal, the current command +and the command history (see +.Ic fc +in +.Sx Builtins ) +can be edited using vi-mode command-line editing. +This mode uses commands, described below, +similar to a subset of those described in the vi man page. +The command +.Ql set -o vi +enables vi-mode editing and place sh into vi insert mode. +With vi-mode +enabled, sh can be switched between insert mode and command mode. +The editor is not described in full here, but will be in a later document. +It's similar to vi: typing +.Aq ESC +will throw you into command VI command mode. +Hitting +.Aq return +while in command mode will pass the line to the shell. +.Sh EXIT STATUS +Errors that are detected by the shell, such as a syntax error, will cause the +shell to exit with a non-zero exit status. +If the shell is not an +interactive shell, the execution of the shell file will be aborted. +Otherwise +the shell will return the exit status of the last command executed, or +if the exit builtin is used with a numeric argument, it will return the +argument. +.Sh ENVIRONMENT +.Bl -tag -width MAILCHECK +.It Ev HOME +Set automatically by +.Xr login 1 +from the user's login directory in the password file +.Pq Xr passwd 4 . +This environment variable also functions as the default argument for the +cd builtin. +.It Ev PATH +The default search path for executables. +See the above section +.Sx Path Search . +.It Ev CDPATH +The search path used with the cd builtin. +.It Ev MAIL +The name of a mail file, that will be checked for the arrival of new mail. +Overridden by +.Ev MAILPATH . +.It Ev MAILCHECK +The frequency in seconds that the shell checks for the arrival of mail +in the files specified by the +.Ev MAILPATH +or the +.Ev MAIL +file. +If set to 0, the check will occur at each prompt. +.It Ev MAILPATH +A colon +.Dq \&: +separated list of file names, for the shell to check for incoming mail. +This environment setting overrides the +.Ev MAIL +setting. +There is a maximum of 10 mailboxes that can be monitored at once. +.It Ev PS1 +The primary prompt string, which defaults to +.Dq $ \ , +unless you are the superuser, in which case it defaults to +.Dq # \ . +.It Ev PS2 +The secondary prompt string, which defaults to +.Dq \*[Gt] \ . +.It Ev PS4 +Output before each line when execution trace (set -x) is enabled, +defaults to +.Dq + \ . +.It Ev IFS +Input Field Separators. +This is normally set to +.Aq space , +.Aq tab , +and +.Aq newline . +See the +.Sx White Space Splitting +section for more details. +.It Ev TERM +The default terminal setting for the shell. +This is inherited by +children of the shell, and is used in the history editing modes. +.It Ev HISTSIZE +The number of lines in the history buffer for the shell. +.It Ev PWD +The logical value of the current working directory. This is set by the +.Ic cd +command. +.It Ev OLDPWD +The previous logical value of the current working directory. This is set by +the +.Ic cd +command. +.It Ev PPID +The process ID of the parent process of the shell. +.El +.Sh FILES +.Bl -item -width HOMEprofilexxxx +.It +.Pa $HOME/.profile +.It +.Pa /etc/profile +.El +.Sh SEE ALSO +.Xr csh 1 , +.Xr echo 1 , +.Xr getopt 1 , +.Xr ksh 1 , +.Xr login 1 , +.Xr printf 1 , +.Xr test 1 , +.Xr getopt 3 , +.Xr passwd 5 , +.\" .Xr profile 4 , +.Xr environ 7 , +.Xr sysctl 8 +.Sh HISTORY +A +.Nm +command appeared in +.At v1 . +It was, however, unmaintainable so we wrote this one. +.Sh BUGS +Setuid shell scripts should be avoided at all costs, as they are a +significant security risk. +.Pp +PS1, PS2, and PS4 should be subject to parameter expansion before +being displayed. diff --git a/src/error.c b/src/error.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0fc0cd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/error.c @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +/* $NetBSD: error.c,v 1.30 2003/01/22 20:36:03 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)error.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: error.c,v 1.30 2003/01/22 20:36:03 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * Errors and exceptions. + */ + +#include <signal.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "system.h" + + +/* + * Code to handle exceptions in C. + */ + +struct jmploc *handler; +int exception; +int suppressint; +volatile sig_atomic_t intpending; + + +static void exverror(int, const char *, va_list) + __attribute__((__noreturn__)); + +/* + * Called to raise an exception. Since C doesn't include exceptions, we + * just do a longjmp to the exception handler. The type of exception is + * stored in the global variable "exception". + */ + +void +exraise(int e) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (handler == NULL) + abort(); +#endif + INTOFF; + + exception = e; + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); +} + + +/* + * Called from trap.c when a SIGINT is received. (If the user specifies + * that SIGINT is to be trapped or ignored using the trap builtin, then + * this routine is not called.) Suppressint is nonzero when interrupts + * are held using the INTOFF macro. (The test for iflag is just + * defensive programming.) + */ + +void +onint(void) { + int i; + + intpending = 0; + sigclearmask(); + i = EXSIG; + if (gotsig[SIGINT - 1] && !trap[SIGINT]) { + if (!(rootshell && iflag)) { + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + raise(SIGINT); + } + i = EXINT; + } + exraise(i); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static void +exvwarning2(const char *msg, va_list ap) +{ + struct output *errs; + const char *name; + const char *fmt; + + errs = out2; + name = arg0; + fmt = "%s: "; + if (commandname) { + name = commandname; + fmt = "%s: %d: "; + } + outfmt(errs, fmt, name, startlinno); + doformat(errs, msg, ap); +#if FLUSHERR + outc('\n', errs); +#else + outcslow('\n', errs); +#endif +} + +#define exvwarning(a, b, c) exvwarning2(b, c) + +/* + * Exverror is called to raise the error exception. If the second argument + * is not NULL then error prints an error message using printf style + * formatting. It then raises the error exception. + */ +static void +exverror(int cond, const char *msg, va_list ap) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (msg) { + TRACE(("exverror(%d, \"", cond)); + TRACEV((msg, ap)); + TRACE(("\") pid=%d\n", getpid())); + } else + TRACE(("exverror(%d, NULL) pid=%d\n", cond, getpid())); + if (msg) +#endif + exvwarning(-1, msg, ap); + + flushall(); + exraise(cond); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +void +error(const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, msg); + exverror(EXERROR, msg, ap); + /* NOTREACHED */ + va_end(ap); +} + + +void +exerror(int cond, const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, msg); + exverror(cond, msg, ap); + /* NOTREACHED */ + va_end(ap); +} + +/* + * error/warning routines for external builtins + */ + +void +sh_warnx(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + exvwarning(-1, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + + +/* + * Return a string describing an error. The returned string may be a + * pointer to a static buffer that will be overwritten on the next call. + * Action describes the operation that got the error. + */ + +const char * +errmsg(int e, int action) +{ + if (e != ENOENT && e != ENOTDIR) + return strerror(e); + + if (action & E_OPEN) + return "No such file"; + else if (action & E_CREAT) + return "Directory nonexistent"; + else + return "not found"; +} + + +#ifdef REALLY_SMALL +void +__inton() { + if (--suppressint == 0 && intpending) { + onint(); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/src/error.h b/src/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e1a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* $NetBSD: error.h,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)error.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <setjmp.h> +#include <signal.h> + +/* + * Types of operations (passed to the errmsg routine). + */ + +#define E_OPEN 01 /* opening a file */ +#define E_CREAT 02 /* creating a file */ +#define E_EXEC 04 /* executing a program */ + + +/* + * We enclose jmp_buf in a structure so that we can declare pointers to + * jump locations. The global variable handler contains the location to + * jump to when an exception occurs, and the global variable exception + * contains a code identifying the exeception. To implement nested + * exception handlers, the user should save the value of handler on entry + * to an inner scope, set handler to point to a jmploc structure for the + * inner scope, and restore handler on exit from the scope. + */ + +struct jmploc { + jmp_buf loc; +}; + +extern struct jmploc *handler; +extern int exception; +extern int exerrno; /* error for EXEXEC */ + +/* exceptions */ +#define EXINT 0 /* SIGINT received */ +#define EXERROR 1 /* a generic error */ +#define EXSHELLPROC 2 /* execute a shell procedure */ +#define EXEXEC 3 /* command execution failed */ +#define EXEXIT 4 /* exit the shell */ +#define EXSIG 5 /* trapped signal in wait(1) */ + + +/* + * These macros allow the user to suspend the handling of interrupt signals + * over a period of time. This is similar to SIGHOLD to or sigblock, but + * much more efficient and portable. (But hacking the kernel is so much + * more fun than worrying about efficiency and portability. :-)) + */ + +extern int suppressint; +extern volatile sig_atomic_t intpending; +extern int exsig; + +#define barrier() ({ __asm__ __volatile__ ("": : :"memory"); }) +#define INTOFF \ + ({ \ + suppressint++; \ + barrier(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#ifdef REALLY_SMALL +void __inton __P((void)); +#define INTON __inton() +#else +#define INTON \ + ({ \ + barrier(); \ + if (--suppressint == 0 && intpending) onint(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#endif +#define FORCEINTON \ + ({ \ + barrier(); \ + suppressint = 0; \ + if (intpending) onint(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#define SAVEINT(v) ((v) = suppressint) +#define RESTOREINT(v) \ + ({ \ + barrier(); \ + if ((suppressint = (v)) == 0 && intpending) onint(); \ + 0; \ + }) +#define CLEAR_PENDING_INT intpending = 0 +#define int_pending() intpending +#define EXSIGON() \ + ({ \ + exsig++; \ + barrier(); \ + if (pendingsigs) \ + exraise(EXSIG); \ + 0; \ + }) +/* EXSIG is turned off by evalbltin(). */ + +void exraise(int) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +#ifdef USE_NORETURN +void onint(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +#else +void onint(void); +#endif +void error(const char *, ...) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +void exerror(int, const char *, ...) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +const char *errmsg(int, int); + +void sh_warnx(const char *, ...); diff --git a/src/eval.c b/src/eval.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1bf317 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/eval.c @@ -0,0 +1,1112 @@ +/* $NetBSD: eval.c,v 1.71 2003/01/23 03:33:16 rafal Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)eval.c 8.9 (Berkeley) 6/8/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: eval.c,v 1.71 2003/01/23 03:33:16 rafal Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* + * Evaluate a command. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif + + +/* flags in argument to evaltree */ +#define EV_EXIT 01 /* exit after evaluating tree */ +#define EV_TESTED 02 /* exit status is checked; ignore -e flag */ +#define EV_BACKCMD 04 /* command executing within back quotes */ + +int evalskip; /* set if we are skipping commands */ +STATIC int skipcount; /* number of levels to skip */ +MKINIT int loopnest; /* current loop nesting level */ +int funcnest; /* depth of function calls */ + + +char *commandname; +struct strlist *cmdenviron; +int exitstatus; /* exit status of last command */ +int back_exitstatus; /* exit status of backquoted command */ + + +#if !defined(__alpha__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3) +STATIC +#endif +void evaltreenr(union node *, int) __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)); +STATIC void evalloop(union node *, int); +STATIC void evalfor(union node *, int); +STATIC void evalcase(union node *, int); +STATIC void evalsubshell(union node *, int); +STATIC void expredir(union node *); +STATIC void evalpipe(union node *, int); +#ifdef notyet +STATIC void evalcommand(union node *, int, struct backcmd *); +#else +STATIC void evalcommand(union node *, int); +#endif +STATIC int evalbltin(const struct builtincmd *, int, char **); +STATIC int evalfun(struct funcnode *, int, char **, int); +STATIC void prehash(union node *); +STATIC int eprintlist(struct output *, struct strlist *, int); +STATIC int bltincmd(int, char **); + + +STATIC const struct builtincmd bltin = { + name: nullstr, + builtin: bltincmd +}; + + +/* + * Called to reset things after an exception. + */ + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE "eval.h" + +RESET { + evalskip = 0; + loopnest = 0; + funcnest = 0; +} +#endif + + + +/* + * The eval commmand. + */ + +int +evalcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *p; + char *concat; + char **ap; + + if (argc > 1) { + p = argv[1]; + if (argc > 2) { + STARTSTACKSTR(concat); + ap = argv + 2; + for (;;) { + concat = stputs(p, concat); + if ((p = *ap++) == NULL) + break; + STPUTC(' ', concat); + } + STPUTC('\0', concat); + p = grabstackstr(concat); + } + evalstring(p); + } + return exitstatus; +} + + +/* + * Execute a command or commands contained in a string. + */ + +void +evalstring(char *s) +{ + union node *n; + struct stackmark smark; + + setstackmark(&smark); + setinputstring(s); + + while ((n = parsecmd(0)) != NEOF) { + evaltree(n, 0); + popstackmark(&smark); + if (evalskip) + break; + } + popfile(); + popstackmark(&smark); +} + + + +/* + * Evaluate a parse tree. The value is left in the global variable + * exitstatus. + */ + +void +evaltree(union node *n, int flags) +{ + int checkexit = 0; + void (*evalfn)(union node *, int); + unsigned isor; + int status; + if (n == NULL) { + TRACE(("evaltree(NULL) called\n")); + goto out; + } +#ifndef SMALL + displayhist = 1; /* show history substitutions done with fc */ +#endif + TRACE(("pid %d, evaltree(%p: %d, %d) called\n", + getpid(), n, n->type, flags)); + switch (n->type) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + out1fmt("Node type = %d\n", n->type); +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + flushout(out1); +#endif + break; +#endif + case NNOT: + evaltree(n->nnot.com, EV_TESTED); + status = !exitstatus; + goto setstatus; + case NREDIR: + expredir(n->nredir.redirect); + status = redirectsafe(n->nredir.redirect, REDIR_PUSH); + if (!status) { + evaltree(n->nredir.n, flags & EV_TESTED); + status = exitstatus; + } + popredir(0); + goto setstatus; + case NCMD: +#ifdef notyet + if (eflag && !(flags & EV_TESTED)) + checkexit = ~0; + evalcommand(n, flags, (struct backcmd *)NULL); + break; +#else + evalfn = evalcommand; +checkexit: + if (eflag && !(flags & EV_TESTED)) + checkexit = ~0; + goto calleval; +#endif + case NFOR: + evalfn = evalfor; + goto calleval; + case NWHILE: + case NUNTIL: + evalfn = evalloop; + goto calleval; + case NSUBSHELL: + case NBACKGND: + evalfn = evalsubshell; + goto calleval; + case NPIPE: + evalfn = evalpipe; +#ifdef notyet + if (eflag && !(flags & EV_TESTED)) + checkexit = ~0; + goto calleval; +#else + goto checkexit; +#endif + case NCASE: + evalfn = evalcase; + goto calleval; + case NAND: + case NOR: + case NSEMI: +#if NAND + 1 != NOR +#error NAND + 1 != NOR +#endif +#if NOR + 1 != NSEMI +#error NOR + 1 != NSEMI +#endif + isor = n->type - NAND; + evaltree( + n->nbinary.ch1, + (flags | ((isor >> 1) - 1)) & EV_TESTED + ); + if (!exitstatus == isor) + break; + if (!evalskip) { + n = n->nbinary.ch2; +evaln: + evalfn = evaltree; +calleval: + evalfn(n, flags); + break; + } + break; + case NIF: + evaltree(n->nif.test, EV_TESTED); + if (evalskip) + break; + if (exitstatus == 0) { + n = n->nif.ifpart; + goto evaln; + } else if (n->nif.elsepart) { + n = n->nif.elsepart; + goto evaln; + } + goto success; + case NDEFUN: + defun(n->narg.text, n->narg.next); +success: + status = 0; +setstatus: + exitstatus = status; + break; + } +out: + if (pendingsigs) + dotrap(); + if (flags & EV_EXIT || checkexit & exitstatus) + exraise(EXEXIT); +} + + +#if !defined(__alpha__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3) +STATIC +#endif +void evaltreenr(union node *, int) __attribute__ ((alias("evaltree"))); + + +STATIC void +evalloop(union node *n, int flags) +{ + int status; + + loopnest++; + status = 0; + flags &= EV_TESTED; + for (;;) { + int i; + + evaltree(n->nbinary.ch1, EV_TESTED); + if (evalskip) { +skipping: if (evalskip == SKIPCONT && --skipcount <= 0) { + evalskip = 0; + continue; + } + if (evalskip == SKIPBREAK && --skipcount <= 0) + evalskip = 0; + break; + } + i = exitstatus; + if (n->type != NWHILE) + i = !i; + if (i != 0) + break; + evaltree(n->nbinary.ch2, flags); + status = exitstatus; + if (evalskip) + goto skipping; + } + loopnest--; + exitstatus = status; +} + + + +STATIC void +evalfor(union node *n, int flags) +{ + struct arglist arglist; + union node *argp; + struct strlist *sp; + struct stackmark smark; + + setstackmark(&smark); + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + for (argp = n->nfor.args ; argp ; argp = argp->narg.next) { + expandarg(argp, &arglist, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE | EXP_RECORD); + /* XXX */ + if (evalskip) + goto out; + } + *arglist.lastp = NULL; + + exitstatus = 0; + loopnest++; + flags &= EV_TESTED; + for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) { + setvar(n->nfor.var, sp->text, 0); + evaltree(n->nfor.body, flags); + if (evalskip) { + if (evalskip == SKIPCONT && --skipcount <= 0) { + evalskip = 0; + continue; + } + if (evalskip == SKIPBREAK && --skipcount <= 0) + evalskip = 0; + break; + } + } + loopnest--; +out: + popstackmark(&smark); +} + + + +STATIC void +evalcase(union node *n, int flags) +{ + union node *cp; + union node *patp; + struct arglist arglist; + struct stackmark smark; + + setstackmark(&smark); + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + expandarg(n->ncase.expr, &arglist, EXP_TILDE); + exitstatus = 0; + for (cp = n->ncase.cases ; cp && evalskip == 0 ; cp = cp->nclist.next) { + for (patp = cp->nclist.pattern ; patp ; patp = patp->narg.next) { + if (casematch(patp, arglist.list->text)) { + if (evalskip == 0) { + evaltree(cp->nclist.body, flags); + } + goto out; + } + } + } +out: + popstackmark(&smark); +} + + + +/* + * Kick off a subshell to evaluate a tree. + */ + +STATIC void +evalsubshell(union node *n, int flags) +{ + struct job *jp; + int backgnd = (n->type == NBACKGND); + int status; + + expredir(n->nredir.redirect); + if (!backgnd && flags & EV_EXIT && !trap[0]) + goto nofork; + INTOFF; + jp = makejob(n, 1); + if (forkshell(jp, n, backgnd) == 0) { + INTON; + flags |= EV_EXIT; + if (backgnd) + flags &=~ EV_TESTED; +nofork: + redirect(n->nredir.redirect, 0); + evaltreenr(n->nredir.n, flags); + /* never returns */ + } + status = 0; + if (! backgnd) + status = waitforjob(jp); + exitstatus = status; + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * Compute the names of the files in a redirection list. + */ + +STATIC void +expredir(union node *n) +{ + union node *redir; + + for (redir = n ; redir ; redir = redir->nfile.next) { + struct arglist fn; + fn.lastp = &fn.list; + switch (redir->type) { + case NFROMTO: + case NFROM: + case NTO: + case NCLOBBER: + case NAPPEND: + expandarg(redir->nfile.fname, &fn, EXP_TILDE | EXP_REDIR); + redir->nfile.expfname = fn.list->text; + break; + case NFROMFD: + case NTOFD: + if (redir->ndup.vname) { + expandarg(redir->ndup.vname, &fn, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE); + fixredir(redir, fn.list->text, 1); + } + break; + } + } +} + + + +/* + * Evaluate a pipeline. All the processes in the pipeline are children + * of the process creating the pipeline. (This differs from some versions + * of the shell, which make the last process in a pipeline the parent + * of all the rest.) + */ + +STATIC void +evalpipe(union node *n, int flags) +{ + struct job *jp; + struct nodelist *lp; + int pipelen; + int prevfd; + int pip[2]; + + TRACE(("evalpipe(0x%lx) called\n", (long)n)); + pipelen = 0; + for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) + pipelen++; + flags |= EV_EXIT; + INTOFF; + jp = makejob(n, pipelen); + prevfd = -1; + for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) { + prehash(lp->n); + pip[1] = -1; + if (lp->next) { + if (pipe(pip) < 0) { + close(prevfd); + error("Pipe call failed"); + } + } + if (forkshell(jp, lp->n, n->npipe.backgnd) == 0) { + INTON; + if (pip[1] >= 0) { + close(pip[0]); + } + if (prevfd > 0) { + dup2(prevfd, 0); + close(prevfd); + } + if (pip[1] > 1) { + dup2(pip[1], 1); + close(pip[1]); + } + evaltreenr(lp->n, flags); + /* never returns */ + } + if (prevfd >= 0) + close(prevfd); + prevfd = pip[0]; + close(pip[1]); + } + if (n->npipe.backgnd == 0) { + exitstatus = waitforjob(jp); + TRACE(("evalpipe: job done exit status %d\n", exitstatus)); + } + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * Execute a command inside back quotes. If it's a builtin command, we + * want to save its output in a block obtained from malloc. Otherwise + * we fork off a subprocess and get the output of the command via a pipe. + * Should be called with interrupts off. + */ + +void +evalbackcmd(union node *n, struct backcmd *result) +{ + int saveherefd; + + result->fd = -1; + result->buf = NULL; + result->nleft = 0; + result->jp = NULL; + if (n == NULL) { + goto out; + } + + saveherefd = herefd; + herefd = -1; + +#ifdef notyet + /* + * For now we disable executing builtins in the same + * context as the shell, because we are not keeping + * enough state to recover from changes that are + * supposed only to affect subshells. eg. echo "`cd /`" + */ + if (n->type == NCMD) { + struct ifsregion saveifs; + struct ifsregion *savelastp; + struct nodelist *saveargbackq; + + saveifs = ifsfirst; + savelastp = ifslastp; + saveargbackq = argbackq; + + exitstatus = oexitstatus; + evalcommand(n, EV_BACKCMD, result); + + ifsfirst = saveifs; + ifslastp = savelastp; + argbackq = saveargbackq; + } else +#endif + { + int pip[2]; + struct job *jp; + + if (pipe(pip) < 0) + error("Pipe call failed"); + jp = makejob(n, 1); + if (forkshell(jp, n, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) { + FORCEINTON; + close(pip[0]); + if (pip[1] != 1) { + close(1); + copyfd(pip[1], 1); + close(pip[1]); + } + eflag = 0; + evaltreenr(n, EV_EXIT); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + close(pip[1]); + result->fd = pip[0]; + result->jp = jp; + } + herefd = saveherefd; +out: + TRACE(("evalbackcmd done: fd=%d buf=0x%x nleft=%d jp=0x%x\n", + result->fd, result->buf, result->nleft, result->jp)); +} + +static char ** +parse_command_args(char **argv, const char **path) +{ + char *cp, c; + + for (;;) { + cp = *++argv; + if (!cp) + return 0; + if (*cp++ != '-') + break; + if (!(c = *cp++)) + break; + if (c == '-' && !*cp) { + argv++; + break; + } + do { + switch (c) { + case 'p': + *path = defpath; + break; + default: + /* run 'typecmd' for other options */ + return 0; + } + } while ((c = *cp++)); + } + return argv; +} + + + +/* + * Execute a simple command. + */ + +STATIC void +#ifdef notyet +evalcommand(union node *cmd, int flags, struct backcmd *backcmd) +#else +evalcommand(union node *cmd, int flags) +#endif +{ + struct stackmark smark; + union node *argp; + struct arglist arglist; + struct arglist varlist; + char **argv; + int argc; + struct strlist *sp; +#ifdef notyet + int pip[2]; +#endif + struct cmdentry cmdentry; + struct job *jp; + char *lastarg; + const char *path; + int spclbltin; + int execcmd; + int status; + char **nargv; + + /* First expand the arguments. */ + TRACE(("evalcommand(0x%lx, %d) called\n", (long)cmd, flags)); + setstackmark(&smark); + back_exitstatus = 0; + + cmdentry.cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN; + cmdentry.u.cmd = &bltin; + varlist.lastp = &varlist.list; + *varlist.lastp = NULL; + arglist.lastp = &arglist.list; + *arglist.lastp = NULL; + + argc = 0; + for (argp = cmd->ncmd.args; argp; argp = argp->narg.next) { + struct strlist **spp; + + spp = arglist.lastp; + expandarg(argp, &arglist, EXP_FULL | EXP_TILDE); + for (sp = *spp; sp; sp = sp->next) + argc++; + } + + argv = nargv = stalloc(sizeof (char *) * (argc + 1)); + for (sp = arglist.list ; sp ; sp = sp->next) { + TRACE(("evalcommand arg: %s\n", sp->text)); + *nargv++ = sp->text; + } + *nargv = NULL; + + lastarg = NULL; + if (iflag && funcnest == 0 && argc > 0) + lastarg = nargv[-1]; + + preverrout.fd = 2; + expredir(cmd->ncmd.redirect); + status = redirectsafe(cmd->ncmd.redirect, REDIR_PUSH|REDIR_SAVEFD2); + + path = vpath.text; + for (argp = cmd->ncmd.assign; argp; argp = argp->narg.next) { + struct strlist **spp; + char *p; + + spp = varlist.lastp; + expandarg(argp, &varlist, EXP_VARTILDE); + + /* + * Modify the command lookup path, if a PATH= assignment + * is present + */ + p = (*spp)->text; + if (varequal(p, path)) + path = p; + } + + /* Print the command if xflag is set. */ + if (xflag) { + struct output *out; + int sep; + + out = &preverrout; + outstr(expandstr(ps4val()), out); + sep = 0; + sep = eprintlist(out, varlist.list, sep); + eprintlist(out, arglist.list, sep); + outcslow('\n', out); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out); +#endif + } + + execcmd = 0; + spclbltin = -1; + + /* Now locate the command. */ + if (argc) { + const char *oldpath; + int cmd_flag = DO_ERR; + + path += 5; + oldpath = path; + for (;;) { + find_command(argv[0], &cmdentry, cmd_flag, path); + if (cmdentry.cmdtype == CMDUNKNOWN) { + status = 127; +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(&errout); +#endif + goto bail; + } + + /* implement bltin and command here */ + if (cmdentry.cmdtype != CMDBUILTIN) + break; + if (spclbltin < 0) + spclbltin = + cmdentry.u.cmd->flags & + BUILTIN_SPECIAL + ; + if (cmdentry.u.cmd == EXECCMD) + execcmd++; + if (cmdentry.u.cmd != COMMANDCMD) + break; + + path = oldpath; + nargv = parse_command_args(argv, &path); + if (!nargv) + break; + argc -= nargv - argv; + argv = nargv; + cmd_flag |= DO_NOFUNC; + } + } + + if (status) { + /* We have a redirection error. */ + if (spclbltin > 0) + exraise(EXERROR); +bail: + exitstatus = status; + goto out; + } + + /* Execute the command. */ + switch (cmdentry.cmdtype) { + default: + /* Fork off a child process if necessary. */ + if (!(flags & EV_EXIT) || trap[0]) { + INTOFF; + jp = makejob(cmd, 1); + if (forkshell(jp, cmd, FORK_FG) != 0) { + exitstatus = waitforjob(jp); + INTON; + break; + } + FORCEINTON; + } + listsetvar(varlist.list, VEXPORT|VSTACK); + shellexec(argv, path, cmdentry.u.index); + /* NOTREACHED */ + + case CMDBUILTIN: + cmdenviron = varlist.list; + if (cmdenviron) { + struct strlist *list = cmdenviron; + int i = VNOSET; + if (spclbltin > 0 || argc == 0) { + i = 0; + if (execcmd && argc > 1) + i = VEXPORT; + } + listsetvar(list, i); + } + if (evalbltin(cmdentry.u.cmd, argc, argv)) { + int status; + int i, j; + + i = exception; + if (i == EXEXIT) + goto raise; + + status = 2; + j = 0; + if (i == EXINT) + j = SIGINT; + if (i == EXSIG) + j = pendingsigs; + if (j) + status = j + 128; + exitstatus = status; + + if (i == EXINT || spclbltin > 0) { +raise: + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + } + FORCEINTON; + } + break; + + case CMDFUNCTION: + listsetvar(varlist.list, 0); + if (evalfun(cmdentry.u.func, argc, argv, flags)) + goto raise; + break; + } + +out: + popredir(execcmd); + if (lastarg) + /* dsl: I think this is intended to be used to support + * '_' in 'vi' command mode during line editing... + * However I implemented that within libedit itself. + */ + setvar("_", lastarg, 0); + popstackmark(&smark); +} + +STATIC int +evalbltin(const struct builtincmd *cmd, int argc, char **argv) { + char *volatile savecmdname; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + int i; + + savecmdname = commandname; + if ((i = setjmp(jmploc.loc))) + goto cmddone; + savehandler = handler; + handler = &jmploc; + commandname = argv[0]; + argptr = argv + 1; + optptr = NULL; /* initialize nextopt */ + exitstatus = (*cmd->builtin)(argc, argv); + flushall(); +cmddone: + exitstatus |= outerr(out1); + freestdout(); + commandname = savecmdname; + exsig = 0; + handler = savehandler; + + return i; +} + +STATIC int +evalfun(struct funcnode *func, int argc, char **argv, int flags) +{ + volatile struct shparam saveparam; + struct localvar *volatile savelocalvars; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + int e; + + saveparam = shellparam; + savelocalvars = localvars; + if ((e = setjmp(jmploc.loc))) { + goto funcdone; + } + INTOFF; + savehandler = handler; + handler = &jmploc; + localvars = NULL; + shellparam.malloc = 0; + func->count++; + INTON; + shellparam.nparam = argc - 1; + shellparam.p = argv + 1; + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + funcnest++; + evaltree(&func->n, flags & EV_TESTED); + funcnest--; +funcdone: + INTOFF; + freefunc(func); + poplocalvars(); + localvars = savelocalvars; + freeparam(&shellparam); + shellparam = saveparam; + handler = savehandler; + INTON; + if (evalskip == SKIPFUNC) { + evalskip = 0; + skipcount = 0; + } + return e; +} + + +/* + * Search for a command. This is called before we fork so that the + * location of the command will be available in the parent as well as + * the child. The check for "goodname" is an overly conservative + * check that the name will not be subject to expansion. + */ + +STATIC void +prehash(union node *n) +{ + struct cmdentry entry; + + if (n->type == NCMD && n->ncmd.args) + if (goodname(n->ncmd.args->narg.text)) + find_command(n->ncmd.args->narg.text, &entry, 0, + pathval()); +} + + + +/* + * Builtin commands. Builtin commands whose functions are closely + * tied to evaluation are implemented here. + */ + +/* + * No command given. + */ + +STATIC int +bltincmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + /* + * Preserve exitstatus of a previous possible redirection + * as POSIX mandates + */ + return back_exitstatus; +} + + +/* + * Handle break and continue commands. Break, continue, and return are + * all handled by setting the evalskip flag. The evaluation routines + * above all check this flag, and if it is set they start skipping + * commands rather than executing them. The variable skipcount is + * the number of loops to break/continue, or the number of function + * levels to return. (The latter is always 1.) It should probably + * be an error to break out of more loops than exist, but it isn't + * in the standard shell so we don't make it one here. + */ + +int +breakcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int n = argc > 1 ? number(argv[1]) : 1; + + if (n <= 0) + error(illnum, argv[1]); + if (n > loopnest) + n = loopnest; + if (n > 0) { + evalskip = (**argv == 'c')? SKIPCONT : SKIPBREAK; + skipcount = n; + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * The return command. + */ + +int +returncmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int ret = argc > 1 ? number(argv[1]) : exitstatus; + + if (funcnest) { + evalskip = SKIPFUNC; + skipcount = 1; + return ret; + } + else { + /* Do what ksh does; skip the rest of the file */ + evalskip = SKIPFILE; + skipcount = 1; + return ret; + } +} + + +int +falsecmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + return 1; +} + + +int +truecmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + return 0; +} + + +int +execcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + if (argc > 1) { + iflag = 0; /* exit on error */ + mflag = 0; + optschanged(); + shellexec(argv + 1, pathval(), 0); + } + return 0; +} + + +STATIC int +eprintlist(struct output *out, struct strlist *sp, int sep) +{ + while (sp) { + const char *p; + + p = " %s" + (1 - sep); + sep |= 1; + outfmt(out, p, sp->text); + sp = sp->next; + } + + return sep; +} diff --git a/src/eval.h b/src/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19bdb9a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* $NetBSD: eval.h,v 1.13 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)eval.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +extern char *commandname; /* currently executing command */ +extern int exitstatus; /* exit status of last command */ +extern int back_exitstatus; /* exit status of backquoted command */ +extern struct strlist *cmdenviron; /* environment for builtin command */ + + +struct backcmd { /* result of evalbackcmd */ + int fd; /* file descriptor to read from */ + char *buf; /* buffer */ + int nleft; /* number of chars in buffer */ + struct job *jp; /* job structure for command */ +}; + +void evalstring(char *); +union node; /* BLETCH for ansi C */ +void evaltree(union node *, int); +void evalbackcmd(union node *, struct backcmd *); + +/* in_function returns nonzero if we are currently evaluating a function */ +#define in_function() funcnest +extern int funcnest; +extern int evalskip; + +/* reasons for skipping commands (see comment on breakcmd routine) */ +#define SKIPBREAK 1 +#define SKIPCONT 2 +#define SKIPFUNC 3 +#define SKIPFILE 4 diff --git a/src/exec.c b/src/exec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a4a9a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/exec.c @@ -0,0 +1,899 @@ +/* $NetBSD: exec.c,v 1.35 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)exec.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 6/8/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: exec.c,v 1.35 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sysexits.h> +#include <paths.h> + +/* + * When commands are first encountered, they are entered in a hash table. + * This ensures that a full path search will not have to be done for them + * on each invocation. + * + * We should investigate converting to a linear search, even though that + * would make the command name "hash" a misnomer. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "init.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "alias.h" + + +#define CMDTABLESIZE 31 /* should be prime */ +#define ARB 1 /* actual size determined at run time */ + + + +struct tblentry { + struct tblentry *next; /* next entry in hash chain */ + union param param; /* definition of builtin function */ + short cmdtype; /* index identifying command */ + char rehash; /* if set, cd done since entry created */ + char cmdname[ARB]; /* name of command */ +}; + + +STATIC struct tblentry *cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE]; +STATIC int builtinloc = -1; /* index in path of %builtin, or -1 */ +int exerrno; /* Last exec error */ + + +STATIC void tryexec(char *, char **, char **); +STATIC void printentry(struct tblentry *); +STATIC void clearcmdentry(int); +STATIC struct tblentry *cmdlookup(const char *, int); +STATIC void delete_cmd_entry(void); +STATIC void addcmdentry(char *, struct cmdentry *); +STATIC int describe_command(struct output *, char *, int); + + +/* + * Exec a program. Never returns. If you change this routine, you may + * have to change the find_command routine as well. + */ + +void +shellexec(char **argv, const char *path, int idx) +{ + char *cmdname; + int e; + char **envp; + + clearredir(1); + envp = environment(); + if (strchr(argv[0], '/') != NULL) { + tryexec(argv[0], argv, envp); + e = errno; + } else { + e = ENOENT; + while ((cmdname = padvance(&path, argv[0])) != NULL) { + if (--idx < 0 && pathopt == NULL) { + tryexec(cmdname, argv, envp); + if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR) + e = errno; + } + stunalloc(cmdname); + } + } + + /* Map to POSIX errors */ + switch (e) { + case EACCES: + exerrno = 126; + break; + case ENOENT: + exerrno = 127; + break; + default: + exerrno = 2; + break; + } + TRACE(("shellexec failed for %s, errno %d, suppressint %d\n", + argv[0], e, suppressint )); + exerror(EXEXEC, "%s: %s", argv[0], errmsg(e, E_EXEC)); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +STATIC void +tryexec(char *cmd, char **argv, char **envp) +{ + int repeated = 0; +#if !defined(BSD) && !defined(linux) + char *p; +#endif + +repeat: +#ifdef SYSV + do { + execve(cmd, argv, envp); + } while (errno == EINTR); +#else + execve(cmd, argv, envp); +#endif + if (repeated++) { + ckfree(argv); + } else if (errno == ENOEXEC) { + char **ap; + char **new; + + for (ap = argv; *ap; ap++) + ; + ap = new = ckmalloc((ap - argv + 2) * sizeof(char *)); + *ap++ = cmd = _PATH_BSHELL; + while ((*ap++ = *argv++)) + ; + argv = new; + goto repeat; + } +} + + + +/* + * Do a path search. The variable path (passed by reference) should be + * set to the start of the path before the first call; padvance will update + * this value as it proceeds. Successive calls to padvance will return + * the possible path expansions in sequence. If an option (indicated by + * a percent sign) appears in the path entry then the global variable + * pathopt will be set to point to it; otherwise pathopt will be set to + * NULL. + */ + +const char *pathopt; + +char * +padvance(const char **path, const char *name) +{ + const char *p; + char *q; + const char *start; + size_t len; + + if (*path == NULL) + return NULL; + start = *path; + for (p = start ; *p && *p != ':' && *p != '%' ; p++); + len = p - start + strlen(name) + 2; /* "2" is for '/' and '\0' */ + while (stackblocksize() < len) + growstackblock(); + q = stackblock(); + if (p != start) { + memcpy(q, start, p - start); + q += p - start; + *q++ = '/'; + } + strcpy(q, name); + pathopt = NULL; + if (*p == '%') { + pathopt = ++p; + while (*p && *p != ':') p++; + } + if (*p == ':') + *path = p + 1; + else + *path = NULL; + return stalloc(len); +} + + + +/*** Command hashing code ***/ + + +int +hashcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct tblentry **pp; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + int c; + struct cmdentry entry; + char *name; + + while ((c = nextopt("r")) != '\0') { + clearcmdentry(0); + return 0; + } + if (*argptr == NULL) { + for (pp = cmdtable ; pp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; pp++) { + for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) { + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL) + printentry(cmdp); + } + } + return 0; + } + c = 0; + while ((name = *argptr) != NULL) { + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL + && (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL + || (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && builtinloc >= 0))) + delete_cmd_entry(); + find_command(name, &entry, DO_ERR, pathval()); + if (entry.cmdtype == CMDUNKNOWN) + c = 1; + argptr++; + } + return c; +} + + +STATIC void +printentry(struct tblentry *cmdp) +{ + int idx; + const char *path; + char *name; + + idx = cmdp->param.index; + path = pathval(); + do { + name = padvance(&path, cmdp->cmdname); + stunalloc(name); + } while (--idx >= 0); + out1str(name); + out1fmt(snlfmt, cmdp->rehash ? "*" : nullstr); +} + + + +/* + * Resolve a command name. If you change this routine, you may have to + * change the shellexec routine as well. + */ + +void +find_command(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry, int act, const char *path) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + int idx; + int prev; + char *fullname; + struct stat64 statb; + int e; + int updatetbl; + struct builtincmd *bcmd; + + /* If name contains a slash, don't use PATH or hash table */ + if (strchr(name, '/') != NULL) { + entry->u.index = -1; + if (act & DO_ABS) { + while (stat64(name, &statb) < 0) { +#ifdef SYSV + if (errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + return; + } + } + entry->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL; + return; + } + + updatetbl = (path == pathval()); + if (!updatetbl) { + act |= DO_ALTPATH; + if (strstr(path, "%builtin") != NULL) + act |= DO_ALTBLTIN; + } + + /* If name is in the table, check answer will be ok */ + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL) { + int bit; + + switch (cmdp->cmdtype) { + default: +#if DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case CMDNORMAL: + bit = DO_ALTPATH; + break; + case CMDFUNCTION: + bit = DO_NOFUNC; + break; + case CMDBUILTIN: + bit = DO_ALTBLTIN; + break; + } + if (act & bit) { + updatetbl = 0; + cmdp = NULL; + } else if (cmdp->rehash == 0) + /* if not invalidated by cd, we're done */ + goto success; + } + + /* If %builtin not in path, check for builtin next */ + bcmd = find_builtin(name); + if (bcmd && (bcmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR || ( + act & DO_ALTPATH ? !(act & DO_ALTBLTIN) : builtinloc <= 0 + ))) + goto builtin_success; + + /* We have to search path. */ + prev = -1; /* where to start */ + if (cmdp && cmdp->rehash) { /* doing a rehash */ + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN) + prev = builtinloc; + else + prev = cmdp->param.index; + } + + e = ENOENT; + idx = -1; +loop: + while ((fullname = padvance(&path, name)) != NULL) { + stunalloc(fullname); + idx++; + if (pathopt) { + if (prefix(pathopt, "builtin")) { + if (bcmd) + goto builtin_success; + continue; + } else if (!(act & DO_NOFUNC) && + prefix(pathopt, "func")) { + /* handled below */ + } else { + /* ignore unimplemented options */ + continue; + } + } + /* if rehash, don't redo absolute path names */ + if (fullname[0] == '/' && idx <= prev) { + if (idx < prev) + continue; + TRACE(("searchexec \"%s\": no change\n", name)); + goto success; + } + while (stat64(fullname, &statb) < 0) { +#ifdef SYSV + if (errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + if (errno != ENOENT && errno != ENOTDIR) + e = errno; + goto loop; + } + e = EACCES; /* if we fail, this will be the error */ + if (!S_ISREG(statb.st_mode)) + continue; + if (pathopt) { /* this is a %func directory */ + stalloc(strlen(fullname) + 1); + readcmdfile(fullname); + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) == NULL || + cmdp->cmdtype != CMDFUNCTION) + error("%s not defined in %s", name, fullname); + stunalloc(fullname); + goto success; + } +#ifdef notdef + /* XXX this code stops root executing stuff, and is buggy + if you need a group from the group list. */ + if (statb.st_uid == geteuid()) { + if ((statb.st_mode & 0100) == 0) + goto loop; + } else if (statb.st_gid == getegid()) { + if ((statb.st_mode & 010) == 0) + goto loop; + } else { + if ((statb.st_mode & 01) == 0) + goto loop; + } +#endif + TRACE(("searchexec \"%s\" returns \"%s\"\n", name, fullname)); + if (!updatetbl) { + entry->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL; + entry->u.index = idx; + return; + } + INTOFF; + cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1); + cmdp->cmdtype = CMDNORMAL; + cmdp->param.index = idx; + INTON; + goto success; + } + + /* We failed. If there was an entry for this command, delete it */ + if (cmdp && updatetbl) + delete_cmd_entry(); + if (act & DO_ERR) + sh_warnx("%s: %s", name, errmsg(e, E_EXEC)); + entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + return; + +builtin_success: + if (!updatetbl) { + entry->cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN; + entry->u.cmd = bcmd; + return; + } + INTOFF; + cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1); + cmdp->cmdtype = CMDBUILTIN; + cmdp->param.cmd = bcmd; + INTON; +success: + cmdp->rehash = 0; + entry->cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype; + entry->u = cmdp->param; +} + + + +/* + * Search the table of builtin commands. + */ + +struct builtincmd * +find_builtin(const char *name) +{ + struct builtincmd *bp; + + bp = bsearch( + &name, builtincmd, NUMBUILTINS, sizeof(struct builtincmd), + pstrcmp + ); + return bp; +} + + + +/* + * Called when a cd is done. Marks all commands so the next time they + * are executed they will be rehashed. + */ + +void +hashcd(void) +{ + struct tblentry **pp; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + for (pp = cmdtable ; pp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; pp++) { + for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) { + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL || ( + cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && + !(cmdp->param.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_REGULAR) && + builtinloc > 0 + )) + cmdp->rehash = 1; + } + } +} + + + +/* + * Fix command hash table when PATH changed. + * Called before PATH is changed. The argument is the new value of PATH; + * pathval() still returns the old value at this point. + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +void +changepath(const char *newval) +{ + const char *old, *new; + int idx; + int firstchange; + int bltin; + + old = pathval(); + new = newval; + firstchange = 9999; /* assume no change */ + idx = 0; + bltin = -1; + for (;;) { + if (*old != *new) { + firstchange = idx; + if ((*old == '\0' && *new == ':') + || (*old == ':' && *new == '\0')) + firstchange++; + old = new; /* ignore subsequent differences */ + } + if (*new == '\0') + break; + if (*new == '%' && bltin < 0 && prefix(new + 1, "builtin")) + bltin = idx; + if (*new == ':') { + idx++; + } + new++, old++; + } + if (builtinloc < 0 && bltin >= 0) + builtinloc = bltin; /* zap builtins */ + if (builtinloc >= 0 && bltin < 0) + firstchange = 0; + clearcmdentry(firstchange); + builtinloc = bltin; +} + + +/* + * Clear out command entries. The argument specifies the first entry in + * PATH which has changed. + */ + +STATIC void +clearcmdentry(int firstchange) +{ + struct tblentry **tblp; + struct tblentry **pp; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + INTOFF; + for (tblp = cmdtable ; tblp < &cmdtable[CMDTABLESIZE] ; tblp++) { + pp = tblp; + while ((cmdp = *pp) != NULL) { + if ((cmdp->cmdtype == CMDNORMAL && + cmdp->param.index >= firstchange) + || (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDBUILTIN && + builtinloc >= firstchange)) { + *pp = cmdp->next; + ckfree(cmdp); + } else { + pp = &cmdp->next; + } + } + } + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * Locate a command in the command hash table. If "add" is nonzero, + * add the command to the table if it is not already present. The + * variable "lastcmdentry" is set to point to the address of the link + * pointing to the entry, so that delete_cmd_entry can delete the + * entry. + * + * Interrupts must be off if called with add != 0. + */ + +struct tblentry **lastcmdentry; + + +STATIC struct tblentry * +cmdlookup(const char *name, int add) +{ + unsigned int hashval; + const char *p; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + struct tblentry **pp; + + p = name; + hashval = (unsigned char)*p << 4; + while (*p) + hashval += (unsigned char)*p++; + hashval &= 0x7FFF; + pp = &cmdtable[hashval % CMDTABLESIZE]; + for (cmdp = *pp ; cmdp ; cmdp = cmdp->next) { + if (equal(cmdp->cmdname, name)) + break; + pp = &cmdp->next; + } + if (add && cmdp == NULL) { + cmdp = *pp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct tblentry) - ARB + + strlen(name) + 1); + cmdp->next = NULL; + cmdp->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + strcpy(cmdp->cmdname, name); + } + lastcmdentry = pp; + return cmdp; +} + +/* + * Delete the command entry returned on the last lookup. + */ + +STATIC void +delete_cmd_entry(void) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + INTOFF; + cmdp = *lastcmdentry; + *lastcmdentry = cmdp->next; + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) + freefunc(cmdp->param.func); + ckfree(cmdp); + INTON; +} + + + +#ifdef notdef +void +getcmdentry(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0); + + if (cmdp) { + entry->u = cmdp->param; + entry->cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype; + } else { + entry->cmdtype = CMDUNKNOWN; + entry->u.index = 0; + } +} +#endif + + +/* + * Add a new command entry, replacing any existing command entry for + * the same name - except special builtins. + */ + +STATIC void +addcmdentry(char *name, struct cmdentry *entry) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 1); + if (cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) { + freefunc(cmdp->param.func); + } + cmdp->cmdtype = entry->cmdtype; + cmdp->param = entry->u; + cmdp->rehash = 0; +} + + +/* + * Define a shell function. + */ + +void +defun(char *name, union node *func) +{ + struct cmdentry entry; + + INTOFF; + entry.cmdtype = CMDFUNCTION; + entry.u.func = copyfunc(func); + addcmdentry(name, &entry); + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Delete a function if it exists. + */ + +void +unsetfunc(const char *name) +{ + struct tblentry *cmdp; + + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(name, 0)) != NULL && + cmdp->cmdtype == CMDFUNCTION) + delete_cmd_entry(); +} + +/* + * Locate and print what a word is... + */ + +int +typecmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + int err = 0; + + for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) { + err |= describe_command(out1, argv[i], 1); + } + return err; +} + +STATIC int +describe_command(out, command, verbose) + struct output *out; + char *command; + int verbose; +{ + struct cmdentry entry; + struct tblentry *cmdp; + const struct alias *ap; + const char *path = pathval(); + + if (verbose) { + outstr(command, out); + } + + /* First look at the keywords */ + if (findkwd(command)) { + outstr(verbose ? " is a shell keyword" : command, out); + goto out; + } + + /* Then look at the aliases */ + if ((ap = lookupalias(command, 0)) != NULL) { + if (verbose) { + outfmt(out, " is an alias for %s", ap->val); + } else { + outstr("alias ", out); + printalias(ap); + return 0; + } + goto out; + } + + /* Then check if it is a tracked alias */ + if ((cmdp = cmdlookup(command, 0)) != NULL) { + entry.cmdtype = cmdp->cmdtype; + entry.u = cmdp->param; + } else { + /* Finally use brute force */ + find_command(command, &entry, DO_ABS, path); + } + + switch (entry.cmdtype) { + case CMDNORMAL: { + int j = entry.u.index; + char *p; + if (j == -1) { + p = command; + } else { + do { + p = padvance(&path, command); + stunalloc(p); + } while (--j >= 0); + } + if (verbose) { + outfmt( + out, " is%s %s", + cmdp ? " a tracked alias for" : nullstr, p + ); + } else { + outstr(p, out); + } + break; + } + + case CMDFUNCTION: + if (verbose) { + outstr(" is a shell function", out); + } else { + outstr(command, out); + } + break; + + case CMDBUILTIN: + if (verbose) { + outfmt( + out, " is a %sshell builtin", + entry.u.cmd->flags & BUILTIN_SPECIAL ? + "special " : nullstr + ); + } else { + outstr(command, out); + } + break; + + default: + if (verbose) { + outstr(": not found\n", out); + } + return 127; + } + +out: + outc('\n', out); + return 0; +} + +int +commandcmd(argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int default_path = 0; + int verify_only = 0; + int verbose_verify_only = 0; + + while ((c = nextopt("pvV")) != '\0') + switch (c) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + outfmt(out2, +"command: nextopt returned character code 0%o\n", c); + return EX_SOFTWARE; +#endif + case 'p': + default_path = 1; + break; + case 'v': + verify_only = 1; + break; + case 'V': + verbose_verify_only = 1; + break; + } + + if (default_path + verify_only + verbose_verify_only > 1 || + !*argptr) { + outfmt(out2, +"command [-p] command [arg ...]\n"); + outfmt(out2, +"command {-v|-V} command\n"); + return EX_USAGE; + } + + if (verify_only || verbose_verify_only) { + return describe_command(out1, *argptr, verbose_verify_only); + } + + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/exec.h b/src/exec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22475bd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/exec.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* $NetBSD: exec.h,v 1.20 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)exec.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/8/95 + */ + +/* values of cmdtype */ +#define CMDUNKNOWN -1 /* no entry in table for command */ +#define CMDNORMAL 0 /* command is an executable program */ +#define CMDFUNCTION 1 /* command is a shell function */ +#define CMDBUILTIN 2 /* command is a shell builtin */ + + +struct cmdentry { + int cmdtype; + union param { + int index; + const struct builtincmd *cmd; + struct funcnode *func; + } u; +}; + + +/* action to find_command() */ +#define DO_ERR 0x01 /* prints errors */ +#define DO_ABS 0x02 /* checks absolute paths */ +#define DO_NOFUNC 0x04 /* don't return shell functions, for command */ +#define DO_ALTPATH 0x08 /* using alternate path */ +#define DO_ALTBLTIN 0x20 /* %builtin in alt. path */ + +extern const char *pathopt; /* set by padvance */ + +void shellexec(char **, const char *, int) + __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +char *padvance(const char **, const char *); +int hashcmd(int, char **); +void find_command(char *, struct cmdentry *, int, const char *); +struct builtincmd *find_builtin(const char *); +void hashcd(void); +void changepath(const char *); +#ifdef notdef +void getcmdentry(char *, struct cmdentry *); +#endif +void defun(char *, union node *); +void unsetfunc(const char *); +int typecmd(int, char **); +int commandcmd(int, char **); diff --git a/src/expand.c b/src/expand.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..800011e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/expand.c @@ -0,0 +1,1759 @@ +/* $NetBSD: expand.c,v 1.56 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)expand.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 5/15/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: expand.c,v 1.56 2002/11/24 22:35:39 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <dirent.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <string.h> +#if defined(__GLIBC__) +#if !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) +#include <fnmatch.h> +#if !defined(GLOB_BROKEN) +#include <glob.h> +#endif +#else +#include <ctype.h> +#endif +#endif + +/* + * Routines to expand arguments to commands. We have to deal with + * backquotes, shell variables, and file metacharacters. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" + +/* + * _rmescape() flags + */ +#define RMESCAPE_ALLOC 0x1 /* Allocate a new string */ +#define RMESCAPE_GLOB 0x2 /* Add backslashes for glob */ +#define RMESCAPE_QUOTED 0x4 /* Remove CTLESC unless in quotes */ +#define RMESCAPE_GROW 0x8 /* Grow strings instead of stalloc */ +#define RMESCAPE_HEAP 0x10 /* Malloc strings instead of stalloc */ + +/* + * Structure specifying which parts of the string should be searched + * for IFS characters. + */ + +struct ifsregion { + struct ifsregion *next; /* next region in list */ + int begoff; /* offset of start of region */ + int endoff; /* offset of end of region */ + int nulonly; /* search for nul bytes only */ +}; + +/* output of current string */ +static char *expdest; +/* list of back quote expressions */ +static struct nodelist *argbackq; +/* first struct in list of ifs regions */ +static struct ifsregion ifsfirst; +/* last struct in list */ +static struct ifsregion *ifslastp; +/* holds expanded arg list */ +static struct arglist exparg; + +STATIC void argstr(char *, int); +STATIC char *exptilde(char *, char *, int); +STATIC void expbackq(union node *, int, int); +STATIC const char *subevalvar(char *, char *, int, int, int, int, int); +STATIC char *evalvar(char *, int); +STATIC void strtodest(const char *, const char *, int); +STATIC void memtodest(const char *, size_t, const char *, int); +STATIC ssize_t varvalue(char *, int, int); +STATIC void recordregion(int, int, int); +STATIC void removerecordregions(int); +STATIC void ifsbreakup(char *, struct arglist *); +STATIC void ifsfree(void); +STATIC void expandmeta(struct strlist *, int); +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) && !defined(GLOB_BROKEN) +STATIC void addglob(const glob_t *); +#else +STATIC void expmeta(char *, char *); +#endif +STATIC void addfname(char *); +#if !(defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) && !defined(GLOB_BROKEN)) +STATIC struct strlist *expsort(struct strlist *); +STATIC struct strlist *msort(struct strlist *, int); +#endif +STATIC int patmatch(char *, const char *); +#if !defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) +STATIC int pmatch(const char *, const char *); +#else +#define pmatch(a, b) !fnmatch((a), (b), 0) +#endif +STATIC int cvtnum(long); +STATIC size_t esclen(const char *, const char *); +STATIC char *scanleft(char *, char *, char *, char *, int, int); +STATIC char *scanright(char *, char *, char *, char *, int, int); +STATIC void varunset(const char *, const char *, const char *, int) + __attribute__((__noreturn__)); + + +/* + * Prepare a pattern for a glob(3) call. + * + * Returns an stalloced string. + */ + +STATIC inline char * +preglob(const char *pattern, int quoted, int flag) { + flag |= RMESCAPE_GLOB; + if (quoted) { + flag |= RMESCAPE_QUOTED; + } + return _rmescapes((char *)pattern, flag); +} + + +STATIC size_t +esclen(const char *start, const char *p) { + size_t esc = 0; + + while (p > start && *--p == CTLESC) { + esc++; + } + return esc; +} + + +/* + * Expand shell variables and backquotes inside a here document. + */ + +void +expandhere(union node *arg, int fd) +{ + herefd = fd; + expandarg(arg, (struct arglist *)NULL, 0); + xwrite(fd, stackblock(), expdest - (char *)stackblock()); +} + + +/* + * Perform variable substitution and command substitution on an argument, + * placing the resulting list of arguments in arglist. If EXP_FULL is true, + * perform splitting and file name expansion. When arglist is NULL, perform + * here document expansion. + */ + +void +expandarg(union node *arg, struct arglist *arglist, int flag) +{ + struct strlist *sp; + char *p; + + argbackq = arg->narg.backquote; + STARTSTACKSTR(expdest); + ifsfirst.next = NULL; + ifslastp = NULL; + argstr(arg->narg.text, flag); + p = _STPUTC('\0', expdest); + expdest = p - 1; + if (arglist == NULL) { + return; /* here document expanded */ + } + p = grabstackstr(p); + exparg.lastp = &exparg.list; + /* + * TODO - EXP_REDIR + */ + if (flag & EXP_FULL) { + ifsbreakup(p, &exparg); + *exparg.lastp = NULL; + exparg.lastp = &exparg.list; + expandmeta(exparg.list, flag); + } else { + if (flag & EXP_REDIR) /*XXX - for now, just remove escapes */ + rmescapes(p); + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct strlist)); + sp->text = p; + *exparg.lastp = sp; + exparg.lastp = &sp->next; + } + if (ifsfirst.next) + ifsfree(); + *exparg.lastp = NULL; + if (exparg.list) { + *arglist->lastp = exparg.list; + arglist->lastp = exparg.lastp; + } +} + + + +/* + * Perform variable and command substitution. If EXP_FULL is set, output CTLESC + * characters to allow for further processing. Otherwise treat + * $@ like $* since no splitting will be performed. + */ + +STATIC void +argstr(char *p, int flag) +{ + static const char spclchars[] = { + '=', + ':', + CTLQUOTEMARK, + CTLENDVAR, + CTLESC, + CTLVAR, + CTLBACKQ, + CTLBACKQ | CTLQUOTE, + CTLENDARI, + 0 + }; + const char *reject = spclchars; + int c; + int quotes = flag & (EXP_FULL | EXP_CASE); /* do CTLESC */ + int breakall = flag & EXP_WORD; + int inquotes; + size_t length; + int startloc; + + if (!(flag & EXP_VARTILDE)) { + reject += 2; + } else if (flag & EXP_VARTILDE2) { + reject++; + } + inquotes = 0; + length = 0; + if (flag & EXP_TILDE) { + char *q; + + flag &= ~EXP_TILDE; +tilde: + q = p; + if (*q == CTLESC && (flag & EXP_QWORD)) + q++; + if (*q == '~') + p = exptilde(p, q, flag); + } +start: + startloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + for (;;) { + length += strcspn(p + length, reject); + c = p[length]; + if (c && (!(c & 0x80) || c == CTLENDARI)) { + /* c == '=' || c == ':' || c == CTLENDARI */ + length++; + } + if (length > 0) { + int newloc; + expdest = stnputs(p, length, expdest); + newloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + if (breakall && !inquotes && newloc > startloc) { + recordregion(startloc, newloc, 0); + } + startloc = newloc; + } + p += length + 1; + length = 0; + + switch (c) { + case '\0': + goto breakloop; + case '=': + if (flag & EXP_VARTILDE2) { + p--; + continue; + } + flag |= EXP_VARTILDE2; + reject++; + /* fall through */ + case ':': + /* + * sort of a hack - expand tildes in variable + * assignments (after the first '=' and after ':'s). + */ + if (*--p == '~') { + goto tilde; + } + continue; + } + + switch (c) { + case CTLENDVAR: /* ??? */ + goto breakloop; + case CTLQUOTEMARK: + /* "$@" syntax adherence hack */ + if ( + !inquotes && + !memcmp(p, dolatstr, DOLATSTRLEN) && + (p[4] == CTLQUOTEMARK || ( + p[4] == CTLENDVAR && + p[5] == CTLQUOTEMARK + )) + ) { + p = evalvar(p + 1, flag) + 1; + goto start; + } + inquotes = !inquotes; +addquote: + if (quotes) { + p--; + length++; + startloc++; + } + break; + case CTLESC: + startloc++; + length++; + goto addquote; + case CTLVAR: + p = evalvar(p, flag); + goto start; + case CTLBACKQ: + c = 0; + case CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE: + expbackq(argbackq->n, c, quotes); + argbackq = argbackq->next; + goto start; + case CTLENDARI: + p--; + expari(quotes); + goto start; + } + } +breakloop: + ; +} + +STATIC char * +exptilde(char *startp, char *p, int flag) +{ + char c; + char *name; + struct passwd *pw; + const char *home; + int quotes = flag & (EXP_FULL | EXP_CASE); + int startloc; + + name = p + 1; + + while ((c = *++p) != '\0') { + switch(c) { + case CTLESC: + return (startp); + case CTLQUOTEMARK: + return (startp); + case ':': + if (flag & EXP_VARTILDE) + goto done; + break; + case '/': + case CTLENDVAR: + goto done; + } + } +done: + *p = '\0'; + if (*name == '\0') { + if ((home = lookupvar(homestr)) == NULL) + goto lose; + } else { + if ((pw = getpwnam(name)) == NULL) + goto lose; + home = pw->pw_dir; + } + if (*home == '\0') + goto lose; + *p = c; + startloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + strtodest(home, SQSYNTAX, quotes); + recordregion(startloc, expdest - (char *)stackblock(), 0); + return (p); +lose: + *p = c; + return (startp); +} + + +STATIC void +removerecordregions(int endoff) +{ + if (ifslastp == NULL) + return; + + if (ifsfirst.endoff > endoff) { + while (ifsfirst.next != NULL) { + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + INTOFF; + ifsp = ifsfirst.next->next; + ckfree(ifsfirst.next); + ifsfirst.next = ifsp; + INTON; + } + if (ifsfirst.begoff > endoff) + ifslastp = NULL; + else { + ifslastp = &ifsfirst; + ifsfirst.endoff = endoff; + } + return; + } + + ifslastp = &ifsfirst; + while (ifslastp->next && ifslastp->next->begoff < endoff) + ifslastp=ifslastp->next; + while (ifslastp->next != NULL) { + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + INTOFF; + ifsp = ifslastp->next->next; + ckfree(ifslastp->next); + ifslastp->next = ifsp; + INTON; + } + if (ifslastp->endoff > endoff) + ifslastp->endoff = endoff; +} + + +/* + * Expand arithmetic expression. Backup to start of expression, + * evaluate, place result in (backed up) result, adjust string position. + */ +void +expari(int quotes) +{ + char *p, *start; + int begoff; + int flag; + int len; + + /* ifsfree(); */ + + /* + * This routine is slightly over-complicated for + * efficiency. Next we scan backwards looking for the + * start of arithmetic. + */ + start = stackblock(); + p = expdest - 1; + *p = '\0'; + p--; + do { + int esc; + + while (*p != CTLARI) { + p--; +#ifdef DEBUG + if (p < start) { + error("missing CTLARI (shouldn't happen)"); + } +#endif + } + + esc = esclen(start, p); + if (!(esc % 2)) { + break; + } + + p -= esc + 1; + } while (1); + + begoff = p - start; + + removerecordregions(begoff); + + flag = p[1]; + + expdest = p; + + if (quotes) + rmescapes(p + 2); + + len = cvtnum(arith(p + 2)); + + if (flag != '"') + recordregion(begoff, begoff + len, 0); +} + + +/* + * Expand stuff in backwards quotes. + */ + +STATIC void +expbackq(union node *cmd, int quoted, int quotes) +{ + struct backcmd in; + int i; + char buf[128]; + char *p; + char *dest; + int startloc; + char const *syntax = quoted? DQSYNTAX : BASESYNTAX; + struct stackmark smark; + + INTOFF; + setstackmark(&smark); + dest = expdest; + startloc = dest - (char *)stackblock(); + grabstackstr(dest); + evalbackcmd(cmd, (struct backcmd *) &in); + popstackmark(&smark); + + p = in.buf; + i = in.nleft; + if (i == 0) + goto read; + for (;;) { + memtodest(p, i, syntax, quotes); +read: + if (in.fd < 0) + break; + do { + i = read(in.fd, buf, sizeof buf); + } while (i < 0 && errno == EINTR); + TRACE(("expbackq: read returns %d\n", i)); + if (i <= 0) + break; + p = buf; + } + + if (in.buf) + ckfree(in.buf); + if (in.fd >= 0) { + close(in.fd); + back_exitstatus = waitforjob(in.jp); + } + INTON; + + /* Eat all trailing newlines */ + dest = expdest; + for (; dest > (char *)stackblock() && dest[-1] == '\n';) + STUNPUTC(dest); + expdest = dest; + + if (quoted == 0) + recordregion(startloc, dest - (char *)stackblock(), 0); + TRACE(("evalbackq: size=%d: \"%.*s\"\n", + (dest - (char *)stackblock()) - startloc, + (dest - (char *)stackblock()) - startloc, + stackblock() + startloc)); +} + + +STATIC char * +scanleft( + char *startp, char *rmesc, char *rmescend, char *str, int quotes, + int zero +) { + char *loc; + char *loc2; + char c; + + loc = startp; + loc2 = rmesc; + do { + int match; + const char *s = loc2; + c = *loc2; + if (zero) { + *loc2 = '\0'; + s = rmesc; + } + match = pmatch(str, s); + *loc2 = c; + if (match) + return loc; + if (quotes && *loc == CTLESC) + loc++; + loc++; + loc2++; + } while (c); + return 0; +} + + +STATIC char * +scanright( + char *startp, char *rmesc, char *rmescend, char *str, int quotes, + int zero +) { + int esc = 0; + char *loc; + char *loc2; + + for (loc = str - 1, loc2 = rmescend; loc >= startp; loc2--) { + int match; + char c = *loc2; + const char *s = loc2; + if (zero) { + *loc2 = '\0'; + s = rmesc; + } + match = pmatch(str, s); + *loc2 = c; + if (match) + return loc; + loc--; + if (quotes) { + if (--esc < 0) { + esc = esclen(startp, loc); + } + if (esc % 2) { + esc--; + loc--; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +STATIC const char * +subevalvar(char *p, char *str, int strloc, int subtype, int startloc, int varflags, int quotes) +{ + char *startp; + char *loc; + int saveherefd = herefd; + struct nodelist *saveargbackq = argbackq; + int amount; + char *rmesc, *rmescend; + int zero; + char *(*scan)(char *, char *, char *, char *, int , int); + + herefd = -1; + argstr(p, subtype != VSASSIGN && subtype != VSQUESTION ? EXP_CASE : 0); + STPUTC('\0', expdest); + herefd = saveherefd; + argbackq = saveargbackq; + startp = stackblock() + startloc; + + switch (subtype) { + case VSASSIGN: + setvar(str, startp, 0); + amount = startp - expdest; + STADJUST(amount, expdest); + return startp; + + case VSQUESTION: + varunset(p, str, startp, varflags); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + subtype -= VSTRIMRIGHT; +#ifdef DEBUG + if (subtype < 0 || subtype > 3) + abort(); +#endif + + rmesc = startp; + rmescend = stackblock() + strloc; + if (quotes) { + rmesc = _rmescapes(startp, RMESCAPE_ALLOC | RMESCAPE_GROW); + if (rmesc != startp) { + rmescend = expdest; + startp = stackblock() + startloc; + } + } + rmescend--; + str = stackblock() + strloc; + preglob(str, varflags & VSQUOTE, 0); + + /* zero = subtype == VSTRIMLEFT || subtype == VSTRIMLEFTMAX */ + zero = subtype >> 1; + /* VSTRIMLEFT/VSTRIMRIGHTMAX -> scanleft */ + scan = (subtype & 1) ^ zero ? scanleft : scanright; + + loc = scan(startp, rmesc, rmescend, str, quotes, zero); + if (loc) { + if (zero) { + memmove(startp, loc, str - loc); + loc = startp + (str - loc) - 1; + } + *loc = '\0'; + amount = loc - expdest; + STADJUST(amount, expdest); + } + return loc; +} + + +/* + * Expand a variable, and return a pointer to the next character in the + * input string. + */ +STATIC char * +evalvar(char *p, int flag) +{ + int subtype; + int varflags; + char *var; + int patloc; + int c; + int startloc; + ssize_t varlen; + int easy; + int quotes; + int quoted; + + quotes = flag & (EXP_FULL | EXP_CASE); + varflags = *p++; + subtype = varflags & VSTYPE; + quoted = varflags & VSQUOTE; + var = p; + easy = (!quoted || (*var == '@' && shellparam.nparam)); + startloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + p = strchr(p, '=') + 1; + +again: + varlen = varvalue(var, varflags, flag); + if (varflags & VSNUL) + varlen--; + + if (subtype == VSPLUS) { + varlen = -1 - varlen; + goto vsplus; + } + + if (subtype == VSMINUS) { +vsplus: + if (varlen < 0) { + argstr( + p, flag | EXP_TILDE | + (quoted ? EXP_QWORD : EXP_WORD) + ); + goto end; + } + if (easy) + goto record; + goto end; + } + + if (subtype == VSASSIGN || subtype == VSQUESTION) { + if (varlen < 0) { + if (subevalvar(p, var, 0, subtype, startloc, + varflags, 0)) { + varflags &= ~VSNUL; + /* + * Remove any recorded regions beyond + * start of variable + */ + removerecordregions(startloc); + goto again; + } + goto end; + } + if (easy) + goto record; + goto end; + } + + if (varlen < 0 && uflag) + varunset(p, var, 0, 0); + + if (subtype == VSLENGTH) { + cvtnum(varlen > 0 ? varlen : 0); + goto record; + } + + if (subtype == VSNORMAL) { + if (!easy) + goto end; +record: + recordregion(startloc, expdest - (char *)stackblock(), quoted); + goto end; + } + +#ifdef DEBUG + switch (subtype) { + case VSTRIMLEFT: + case VSTRIMLEFTMAX: + case VSTRIMRIGHT: + case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX: + break; + default: + abort(); + } +#endif + + if (varlen >= 0) { + /* + * Terminate the string and start recording the pattern + * right after it + */ + STPUTC('\0', expdest); + patloc = expdest - (char *)stackblock(); + if (subevalvar(p, NULL, patloc, subtype, + startloc, varflags, quotes) == 0) { + int amount = expdest - ( + (char *)stackblock() + patloc - 1 + ); + STADJUST(-amount, expdest); + } + /* Remove any recorded regions beyond start of variable */ + removerecordregions(startloc); + goto record; + } + +end: + if (subtype != VSNORMAL) { /* skip to end of alternative */ + int nesting = 1; + for (;;) { + if ((c = *p++) == CTLESC) + p++; + else if (c == CTLBACKQ || c == (CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE)) { + if (varlen >= 0) + argbackq = argbackq->next; + } else if (c == CTLVAR) { + if ((*p++ & VSTYPE) != VSNORMAL) + nesting++; + } else if (c == CTLENDVAR) { + if (--nesting == 0) + break; + } + } + } + return p; +} + + +/* + * Put a string on the stack. + */ + +STATIC void +memtodest(const char *p, size_t len, const char *syntax, int quotes) { + char *q = expdest; + + q = makestrspace(len * 2, q); + + while (len--) { + int c = *p++; + if (!c) + continue; + if (quotes && (syntax[c] == CCTL || syntax[c] == CBACK)) + USTPUTC(CTLESC, q); + USTPUTC(c, q); + } + + expdest = q; +} + + +STATIC void +strtodest(p, syntax, quotes) + const char *p; + const char *syntax; + int quotes; +{ + memtodest(p, strlen(p), syntax, quotes); +} + + + +/* + * Add the value of a specialized variable to the stack string. + */ + +STATIC ssize_t +varvalue(char *name, int varflags, int flags) +{ + int num; + char *p; + int i; + int sep = 0; + int sepq = 0; + ssize_t len = 0; + char **ap; + char const *syntax; + int quoted = varflags & VSQUOTE; + int subtype = varflags & VSTYPE; + int quotes = flags & (EXP_FULL | EXP_CASE); + + if (quoted && (flags & EXP_FULL)) + sep = 1 << CHAR_BIT; + + syntax = quoted ? DQSYNTAX : BASESYNTAX; + switch (*name) { + case '$': + num = rootpid; + goto numvar; + case '?': + num = exitstatus; + goto numvar; + case '#': + num = shellparam.nparam; + goto numvar; + case '!': + num = backgndpid; + if (num == 0) + return -1; +numvar: + len = cvtnum(num); + break; + case '-': + p = makestrspace(NOPTS, expdest); + for (i = NOPTS - 1; i >= 0; i--) { + if (optlist[i]) { + USTPUTC(optletters[i], p); + len++; + } + } + expdest = p; + break; + case '@': + if (sep) + goto param; + /* fall through */ + case '*': + sep = ifsset() ? ifsval()[0] : ' '; + if (quotes && (syntax[sep] == CCTL || syntax[sep] == CBACK)) + sepq = 1; +param: + if (!(ap = shellparam.p)) + return -1; + while ((p = *ap++)) { + size_t partlen; + + partlen = strlen(p); + + len += partlen; + if (len > partlen && sep) { + char *q; + + len++; + if (subtype == VSPLUS || subtype == VSLENGTH) { + continue; + } + q = expdest; + if (sepq) + STPUTC(CTLESC, q); + STPUTC(sep, q); + expdest = q; + } + + if (!(subtype == VSPLUS || subtype == VSLENGTH)) + memtodest(p, partlen, syntax, quotes); + } + return len; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + num = atoi(name); + if (num < 0 || num > shellparam.nparam) + return -1; + p = num ? shellparam.p[num - 1] : arg0; + goto value; + default: + p = lookupvar(name); +value: + if (!p) + return -1; + + len = strlen(p); + if (!(subtype == VSPLUS || subtype == VSLENGTH)) + memtodest(p, len, syntax, quotes); + return len; + } + + if (subtype == VSPLUS || subtype == VSLENGTH) + STADJUST(-len, expdest); + return len; +} + + + +/* + * Record the fact that we have to scan this region of the + * string for IFS characters. + */ + +STATIC void +recordregion(int start, int end, int nulonly) +{ + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + + if (ifslastp == NULL) { + ifsp = &ifsfirst; + } else { + INTOFF; + ifsp = (struct ifsregion *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct ifsregion)); + ifsp->next = NULL; + ifslastp->next = ifsp; + INTON; + } + ifslastp = ifsp; + ifslastp->begoff = start; + ifslastp->endoff = end; + ifslastp->nulonly = nulonly; +} + + + +/* + * Break the argument string into pieces based upon IFS and add the + * strings to the argument list. The regions of the string to be + * searched for IFS characters have been stored by recordregion. + */ +STATIC void +ifsbreakup(char *string, struct arglist *arglist) +{ + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + struct strlist *sp; + char *start; + char *p; + char *q; + const char *ifs, *realifs; + int ifsspc; + int nulonly; + + + start = string; + if (ifslastp != NULL) { + ifsspc = 0; + nulonly = 0; + realifs = ifsset() ? ifsval() : defifs; + ifsp = &ifsfirst; + do { + p = string + ifsp->begoff; + nulonly = ifsp->nulonly; + ifs = nulonly ? nullstr : realifs; + ifsspc = 0; + while (p < string + ifsp->endoff) { + q = p; + if (*p == CTLESC) + p++; + if (strchr(ifs, *p)) { + if (!nulonly) + ifsspc = (strchr(defifs, *p) != NULL); + /* Ignore IFS whitespace at start */ + if (q == start && ifsspc) { + p++; + start = p; + continue; + } + *q = '\0'; + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof *sp); + sp->text = start; + *arglist->lastp = sp; + arglist->lastp = &sp->next; + p++; + if (!nulonly) { + for (;;) { + if (p >= string + ifsp->endoff) { + break; + } + q = p; + if (*p == CTLESC) + p++; + if (strchr(ifs, *p) == NULL ) { + p = q; + break; + } else if (strchr(defifs, *p) == NULL) { + if (ifsspc) { + p++; + ifsspc = 0; + } else { + p = q; + break; + } + } else + p++; + } + } + start = p; + } else + p++; + } + } while ((ifsp = ifsp->next) != NULL); + if (nulonly) + goto add; + } + + if (!*start) + return; + +add: + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof *sp); + sp->text = start; + *arglist->lastp = sp; + arglist->lastp = &sp->next; +} + +STATIC void +ifsfree(void) +{ + struct ifsregion *p; + + INTOFF; + p = ifsfirst.next; + do { + struct ifsregion *ifsp; + ifsp = p->next; + ckfree(p); + p = ifsp; + } while (p); + ifslastp = NULL; + ifsfirst.next = NULL; + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * Expand shell metacharacters. At this point, the only control characters + * should be escapes. The results are stored in the list exparg. + */ + +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) && !defined(GLOB_BROKEN) +STATIC void +expandmeta(str, flag) + struct strlist *str; + int flag; +{ + /* TODO - EXP_REDIR */ + + while (str) { + const char *p; + glob_t pglob; + int i; + + if (fflag) + goto nometa; + INTOFF; + p = preglob(str->text, 0, RMESCAPE_ALLOC | RMESCAPE_HEAP); + i = glob(p, GLOB_NOMAGIC, 0, &pglob); + if (p != str->text) + ckfree(p); + switch (i) { + case 0: + if (!(pglob.gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR)) + goto nometa2; + addglob(&pglob); + globfree(&pglob); + INTON; + break; + case GLOB_NOMATCH: +nometa2: + globfree(&pglob); + INTON; +nometa: + *exparg.lastp = str; + rmescapes(str->text); + exparg.lastp = &str->next; + break; + default: /* GLOB_NOSPACE */ + error("Out of space"); + } + str = str->next; + } +} + + +/* + * Add the result of glob(3) to the list. + */ + +STATIC void +addglob(pglob) + const glob_t *pglob; +{ + char **p = pglob->gl_pathv; + + do { + addfname(*p); + } while (*++p); +} + + +#else /* defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) && !defined(GLOB_BROKEN) */ +STATIC char *expdir; + + +STATIC void +expandmeta(struct strlist *str, int flag) +{ + static const char metachars[] = { + '*', '?', '[', 0 + }; + /* TODO - EXP_REDIR */ + + while (str) { + struct strlist **savelastp; + struct strlist *sp; + char *p; + + if (fflag) + goto nometa; + if (!strpbrk(str->text, metachars)) + goto nometa; + savelastp = exparg.lastp; + + INTOFF; + p = preglob(str->text, 0, RMESCAPE_ALLOC | RMESCAPE_HEAP); + { + int i = strlen(str->text); + expdir = ckmalloc(i < 2048 ? 2048 : i); /* XXX */ + } + + expmeta(expdir, p); + ckfree(expdir); + if (p != str->text) + ckfree(p); + INTON; + if (exparg.lastp == savelastp) { + /* + * no matches + */ +nometa: + *exparg.lastp = str; + rmescapes(str->text); + exparg.lastp = &str->next; + } else { + *exparg.lastp = NULL; + *savelastp = sp = expsort(*savelastp); + while (sp->next != NULL) + sp = sp->next; + exparg.lastp = &sp->next; + } + str = str->next; + } +} + + +/* + * Do metacharacter (i.e. *, ?, [...]) expansion. + */ + +STATIC void +expmeta(char *enddir, char *name) +{ + char *p; + const char *cp; + char *start; + char *endname; + int metaflag; + struct stat64 statb; + DIR *dirp; + struct dirent *dp; + int atend; + int matchdot; + + metaflag = 0; + start = name; + for (p = name; *p; p++) { + if (*p == '*' || *p == '?') + metaflag = 1; + else if (*p == '[') { + char *q = p + 1; + if (*q == '!') + q++; + for (;;) { + if (*q == '\\') + q++; + if (*q == '/' || *q == '\0') + break; + if (*++q == ']') { + metaflag = 1; + break; + } + } + } else if (*p == '\\') + p++; + else if (*p == '/') { + if (metaflag) + goto out; + start = p + 1; + } + } +out: + if (metaflag == 0) { /* we've reached the end of the file name */ + if (enddir != expdir) + metaflag++; + p = name; + do { + if (*p == '\\') + p++; + *enddir++ = *p; + } while (*p++); + if (metaflag == 0 || lstat64(expdir, &statb) >= 0) + addfname(expdir); + return; + } + endname = p; + if (name < start) { + p = name; + do { + if (*p == '\\') + p++; + *enddir++ = *p++; + } while (p < start); + } + if (enddir == expdir) { + cp = "."; + } else if (enddir == expdir + 1 && *expdir == '/') { + cp = "/"; + } else { + cp = expdir; + enddir[-1] = '\0'; + } + if ((dirp = opendir(cp)) == NULL) + return; + if (enddir != expdir) + enddir[-1] = '/'; + if (*endname == 0) { + atend = 1; + } else { + atend = 0; + *endname++ = '\0'; + } + matchdot = 0; + p = start; + if (*p == '\\') + p++; + if (*p == '.') + matchdot++; + while (! int_pending() && (dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) { + if (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && ! matchdot) + continue; + if (pmatch(start, dp->d_name)) { + if (atend) { + scopy(dp->d_name, enddir); + addfname(expdir); + } else { + for (p = enddir, cp = dp->d_name; + (*p++ = *cp++) != '\0';) + continue; + p[-1] = '/'; + expmeta(p, endname); + } + } + } + closedir(dirp); + if (! atend) + endname[-1] = '/'; +} +#endif /* defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) && !defined(GLOB_BROKEN) */ + + +/* + * Add a file name to the list. + */ + +STATIC void +addfname(char *name) +{ + struct strlist *sp; + + sp = (struct strlist *)stalloc(sizeof *sp); + sp->text = sstrdup(name); + *exparg.lastp = sp; + exparg.lastp = &sp->next; +} + + +#if !(defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) && !defined(GLOB_BROKEN)) +/* + * Sort the results of file name expansion. It calculates the number of + * strings to sort and then calls msort (short for merge sort) to do the + * work. + */ + +STATIC struct strlist * +expsort(struct strlist *str) +{ + int len; + struct strlist *sp; + + len = 0; + for (sp = str ; sp ; sp = sp->next) + len++; + return msort(str, len); +} + + +STATIC struct strlist * +msort(struct strlist *list, int len) +{ + struct strlist *p, *q = NULL; + struct strlist **lpp; + int half; + int n; + + if (len <= 1) + return list; + half = len >> 1; + p = list; + for (n = half ; --n >= 0 ; ) { + q = p; + p = p->next; + } + q->next = NULL; /* terminate first half of list */ + q = msort(list, half); /* sort first half of list */ + p = msort(p, len - half); /* sort second half */ + lpp = &list; + for (;;) { + if (strcmp(p->text, q->text) < 0) { + *lpp = p; + lpp = &p->next; + if ((p = *lpp) == NULL) { + *lpp = q; + break; + } + } else { + *lpp = q; + lpp = &q->next; + if ((q = *lpp) == NULL) { + *lpp = p; + break; + } + } + } + return list; +} +#endif + + +/* + * Returns true if the pattern matches the string. + */ + +STATIC inline int +patmatch(char *pattern, const char *string) +{ + return pmatch(preglob(pattern, 0, 0), string); +} + + +#if !defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(FNMATCH_BROKEN) +STATIC int ccmatch(const char *p, int chr, const char **r) +{ + static const struct class { + char name[10]; + int (*fn)(int); + } classes[] = { + { .name = ":alnum:]", .fn = isalnum }, + { .name = ":cntrl:]", .fn = iscntrl }, + { .name = ":lower:]", .fn = islower }, + { .name = ":space:]", .fn = isspace }, + { .name = ":alpha:]", .fn = isalpha }, + { .name = ":digit:]", .fn = isdigit }, + { .name = ":print:]", .fn = isprint }, + { .name = ":upper:]", .fn = isupper }, + { .name = ":blank:]", .fn = isblank }, + { .name = ":graph:]", .fn = isgraph }, + { .name = ":punct:]", .fn = ispunct }, + { .name = ":xdigit:]", .fn = isxdigit }, + }; + const struct class *class, *end; + + end = classes + sizeof(classes) / sizeof(classes[0]); + for (class = classes; class < end; class++) { + const char *q; + + q = prefix(p, class->name); + if (!q) + continue; + *r = q; + return class->fn(chr); + } + + *r = 0; + return 0; +} + +STATIC int +pmatch(const char *pattern, const char *string) +{ + const char *p, *q; + char c; + + p = pattern; + q = string; + for (;;) { + switch (c = *p++) { + case '\0': + goto breakloop; + case '\\': + if (*p) { + c = *p++; + } + goto dft; + case '?': + if (*q++ == '\0') + return 0; + break; + case '*': + c = *p; + while (c == '*') + c = *++p; + if (c != '\\' && c != '?' && c != '*' && c != '[') { + while (*q != c) { + if (*q == '\0') + return 0; + q++; + } + } + do { + if (pmatch(p, q)) + return 1; + } while (*q++ != '\0'); + return 0; + case '[': { + const char *startp; + int invert, found; + char chr; + + startp = p; + invert = 0; + if (*p == '!') { + invert++; + p++; + } + found = 0; + chr = *q++; + if (chr == '\0') + return 0; + c = *p++; + do { + if (!c) { + p = startp; + c = *p; + goto dft; + } + if (c == '[') { + const char *r; + + found |= ccmatch(p, chr, &r); + if (r) { + p = r; + continue; + } + } else if (c == '\\') + c = *p++; + if (*p == '-' && p[1] != ']') { + p++; + if (*p == '\\') + p++; + if (chr >= c && chr <= *p) + found = 1; + p++; + } else { + if (chr == c) + found = 1; + } + } while ((c = *p++) != ']'); + if (found == invert) + return 0; + break; + } +dft: default: + if (*q++ != c) + return 0; + break; + } + } +breakloop: + if (*q != '\0') + return 0; + return 1; +} +#endif + + + +/* + * Remove any CTLESC characters from a string. + */ + +char * +_rmescapes(char *str, int flag) +{ + char *p, *q, *r; + static const char qchars[] = { CTLESC, CTLQUOTEMARK, 0 }; + unsigned inquotes; + int notescaped; + int globbing; + + p = strpbrk(str, qchars); + if (!p) { + return str; + } + q = p; + r = str; + if (flag & RMESCAPE_ALLOC) { + size_t len = p - str; + size_t fulllen = len + strlen(p) + 1; + + if (flag & RMESCAPE_GROW) { + r = makestrspace(fulllen, expdest); + } else if (flag & RMESCAPE_HEAP) { + r = ckmalloc(fulllen); + } else { + r = stalloc(fulllen); + } + q = r; + if (len > 0) { +#ifdef _GNU_SOURCE + q = mempcpy(q, str, len); +#else + memcpy(q, str, len); + q += len; +#endif + } + } + inquotes = (flag & RMESCAPE_QUOTED) ^ RMESCAPE_QUOTED; + globbing = flag & RMESCAPE_GLOB; + notescaped = globbing; + while (*p) { + if (*p == CTLQUOTEMARK) { + inquotes = ~inquotes; + p++; + notescaped = globbing; + continue; + } + if (*p == '\\') { + /* naked back slash */ + notescaped = 0; + goto copy; + } + if (*p == CTLESC) { + p++; + if (notescaped && inquotes && *p != '/') { + *q++ = '\\'; + } + } + notescaped = globbing; +copy: + *q++ = *p++; + } + *q = '\0'; + if (flag & RMESCAPE_GROW) { + expdest = r; + STADJUST(q - r + 1, expdest); + } + return r; +} + + + +/* + * See if a pattern matches in a case statement. + */ + +int +casematch(union node *pattern, char *val) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + int result; + + setstackmark(&smark); + argbackq = pattern->narg.backquote; + STARTSTACKSTR(expdest); + ifslastp = NULL; + argstr(pattern->narg.text, EXP_TILDE | EXP_CASE); + STACKSTRNUL(expdest); + result = patmatch(stackblock(), val); + popstackmark(&smark); + return result; +} + +/* + * Our own itoa(). + */ + +STATIC int +cvtnum(long num) +{ + int len; + + expdest = makestrspace(32, expdest); + len = fmtstr(expdest, 32, "%ld", num); + STADJUST(len, expdest); + return len; +} + +STATIC void +varunset(const char *end, const char *var, const char *umsg, int varflags) +{ + const char *msg; + const char *tail; + + tail = nullstr; + msg = "parameter not set"; + if (umsg) { + if (*end == CTLENDVAR) { + if (varflags & VSNUL) + tail = " or null"; + } else + msg = umsg; + } + error("%.*s: %s%s", end - var - 1, var, msg, tail); +} diff --git a/src/expand.h b/src/expand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16a9a39 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/expand.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* $NetBSD: expand.h,v 1.13 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)expand.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +struct strlist { + struct strlist *next; + char *text; +}; + + +struct arglist { + struct strlist *list; + struct strlist **lastp; +}; + +/* + * expandarg() flags + */ +#define EXP_FULL 0x1 /* perform word splitting & file globbing */ +#define EXP_TILDE 0x2 /* do normal tilde expansion */ +#define EXP_VARTILDE 0x4 /* expand tildes in an assignment */ +#define EXP_REDIR 0x8 /* file glob for a redirection (1 match only) */ +#define EXP_CASE 0x10 /* keeps quotes around for CASE pattern */ +#define EXP_RECORD 0x20 /* need to record arguments for ifs breakup */ +#define EXP_VARTILDE2 0x40 /* expand tildes after colons only */ +#define EXP_WORD 0x80 /* expand word in parameter expansion */ +#define EXP_QWORD 0x100 /* expand word in quoted parameter expansion */ + + +union node; +void expandhere(union node *, int); +void expandarg(union node *, struct arglist *, int); +void expari(int); +#define rmescapes(p) _rmescapes((p), 0) +char *_rmescapes(char *, int); +int casematch(union node *, char *); + +/* From arith.y */ +int arith(const char *); +int expcmd(int , char **); +#ifdef USE_LEX +void arith_lex_reset(void); +#else +#define arith_lex_reset() +#endif +int yylex(void); diff --git a/src/funcs/cmv b/src/funcs/cmv new file mode 100644 index 0000000..667f846 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/cmv @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# $NetBSD: cmv,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:05 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)cmv 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# Conditional move--don't replace an existing file. + +cmv() { + if test $# != 2 + then echo "cmv: arg count" + return 2 + fi + if test -f "$2" -o -w "$2" + then echo "$2 exists" + return 2 + fi + /bin/mv "$1" "$2" +} diff --git a/src/funcs/dirs b/src/funcs/dirs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68bb317 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/dirs @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# $NetBSD: dirs,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:08 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)dirs 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin +# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris +# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW + +pushd () { + SAVE=`pwd` + if [ "$1" = "" ] + then if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "pushd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 || return + shift 1 + DSTACK="$*" + else cd $1 > /dev/null || return + fi + DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK" + dirs +} + +popd () { + if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "popd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 + shift + DSTACK=$* + dirs +} + +dirs () { + echo "`pwd` $DSTACK" + return 0 +} diff --git a/src/funcs/kill b/src/funcs/kill new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75b0180 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/kill @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# $NetBSD: kill,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:10 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)kill 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# Convert job names to process ids and then run /bin/kill. + +kill() { + local args x + args= + for x in "$@" + do case $x in + %*) x=`jobid "$x"` ;; + esac + args="$args $x" + done + /bin/kill $args +} diff --git a/src/funcs/login b/src/funcs/login new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ae08b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/login @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# $NetBSD: login,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:11 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)login 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# replaces the login builtin in the BSD shell +login () exec login "$@" diff --git a/src/funcs/newgrp b/src/funcs/newgrp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..796a4f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/newgrp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# $NetBSD: newgrp,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:12 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)newgrp 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +newgrp() exec newgrp "$@" diff --git a/src/funcs/popd b/src/funcs/popd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2b65d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/popd @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# $NetBSD: popd,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:13 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)popd 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin +# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris +# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW + +pushd () { + SAVE=`pwd` + if [ "$1" = "" ] + then if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "pushd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 || return + shift 1 + DSTACK="$*" + else cd $1 > /dev/null || return + fi + DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK" + dirs +} + +popd () { + if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "popd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 + shift + DSTACK=$* + dirs +} + +dirs () { + echo "`pwd` $DSTACK" + return 0 +} diff --git a/src/funcs/pushd b/src/funcs/pushd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b393038 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/pushd @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# $NetBSD: pushd,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:15 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)pushd 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# pushd, popd, and dirs --- written by Chris Bertin +# Pixel Computer Inc. ...!wjh12!pixel!pixutl!chris +# as modified by Patrick Elam of GTRI and Kenneth Almquist at UW + +pushd () { + SAVE=`pwd` + if [ "$1" = "" ] + then if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "pushd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 || return + shift 1 + DSTACK="$*" + else cd $1 > /dev/null || return + fi + DSTACK="$SAVE $DSTACK" + dirs +} + +popd () { + if [ "$DSTACK" = "" ] + then echo "popd: directory stack empty." + return 1 + fi + set $DSTACK + cd $1 + shift + DSTACK=$* + dirs +} + +dirs () { + echo "`pwd` $DSTACK" + return 0 +} diff --git a/src/funcs/suspend b/src/funcs/suspend new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a4197d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/funcs/suspend @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# $NetBSD: suspend,v 1.7 1995/05/11 21:31:17 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)suspend 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +suspend() { + local - + set +j + kill -TSTP 0 +} diff --git a/src/hetio.c b/src/hetio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7d175f --- /dev/null +++ b/src/hetio.c @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/* + * Termios command line History and Editting for NetBSD sh (ash) + * Copyright (c) 1999 + * Main code: Adam Rogoyski <rogoyski@cs.utexas.edu> + * Etc: Dave Cinege <dcinege@psychosis.com> + * + * You may use this code as you wish, so long as the original author(s) + * are attributed in any redistributions of the source code. + * This code is 'as is' with no warranty. + * This code may safely be consumed by a BSD or GPL license. + * + * v 0.5 19990328 Initial release + * + * Future plans: Simple file and path name completion. (like BASH) + * + */ + +/* +Usage and Known bugs: + Terminal key codes are not extensive, and more will probably + need to be added. This version was created on Debian GNU/Linux 2.x. + Delete, Backspace, Home, End, and the arrow keys were tested + to work in an Xterm and console. Ctrl-A also works as Home. + Ctrl-E also works as End. Ctrl-D and Ctrl-U perform their respective + functions. The binary size increase is <3K. + + Editting will not display correctly for lines greater then the + terminal width. (more then one line.) However, history will. +*/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" + +#include "hetio.h" + + +#define MAX_HISTORY 15 /* Maximum length of the linked list for the command line history */ + +#define ESC 27 +#define DEL 127 + +static struct history *his_front = NULL; /* First element in command line list */ +static struct history *his_end = NULL; /* Last element in command line list */ +static struct termios old_term, new_term; /* Current termio and the previous termio before starting ash */ + +static int history_counter = 0; /* Number of commands in history list */ +static int reset_term = 0; /* Set to true if the terminal needs to be reset upon exit */ +static int hetio_inter = 0; + +struct history +{ + char *s; + struct history *p; + struct history *n; +}; + + +void input_delete (int); +void input_home (int *); +void input_end (int *, int); +void input_backspace (int *, int *); + + + +void hetio_init(void) +{ + hetio_inter = 1; +} + + +void hetio_reset_term(void) +{ + if (reset_term) + tcsetattr(1, TCSANOW, &old_term); +} + + +void setIO(struct termios *new, struct termios *old) /* Set terminal IO to canonical mode, and save old term settings. */ +{ + tcgetattr(0, old); + memcpy(new, old, sizeof(*new)); + new->c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + new->c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + new->c_lflag &= ~ICANON; /* unbuffered input */ + new->c_lflag &= ~ECHO; + tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, new); +} + +void input_home(int *cursor) /* Command line input routines */ +{ + while (*cursor > 0) { + out1c('\b'); + --*cursor; + } + flushout(out1); +} + + +void input_delete(int cursor) +{ + int j = 0; + + memmove(parsenextc + cursor, parsenextc + cursor + 1, + BUFSIZ - cursor - 1); + for (j = cursor; j < (BUFSIZ - 1); j++) { + if (!*(parsenextc + j)) + break; + else + out1c(*(parsenextc + j)); + } + + out1str(" \b"); + + while (j-- > cursor) + out1c('\b'); + flushout(out1); +} + + +void input_end(int *cursor, int len) +{ + while (*cursor < len) { + out1str("\033[C"); + ++*cursor; + } + flushout(out1); +} + + +void +input_backspace(int *cursor, int *len) +{ + int j = 0; + + if (*cursor > 0) { + out1str("\b \b"); + --*cursor; + memmove(parsenextc + *cursor, parsenextc + *cursor + 1, + BUFSIZ - *cursor + 1); + + for (j = *cursor; j < (BUFSIZ - 1); j++) { + if (!*(parsenextc + j)) + break; + else + out1c(*(parsenextc + j)); + } + + out1str(" \b"); + + while (j-- > *cursor) + out1c('\b'); + + --*len; + flushout(out1); + } +} + +int hetio_read_input(int fd) +{ + int nr = 0; + + /* Are we an interactive shell? */ + if (!hetio_inter || fd) { + return -255; + } else { + int len = 0; + int j = 0; + int cursor = 0; + int break_out = 0; + int ret = 0; + char c = 0; + struct history *hp = his_end; + + if (!reset_term) { + setIO(&new_term, &old_term); + reset_term = 1; + } else { + tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &new_term); + } + + memset(parsenextc, 0, BUFSIZ); + + while (1) { + if ((ret = read(fd, &c, 1)) < 1) + return ret; + + switch (c) { + case 1: /* Control-A Beginning of line */ + input_home(&cursor); + break; + case 5: /* Control-E EOL */ + input_end(&cursor, len); + break; + case 4: /* Control-D */ + if (!len) + exitshell(0); + break; + case 21: /* Control-U */ + /* Return to begining of line. */ + for (; cursor > 0; cursor--) + out1c('\b'); + /* Erase old command. */ + for (j = 0; j < len; j++) { + /* + * Clear buffer while we're at + * it. + */ + parsenextc[j] = 0; + out1c(' '); + } + /* return to begining of line */ + for (; len > 0; len--) + out1c('\b'); + flushout(out1); + break; + case '\b': /* Backspace */ + case DEL: + input_backspace(&cursor, &len); + break; + case '\n': /* Enter */ + *(parsenextc + len++ + 1) = c; + out1c(c); + flushout(out1); + break_out = 1; + break; + case ESC: /* escape sequence follows */ + if ((ret = read(fd, &c, 1)) < 1) + return ret; + + if (c == '[' ) { /* 91 */ + if ((ret = read(fd, &c, 1)) < 1) + return ret; + + switch (c) { + case 'A': + if (hp && hp->p) { /* Up */ + hp = hp->p; + goto hop; + } + break; + case 'B': + if (hp && hp->n && hp->n->s) { /* Down */ + hp = hp->n; + goto hop; + } + break; + +hop: /* hop */ + len = strlen(parsenextc); + + for (; cursor > 0; cursor--) /* return to begining of line */ + out1c('\b'); + + for (j = 0; j < len; j++) /* erase old command */ + out1c(' '); + + for (; j > 0; j--) /* return to begining of line */ + out1c('\b'); + + strcpy (parsenextc, hp->s); /* write new command */ + len = strlen (hp->s); + out1str(parsenextc); + flushout(out1); + cursor = len; + break; + case 'C': /* Right */ + if (cursor < len) { + out1str("\033[C"); + cursor++; + flushout(out1); + } + break; + case 'D': /* Left */ + if (cursor > 0) { + out1str("\033[D"); + cursor--; + flushout(out1); + } + break; + case '3': /* Delete */ + if (cursor != len) { + input_delete(cursor); + len--; + } + break; + case '1': /* Home (Ctrl-A) */ + input_home(&cursor); + break; + case '4': /* End (Ctrl-E) */ + input_end(&cursor, len); + break; + } + if (c == '1' || c == '3' || c == '4') + if ((ret = read(fd, &c, 1)) < 1) + return ret; /* read 126 (~) */ + } + + if (c == 'O') { /* 79 */ + if ((ret = read(fd, &c, 1)) < 1) + return ret; + switch (c) { + case 'H': /* Home (xterm) */ + input_home(&cursor); + break; + case 'F': /* End (xterm_ */ + input_end(&cursor, len); + break; + } + } + + c = 0; + break; + + default: /* If it's regular input, do the normal thing */ + if (!isprint(c)) /* Skip non-printable characters */ + break; + + if (len >= (BUFSIZ - 2)) /* Need to leave space for enter */ + break; + + len++; + + if (cursor == (len - 1)) { /* Append if at the end of the line */ + *(parsenextc + cursor) = c; + } else { /* Insert otherwise */ + memmove(parsenextc + cursor + 1, parsenextc + cursor, + len - cursor - 1); + + *(parsenextc + cursor) = c; + + for (j = cursor; j < len; j++) + out1c(*(parsenextc + j)); + for (; j > cursor; j--) + out1str("\033[D"); + } + + cursor++; + out1c(c); + flushout(out1); + break; + } + + if (break_out) /* Enter is the command terminator, no more input. */ + break; + } + + nr = len + 1; + tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &old_term); + + if (*(parsenextc)) { /* Handle command history log */ + struct history *h = his_end; + + if (!h) { /* No previous history */ + h = his_front = malloc(sizeof (struct history)); + h->n = malloc(sizeof (struct history)); + h->p = NULL; + h->s = strdup(parsenextc); + + h->n->p = h; + h->n->n = NULL; + h->n->s = NULL; + his_end = h->n; + history_counter++; + } else { /* Add a new history command */ + + h->n = malloc(sizeof (struct history)); + + h->n->p = h; + h->n->n = NULL; + h->n->s = NULL; + h->s = strdup(parsenextc); + his_end = h->n; + + if (history_counter >= MAX_HISTORY) { /* After max history, remove the last known command */ + struct history *p = his_front->n; + + p->p = NULL; + free(his_front->s); + free(his_front); + his_front = p; + } else { + history_counter++; + } + } + } + } + + return nr; +} diff --git a/src/hetio.h b/src/hetio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3e915c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/hetio.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +/* + * Termios command line History and Editting for NetBSD sh (ash) + * Copyright (c) 1999 + * Main code: Adam Rogoyski <rogoyski@cs.utexas.edu> + * Etc: Dave Cinege <dcinege@psychosis.com> + * + * You may use this code as you wish, so long as the original author(s) + * are attributed in any redistributions of the source code. + * This code is 'as is' with no warranty. + * This code may safely be consumed by a BSD or GPL license. + * + * v 0.5 19990328 Initial release + * + * Future plans: Simple file and path name completion. (like BASH) + * + */ + +void hetio_init(void); +int hetio_read_input(int fd); +void hetio_reset_term(void); + +extern int hetio_inter; diff --git a/src/histedit.c b/src/histedit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b09900b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/histedit.c @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +/* $NetBSD: histedit.c,v 1.27 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)histedit.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: histedit.c,v 1.27 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +/* + * Editline and history functions (and glue). + */ +#include "shell.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "error.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "memalloc.h" + +#define MAXHISTLOOPS 4 /* max recursions through fc */ +#define DEFEDITOR "ed" /* default editor *should* be $EDITOR */ + +History *hist; /* history cookie */ +EditLine *el; /* editline cookie */ +int displayhist; +static FILE *el_in, *el_out; + +STATIC const char *fc_replace(const char *, char *, char *); + +#ifdef DEBUG +extern FILE *tracefile; +#endif + +/* + * Set history and editing status. Called whenever the status may + * have changed (figures out what to do). + */ +void +histedit(void) +{ + FILE *el_err; + +#define editing (Eflag || Vflag) + + if (iflag) { + if (!hist) { + /* + * turn history on + */ + INTOFF; + hist = history_init(); + INTON; + + if (hist != NULL) + sethistsize(histsizeval()); + else + out2str("sh: can't initialize history\n"); + } + if (editing && !el && isatty(0)) { /* && isatty(2) ??? */ + /* + * turn editing on + */ + INTOFF; + if (el_in == NULL) + el_in = fdopen(0, "r"); + if (el_out == NULL) + el_out = fdopen(2, "w"); + if (el_in == NULL || el_out == NULL) + goto bad; + el_err = el_out; +#if DEBUG + if (tracefile) + el_err = tracefile; +#endif + el = el_init(arg0, el_in, el_out, el_err); + if (el != NULL) { + if (hist) + el_set(el, EL_HIST, history, hist); + el_set(el, EL_PROMPT, getprompt); + } else { +bad: + out2str("sh: can't initialize editing\n"); + } + INTON; + } else if (!editing && el) { + INTOFF; + el_end(el); + el = NULL; + INTON; + } + if (el) { + if (Vflag) + el_set(el, EL_EDITOR, "vi"); + else if (Eflag) + el_set(el, EL_EDITOR, "emacs"); + el_source(el, NULL); + } + } else { + INTOFF; + if (el) { /* no editing if not interactive */ + el_end(el); + el = NULL; + } + if (hist) { + history_end(hist); + hist = NULL; + } + INTON; + } +} + + +void +sethistsize(const char *hs) +{ + int histsize; + HistEvent he; + + if (hist != NULL) { + if (hs == NULL || *hs == '\0' || + (histsize = atoi(hs)) < 0) + histsize = 100; + history(hist, &he, H_SETSIZE, histsize); + } +} + +void +setterm(const char *term) +{ + if (el != NULL && term != NULL) + if (el_set(el, EL_TERMINAL, term) != 0) { + outfmt(out2, "sh: Can't set terminal type %s\n", term); + outfmt(out2, "sh: Using dumb terminal settings.\n"); + } +} + +/* + * This command is provided since POSIX decided to standardize + * the Korn shell fc command. Oh well... + */ +int +histcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int ch; + const char *editor = NULL; + HistEvent he; + int lflg = 0, nflg = 0, rflg = 0, sflg = 0; + int i, retval; + const char *firststr, *laststr; + int first, last, direction; + char *pat = NULL, *repl; /* ksh "fc old=new" crap */ + static int active = 0; + struct jmploc jmploc; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + char editfile[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; + FILE *efp; +#ifdef __GNUC__ + /* Avoid longjmp clobbering */ + (void) &editor; + (void) &lflg; + (void) &nflg; + (void) &rflg; + (void) &sflg; + (void) &firststr; + (void) &laststr; + (void) &pat; + (void) &repl; + (void) &efp; + (void) &argc; + (void) &argv; +#endif + + if (hist == NULL) + error("history not active"); + + if (argc == 1) + error("missing history argument"); + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + optind = 0; +#else + optreset = 1; optind = 1; /* initialize getopt */ +#endif + while (not_fcnumber(argv[optind]) && + (ch = getopt(argc, argv, ":e:lnrs")) != -1) + switch ((char)ch) { + case 'e': + editor = optionarg; + break; + case 'l': + lflg = 1; + break; + case 'n': + nflg = 1; + break; + case 'r': + rflg = 1; + break; + case 's': + sflg = 1; + break; + case ':': + error("option -%c expects argument", optopt); + /* NOTREACHED */ + case '?': + default: + error("unknown option: -%c", optopt); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + argc -= optind, argv += optind; + + /* + * If executing... + */ + if (lflg == 0 || editor || sflg) { + lflg = 0; /* ignore */ + editfile[0] = '\0'; + /* + * Catch interrupts to reset active counter and + * cleanup temp files. + */ + if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) { + active = 0; + if (*editfile) + unlink(editfile); + handler = savehandler; + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + } + savehandler = handler; + handler = &jmploc; + if (++active > MAXHISTLOOPS) { + active = 0; + displayhist = 0; + error("called recursively too many times"); + } + /* + * Set editor. + */ + if (sflg == 0) { + if (editor == NULL && + (editor = bltinlookup("FCEDIT")) == NULL && + (editor = bltinlookup("EDITOR")) == NULL) + editor = DEFEDITOR; + if (editor[0] == '-' && editor[1] == '\0') { + sflg = 1; /* no edit */ + editor = NULL; + } + } + } + + /* + * If executing, parse [old=new] now + */ + if (lflg == 0 && argc > 0 && + ((repl = strchr(argv[0], '=')) != NULL)) { + pat = argv[0]; + *repl++ = '\0'; + argc--, argv++; + } + /* + * determine [first] and [last] + */ + switch (argc) { + case 0: + firststr = lflg ? "-16" : "-1"; + laststr = "-1"; + break; + case 1: + firststr = argv[0]; + laststr = lflg ? "-1" : argv[0]; + break; + case 2: + firststr = argv[0]; + laststr = argv[1]; + break; + default: + error("too many args"); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + /* + * Turn into event numbers. + */ + first = str_to_event(firststr, 0); + last = str_to_event(laststr, 1); + + if (rflg) { + i = last; + last = first; + first = i; + } + /* + * XXX - this should not depend on the event numbers + * always increasing. Add sequence numbers or offset + * to the history element in next (diskbased) release. + */ + direction = first < last ? H_PREV : H_NEXT; + + /* + * If editing, grab a temp file. + */ + if (editor) { + int fd; + INTOFF; /* easier */ + sprintf(editfile, "%s_shXXXXXX", _PATH_TMP); + if ((fd = mkstemp(editfile)) < 0) + error("can't create temporary file %s", editfile); + if ((efp = fdopen(fd, "w")) == NULL) { + close(fd); + error("can't allocate stdio buffer for temp"); + } + } + + /* + * Loop through selected history events. If listing or executing, + * do it now. Otherwise, put into temp file and call the editor + * after. + * + * The history interface needs rethinking, as the following + * convolutions will demonstrate. + */ + history(hist, &he, H_FIRST); + retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT_EVENT, first); + for (;retval != -1; retval = history(hist, &he, direction)) { + if (lflg) { + if (!nflg) + out1fmt("%5d ", he.num); + out1str(he.str); + } else { + const char *s = pat ? + fc_replace(he.str, pat, repl) : he.str; + + if (sflg) { + if (displayhist) { + out2str(s); + } + + evalstring(strcpy(stalloc(strlen(s) + 1), s)); + if (displayhist && hist) { + /* + * XXX what about recursive and + * relative histnums. + */ + history(hist, &he, H_ENTER, s); + } + } else + fputs(s, efp); + } + /* + * At end? (if we were to lose last, we'd sure be + * messed up). + */ + if (he.num == last) + break; + } + if (editor) { + char *editcmd; + + fclose(efp); + editcmd = stalloc(strlen(editor) + strlen(editfile) + 2); + sprintf(editcmd, "%s %s", editor, editfile); + evalstring(editcmd, 0); /* XXX - should use no JC command */ + INTON; + readcmdfile(editfile); /* XXX - should read back - quick tst */ + unlink(editfile); + } + + if (lflg == 0 && active > 0) + --active; + if (displayhist) + displayhist = 0; + return 0; +} + +STATIC const char * +fc_replace(const char *s, char *p, char *r) +{ + char *dest; + int plen = strlen(p); + + STARTSTACKSTR(dest); + while (*s) { + if (*s == *p && strncmp(s, p, plen) == 0) { + while (*r) + STPUTC(*r++, dest); + s += plen; + *p = '\0'; /* so no more matches */ + } else + STPUTC(*s++, dest); + } + STACKSTRNUL(dest); + dest = grabstackstr(dest); + + return (dest); +} + +int +not_fcnumber(char *s) +{ + if (s == NULL) + return 0; + if (*s == '-') + s++; + return (!is_number(s)); +} + +int +str_to_event(const char *str, int last) +{ + HistEvent he; + const char *s = str; + int relative = 0; + int i, retval; + + retval = history(hist, &he, H_FIRST); + switch (*s) { + case '-': + relative = 1; + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + case '+': + s++; + } + if (is_number(s)) { + i = atoi(s); + if (relative) { + while (retval != -1 && i--) { + retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT); + } + if (retval == -1) + retval = history(hist, &he, H_LAST); + } else { + retval = history(hist, &he, H_NEXT_EVENT, i); + if (retval == -1) { + /* + * the notion of first and last is + * backwards to that of the history package + */ + retval = history(hist, &he, + last ? H_FIRST : H_LAST); + } + } + if (retval == -1) + error("history number %s not found (internal error)", + str); + } else { + /* + * pattern + */ + retval = history(hist, &he, H_PREV_STR, str); + if (retval == -1) + error("history pattern not found: %s", str); + } + return (he.num); +} +#else +int +histcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + error("not compiled with history support"); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} +#endif diff --git a/src/init.h b/src/init.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7816225 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/init.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* $NetBSD: init.h,v 1.9 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)init.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +void init(void); +void reset(void); +void initshellproc(void); diff --git a/src/input.c b/src/input.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..682ef68 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/input.c @@ -0,0 +1,567 @@ +/* $NetBSD: input.c,v 1.37 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)input.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/9/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: input.c,v 1.37 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdio.h> /* defines BUFSIZ */ +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* + * This file implements the input routines used by the parser. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "main.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif + +#ifdef HETIO +#include "hetio.h" +#endif + +#define EOF_NLEFT -99 /* value of parsenleft when EOF pushed back */ +#define IBUFSIZ (BUFSIZ + 1) + +MKINIT +struct strpush { + struct strpush *prev; /* preceding string on stack */ + char *prevstring; + int prevnleft; + struct alias *ap; /* if push was associated with an alias */ + char *string; /* remember the string since it may change */ +}; + +/* + * The parsefile structure pointed to by the global variable parsefile + * contains information about the current file being read. + */ + +MKINIT +struct parsefile { + struct parsefile *prev; /* preceding file on stack */ + int linno; /* current line */ + int fd; /* file descriptor (or -1 if string) */ + int nleft; /* number of chars left in this line */ + int lleft; /* number of chars left in this buffer */ + char *nextc; /* next char in buffer */ + char *buf; /* input buffer */ + struct strpush *strpush; /* for pushing strings at this level */ + struct strpush basestrpush; /* so pushing one is fast */ +}; + + +int plinno = 1; /* input line number */ +int parsenleft; /* copy of parsefile->nleft */ +MKINIT int parselleft; /* copy of parsefile->lleft */ +char *parsenextc; /* copy of parsefile->nextc */ +MKINIT struct parsefile basepf; /* top level input file */ +MKINIT char basebuf[IBUFSIZ]; /* buffer for top level input file */ +struct parsefile *parsefile = &basepf; /* current input file */ +int whichprompt; /* 1 == PS1, 2 == PS2 */ + +#ifndef SMALL +EditLine *el; /* cookie for editline package */ +#endif + +STATIC void pushfile(void); +static int preadfd(void); + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE <stdio.h> +INCLUDE "input.h" +INCLUDE "error.h" + +INIT { + basepf.nextc = basepf.buf = basebuf; +} + +RESET { + parselleft = parsenleft = 0; /* clear input buffer */ + popallfiles(); +} +#endif + + +/* + * Read a line from the script. + */ + +char * +pfgets(char *line, int len) +{ + char *p = line; + int nleft = len; + int c; + + while (--nleft > 0) { + c = pgetc2(); + if (c == PEOF) { + if (p == line) + return NULL; + break; + } + *p++ = c; + if (c == '\n') + break; + } + *p = '\0'; + return line; +} + + +/* + * Read a character from the script, returning PEOF on end of file. + * Nul characters in the input are silently discarded. + */ + +int +pgetc(void) +{ + return pgetc_macro(); +} + + +/* + * Same as pgetc(), but ignores PEOA. + */ + +int +pgetc2() +{ + int c; + do { + c = pgetc_macro(); + } while (c == PEOA); + return c; +} + + +static int +preadfd(void) +{ + int nr; + char *buf = parsefile->buf; + parsenextc = buf; + +retry: +#ifndef SMALL + if (parsefile->fd == 0 && el) { + static const char *rl_cp; + static int el_len; + + if (rl_cp == NULL) + rl_cp = el_gets(el, &el_len); + if (rl_cp == NULL) + nr = 0; + else { + nr = el_len; + if (nr > IBUFSIZ - 1) + nr = IBUFSIZ - 1; + memcpy(buf, rl_cp, nr); + if (nr != el_len) { + el_len -= nr; + rl_cp += nr; + } else + rl_cp = 0; + } + + } else +#endif + +#ifdef HETIO + nr = hetio_read_input(parsefile->fd); + if (nr == -255) +#endif + nr = read(parsefile->fd, buf, IBUFSIZ - 1); + + + if (nr < 0) { + if (errno == EINTR) + goto retry; + if (parsefile->fd == 0 && errno == EWOULDBLOCK) { + int flags = fcntl(0, F_GETFL, 0); + if (flags >= 0 && flags & O_NONBLOCK) { + flags &=~ O_NONBLOCK; + if (fcntl(0, F_SETFL, flags) >= 0) { + out2str("sh: turning off NDELAY mode\n"); + goto retry; + } + } + } + } + return nr; +} + +/* + * Refill the input buffer and return the next input character: + * + * 1) If a string was pushed back on the input, pop it; + * 2) If an EOF was pushed back (parsenleft == EOF_NLEFT) or we are reading + * from a string so we can't refill the buffer, return EOF. + * 3) If the is more stuff in this buffer, use it else call read to fill it. + * 4) Process input up to the next newline, deleting nul characters. + */ + +int +preadbuffer(void) +{ + char *p, *q; + int more; +#ifndef SMALL + int something; +#endif + char savec; + + while (parsefile->strpush) { + if ( + parsenleft == -1 && parsefile->strpush->ap && + parsenextc[-1] != ' ' && parsenextc[-1] != '\t' + ) { + return PEOA; + } + popstring(); + if (--parsenleft >= 0) + return (*parsenextc++); + } + if (parsenleft == EOF_NLEFT || parsefile->buf == NULL) + return PEOF; + flushout(&output); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(&errout); +#endif + +again: + if (parselleft <= 0) { + if ((parselleft = preadfd()) <= 0) { + parselleft = parsenleft = EOF_NLEFT; + return PEOF; + } + } + + q = p = parsenextc; + + /* delete nul characters */ +#ifndef SMALL + something = 0; +#endif + for (more = 1; more;) { + switch (*p) { + case '\0': + p++; /* Skip nul */ + goto check; + +#ifndef SMALL + case '\t': + case ' ': + break; +#endif + + case '\n': + parsenleft = q - parsenextc; + more = 0; /* Stop processing here */ + break; + +#ifndef SMALL + default: + something = 1; + break; +#endif + } + + *q++ = *p++; +check: + if (--parselleft <= 0 && more) { + parsenleft = q - parsenextc - 1; + if (parsenleft < 0) + goto again; + more = 0; + } + } + + savec = *q; + *q = '\0'; + +#ifndef SMALL + if (parsefile->fd == 0 && hist && something) { + HistEvent he; + INTOFF; + history(hist, &he, whichprompt == 1? H_ENTER : H_APPEND, + parsenextc); + INTON; + } +#endif + + if (vflag) { + out2str(parsenextc); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out2); +#endif + } + + *q = savec; + + return *parsenextc++; +} + +/* + * Undo the last call to pgetc. Only one character may be pushed back. + * PEOF may be pushed back. + */ + +void +pungetc(void) +{ + parsenleft++; + parsenextc--; +} + +/* + * Push a string back onto the input at this current parsefile level. + * We handle aliases this way. + */ +void +pushstring(char *s, void *ap) +{ + struct strpush *sp; + size_t len; + + len = strlen(s); + INTOFF; +/*dprintf("*** calling pushstring: %s, %d\n", s, len);*/ + if (parsefile->strpush) { + sp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct strpush)); + sp->prev = parsefile->strpush; + parsefile->strpush = sp; + } else + sp = parsefile->strpush = &(parsefile->basestrpush); + sp->prevstring = parsenextc; + sp->prevnleft = parsenleft; + sp->ap = (struct alias *)ap; + if (ap) { + ((struct alias *)ap)->flag |= ALIASINUSE; + sp->string = s; + } + parsenextc = s; + parsenleft = len; + INTON; +} + +void +popstring(void) +{ + struct strpush *sp = parsefile->strpush; + + INTOFF; + if (sp->ap) { + if (parsenextc[-1] == ' ' || parsenextc[-1] == '\t') { + checkkwd |= CHKALIAS; + } + if (sp->string != sp->ap->val) { + ckfree(sp->string); + } + sp->ap->flag &= ~ALIASINUSE; + if (sp->ap->flag & ALIASDEAD) { + unalias(sp->ap->name); + } + } + parsenextc = sp->prevstring; + parsenleft = sp->prevnleft; +/*dprintf("*** calling popstring: restoring to '%s'\n", parsenextc);*/ + parsefile->strpush = sp->prev; + if (sp != &(parsefile->basestrpush)) + ckfree(sp); + INTON; +} + +/* + * Set the input to take input from a file. If push is set, push the + * old input onto the stack first. + */ + +void +setinputfile(const char *fname, int push) +{ + int fd; + int fd2; + + INTOFF; + if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0) + error("Can't open %s", fname); + if (fd < 10) { + fd2 = copyfd(fd, 10); + close(fd); + if (fd2 < 0) + error("Out of file descriptors"); + fd = fd2; + } + setinputfd(fd, push); + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Like setinputfile, but takes an open file descriptor. Call this with + * interrupts off. + */ + +void +setinputfd(int fd, int push) +{ + (void) fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + if (push) { + pushfile(); + parsefile->buf = 0; + } + parsefile->fd = fd; + if (parsefile->buf == NULL) + parsefile->buf = ckmalloc(IBUFSIZ); + parselleft = parsenleft = 0; + plinno = 1; +} + + +/* + * Like setinputfile, but takes input from a string. + */ + +void +setinputstring(char *string) +{ + INTOFF; + pushfile(); + parsenextc = string; + parsenleft = strlen(string); + parsefile->buf = NULL; + plinno = 1; + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * To handle the "." command, a stack of input files is used. Pushfile + * adds a new entry to the stack and popfile restores the previous level. + */ + +STATIC void +pushfile(void) +{ + struct parsefile *pf; + + parsefile->nleft = parsenleft; + parsefile->lleft = parselleft; + parsefile->nextc = parsenextc; + parsefile->linno = plinno; + pf = (struct parsefile *)ckmalloc(sizeof (struct parsefile)); + pf->prev = parsefile; + pf->fd = -1; + pf->strpush = NULL; + pf->basestrpush.prev = NULL; + parsefile = pf; +} + + +void +popfile(void) +{ + struct parsefile *pf = parsefile; + + INTOFF; + if (pf->fd >= 0) + close(pf->fd); + if (pf->buf) + ckfree(pf->buf); + while (pf->strpush) + popstring(); + parsefile = pf->prev; + ckfree(pf); + parsenleft = parsefile->nleft; + parselleft = parsefile->lleft; + parsenextc = parsefile->nextc; + plinno = parsefile->linno; + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Return to top level. + */ + +void +popallfiles(void) +{ + while (parsefile != &basepf) + popfile(); +} + + + +/* + * Close the file(s) that the shell is reading commands from. Called + * after a fork is done. + */ + +void +closescript(void) +{ + popallfiles(); + if (parsefile->fd > 0) { + close(parsefile->fd); + parsefile->fd = 0; + } +} diff --git a/src/input.h b/src/input.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf18242 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/input.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* $NetBSD: input.h,v 1.14 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)input.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* PEOF (the end of file marker) is defined in syntax.h */ + +/* + * The input line number. Input.c just defines this variable, and saves + * and restores it when files are pushed and popped. The user of this + * package must set its value. + */ +extern int plinno; +extern int parsenleft; /* number of characters left in input buffer */ +extern char *parsenextc; /* next character in input buffer */ + +char *pfgets(char *, int); +int pgetc(void); +int pgetc2(void); +int preadbuffer(void); +void pungetc(void); +void pushstring(char *, void *); +void popstring(void); +void setinputfile(const char *, int); +void setinputfd(int, int); +void setinputstring(char *); +void popfile(void); +void popallfiles(void); +void closescript(void); + +#define pgetc_macro() (--parsenleft >= 0? *parsenextc++ : preadbuffer()) diff --git a/src/jobs.c b/src/jobs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10d3cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jobs.c @@ -0,0 +1,1501 @@ +/* $NetBSD: jobs.c,v 1.56 2002/11/25 12:13:03 agc Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)jobs.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: jobs.c,v 1.56 2002/11/25 12:13:03 agc Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <paths.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/param.h> +#ifdef BSD +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#endif +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#if JOBS +#include <termios.h> +#undef CEOF /* syntax.h redefines this */ +#endif +#include "redir.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" + +/* mode flags for set_curjob */ +#define CUR_DELETE 2 +#define CUR_RUNNING 1 +#define CUR_STOPPED 0 + +/* mode flags for dowait */ +#define DOWAIT_NORMAL 0 +#define DOWAIT_BLOCK 1 + +/* array of jobs */ +static struct job *jobtab; +/* size of array */ +static unsigned njobs; +/* pid of last background process */ +pid_t backgndpid; +#if JOBS +/* pgrp of shell on invocation */ +static int initialpgrp; +#endif +/* current job */ +static struct job *curjob; +static int ttyfd = -1; +/* number of presumed living untracked jobs */ +static int jobless; + +STATIC void set_curjob(struct job *, unsigned); +STATIC int jobno(const struct job *); +STATIC int restartjob(struct job *, int); +STATIC int sprint_status(char *, int, int); +STATIC void freejob(struct job *); +STATIC struct job *getjob(const char *, int); +STATIC struct job *growjobtab(void); +STATIC void forkchild(struct job *, union node *, int); +STATIC void forkparent(struct job *, union node *, int, pid_t); +STATIC int dowait(int, struct job *); +#ifdef SYSV +STATIC int onsigchild(void); +#endif +STATIC int waitproc(int, int *); +STATIC char *commandtext(union node *); +STATIC void cmdtxt(union node *); +STATIC void cmdlist(union node *, int); +STATIC void cmdputs(const char *); +STATIC void showpipe(struct job *, struct output *); +STATIC void xtcsetpgrp(int, pid_t); +STATIC int getstatus(struct job *); + +STATIC void +set_curjob(struct job *jp, unsigned mode) +{ + struct job *jp1; + struct job **jpp, **curp; + + /* first remove from list */ + jpp = curp = &curjob; + do { + jp1 = *jpp; + if (jp1 == jp) + break; + jpp = &jp1->prev_job; + } while (1); + *jpp = jp1->prev_job; + + /* Then re-insert in correct position */ + jpp = curp; + switch (mode) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case CUR_DELETE: + /* job being deleted */ + break; + case CUR_RUNNING: + /* newly created job or backgrounded job, + put after all stopped jobs. */ + do { + jp1 = *jpp; + if (!JOBS || !jp1 || jp1->state != JOBSTOPPED) + break; + jpp = &jp1->prev_job; + } while (1); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ +#ifdef JOBS + case CUR_STOPPED: +#endif + /* newly stopped job - becomes curjob */ + jp->prev_job = *jpp; + *jpp = jp; + break; + } +} + +#if JOBS +/* + * Turn job control on and off. + * + * Note: This code assumes that the third arg to ioctl is a character + * pointer, which is true on Berkeley systems but not System V. Since + * System V doesn't have job control yet, this isn't a problem now. + * + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +int jobctl; + +void +setjobctl(int on) +{ + int fd; + int pgrp; + + if (on == jobctl || rootshell == 0) + return; + if (on) { + int ofd; + ofd = fd = open(_PATH_TTY, O_RDWR); + if (fd < 0) { + fd += 3; + while (!isatty(fd) && --fd >= 0) + ; + } + fd = fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD, 10); + close(ofd); + if (fd < 0) + goto out; + fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + do { /* while we are in the background */ + if ((pgrp = tcgetpgrp(fd)) < 0) { +out: + sh_warnx("can't access tty; job control turned off"); + mflag = on = 0; + goto close; + } + if (pgrp == getpgrp()) + break; + killpg(0, SIGTTIN); + } while (1); + initialpgrp = pgrp; + + setsignal(SIGTSTP); + setsignal(SIGTTOU); + setsignal(SIGTTIN); + pgrp = rootpid; + setpgid(0, pgrp); + xtcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp); + } else { + /* turning job control off */ + fd = ttyfd; + pgrp = initialpgrp; + xtcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp); + setpgid(0, pgrp); + setsignal(SIGTSTP); + setsignal(SIGTTOU); + setsignal(SIGTTIN); +close: + close(fd); + fd = -1; + } + ttyfd = fd; + jobctl = on; +} +#endif + + +int +killcmd(argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + extern char *signal_names[]; + int signo = -1; + int list = 0; + int i; + pid_t pid; + struct job *jp; + + if (argc <= 1) { +usage: + error( +"Usage: kill [-s sigspec | -signum | -sigspec] [pid | job]... or\n" +"kill -l [exitstatus]" + ); + } + + if (**++argv == '-') { + signo = decode_signal(*argv + 1, 1); + if (signo < 0) { + int c; + + while ((c = nextopt("ls:")) != '\0') + switch (c) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case 'l': + list = 1; + break; + case 's': + signo = decode_signal(optionarg, 1); + if (signo < 0) { + error( + "invalid signal number or name: %s", + optionarg + ); + } + break; + } + argv = argptr; + } else + argv++; + } + + if (!list && signo < 0) + signo = SIGTERM; + + if ((signo < 0 || !*argv) ^ list) { + goto usage; + } + + if (list) { + struct output *out; + + out = out1; + if (!*argv) { + outstr("0\n", out); + for (i = 1; i < NSIG; i++) { + outfmt(out, snlfmt, signal_names[i]); + } + return 0; + } + signo = number(*argv); + if (signo > 128) + signo -= 128; + if (0 < signo && signo < NSIG) + outfmt(out, snlfmt, signal_names[signo]); + else + error("invalid signal number or exit status: %s", + *argv); + return 0; + } + + i = 0; + do { + if (**argv == '%') { + jp = getjob(*argv, 0); + pid = -jp->ps[0].pid; + } else + pid = number(*argv); + if (kill(pid, signo) != 0) { + sh_warnx("%s\n", strerror(errno)); + i = 1; + } + } while (*++argv); + + return i; +} + +STATIC int +jobno(const struct job *jp) +{ + return jp - jobtab + 1; +} + +#ifdef JOBS +int +fgcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct job *jp; + struct output *out; + int mode; + int retval; + + mode = (**argv == 'f') ? FORK_FG : FORK_BG; + nextopt(nullstr); + argv = argptr; + out = out1; + do { + jp = getjob(*argv, 1); + if (mode == FORK_BG) { + set_curjob(jp, CUR_RUNNING); + outfmt(out, "[%d] ", jobno(jp)); + } + outstr(jp->ps->cmd, out); + showpipe(jp, out); + retval = restartjob(jp, mode); + } while (*argv && *++argv); + return retval; +} + +int bgcmd(int, char **) __attribute__((__alias__("fgcmd"))); + + +STATIC int +restartjob(struct job *jp, int mode) +{ + struct procstat *ps; + int i; + int status; + pid_t pgid; + + INTOFF; + if (jp->state == JOBDONE) + goto out; + jp->state = JOBRUNNING; + pgid = jp->ps->pid; + if (mode == FORK_FG) + xtcsetpgrp(ttyfd, pgid); + killpg(pgid, SIGCONT); + ps = jp->ps; + i = jp->nprocs; + do { + if (WIFSTOPPED(ps->status)) { + ps->status = -1; + } + } while (ps++, --i); +out: + status = (mode == FORK_FG) ? waitforjob(jp) : 0; + INTON; + return status; +} +#endif + +STATIC int +sprint_status(char *s, int status, int sigonly) +{ + int col; + int st; + + col = 0; + st = WEXITSTATUS(status); + if (!WIFEXITED(status)) { +#if JOBS + st = WSTOPSIG(status); + if (!WIFSTOPPED(status)) +#endif + st = WTERMSIG(status); + if (sigonly) { + if (st == SIGINT || st == SIGPIPE) + goto out; +#if JOBS + if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) + goto out; +#endif + } + col = fmtstr(s, 32, strsignal(st)); + if (WCOREDUMP(status)) { + col += fmtstr(s + col, 16, " (core dumped)"); + } + } else if (!sigonly) { + if (st) + col = fmtstr(s, 16, "Done(%d)", st); + else + col = fmtstr(s, 16, "Done"); + } + +out: + return col; +} + +static void +showjob(struct output *out, struct job *jp, int mode) +{ + struct procstat *ps; + struct procstat *psend; + int col; + int indent; + char s[80]; + + ps = jp->ps; + + if (mode & SHOW_PGID) { + /* just output process (group) id of pipeline */ + outfmt(out, "%d\n", ps->pid); + return; + } + + col = fmtstr(s, 16, "[%d] ", jobno(jp)); + indent = col; + + if (jp == curjob) + s[col - 2] = '+'; + else if (curjob && jp == curjob->prev_job) + s[col - 2] = '-'; + + if (mode & SHOW_PID) + col += fmtstr(s + col, 16, "%d ", ps->pid); + + psend = ps + jp->nprocs; + + if (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) { + scopy("Running", s + col); + col += strlen("Running"); + } else { + int status = psend[-1].status; +#if JOBS + if (jp->state == JOBSTOPPED) + status = jp->stopstatus; +#endif + col += sprint_status(s + col, status, 0); + } + + goto start; + + do { + /* for each process */ + col = fmtstr(s, 48, " |\n%*c%d ", indent, ' ', ps->pid) - 3; + +start: + outfmt( + out, "%s%*c%s", + s, 33 - col >= 0 ? 33 - col : 0, ' ', ps->cmd + ); + if (!(mode & SHOW_PID)) { + showpipe(jp, out); + break; + } + if (++ps == psend) { + outcslow('\n', out); + break; + } + } while (1); + + jp->changed = 0; + + if (jp->state == JOBDONE) { + TRACE(("showjob: freeing job %d\n", jobno(jp))); + freejob(jp); + } +} + + +int +jobscmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int mode, m; + struct output *out; + + mode = 0; + while ((m = nextopt("lp"))) + if (m == 'l') + mode = SHOW_PID; + else + mode = SHOW_PGID; + + out = out1; + argv = argptr; + if (*argv) + do + showjob(out, getjob(*argv,0), mode); + while (*++argv); + else + showjobs(out, mode); + + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Print a list of jobs. If "change" is nonzero, only print jobs whose + * statuses have changed since the last call to showjobs. + */ + +void +showjobs(struct output *out, int mode) +{ + struct job *jp; + + TRACE(("showjobs(%x) called\n", mode)); + + /* If not even one one job changed, there is nothing to do */ + while (dowait(DOWAIT_NORMAL, NULL) > 0) + continue; + + for (jp = curjob; jp; jp = jp->prev_job) { + if (!(mode & SHOW_CHANGED) || jp->changed) + showjob(out, jp, mode); + } +} + +/* + * Mark a job structure as unused. + */ + +STATIC void +freejob(struct job *jp) +{ + struct procstat *ps; + int i; + + INTOFF; + for (i = jp->nprocs, ps = jp->ps ; --i >= 0 ; ps++) { + if (ps->cmd != nullstr) + ckfree(ps->cmd); + } + if (jp->ps != &jp->ps0) + ckfree(jp->ps); + jp->used = 0; + set_curjob(jp, CUR_DELETE); + INTON; +} + + + +int +waitcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct job *job; + int retval; + struct job *jp; + + EXSIGON(); + + nextopt(nullstr); + retval = 0; + + argv = argptr; + if (!*argv) { + /* wait for all jobs */ + for (;;) { + jp = curjob; + while (1) { + if (!jp) { + /* no running procs */ + goto out; + } + if (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) + break; + jp->waited = 1; + jp = jp->prev_job; + } + dowait(DOWAIT_BLOCK, 0); + } + } + + retval = 127; + do { + if (**argv != '%') { + pid_t pid = number(*argv); + job = curjob; + goto start; + do { + if (job->ps[job->nprocs - 1].pid == pid) + break; + job = job->prev_job; +start: + if (!job) + goto repeat; + } while (1); + } else + job = getjob(*argv, 0); + /* loop until process terminated or stopped */ + while (job->state == JOBRUNNING) + dowait(DOWAIT_BLOCK, 0); + job->waited = 1; + retval = getstatus(job); +repeat: + ; + } while (*++argv); + +out: + return retval; +} + + + +/* + * Convert a job name to a job structure. + */ + +STATIC struct job * +getjob(const char *name, int getctl) +{ + struct job *jp; + struct job *found; + const char *err_msg = "No such job: %s"; + unsigned num; + int c; + const char *p; + char *(*match)(const char *, const char *); + + jp = curjob; + p = name; + if (!p) + goto currentjob; + + if (*p != '%') + goto err; + + c = *++p; + if (!c) + goto currentjob; + + if (!p[1]) { + if (c == '+' || c == '%') { +currentjob: + err_msg = "No current job"; + goto check; + } else if (c == '-') { + if (jp) + jp = jp->prev_job; + err_msg = "No previous job"; +check: + if (!jp) + goto err; + goto gotit; + } + } + + if (is_number(p)) { + num = atoi(p); + if (num < njobs) { + jp = jobtab + num - 1; + if (jp->used) + goto gotit; + goto err; + } + } + + match = prefix; + if (*p == '?') { + match = strstr; + p++; + } + + found = 0; + while (1) { + if (!jp) + goto err; + if (match(jp->ps[0].cmd, p)) { + if (found) + goto err; + found = jp; + err_msg = "%s: ambiguous"; + } + jp = jp->prev_job; + } + +gotit: +#if JOBS + err_msg = "job %s not created under job control"; + if (getctl && jp->jobctl == 0) + goto err; +#endif + return jp; +err: + error(err_msg, name); +} + + + +/* + * Return a new job structure. + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +struct job * +makejob(union node *node, int nprocs) +{ + int i; + struct job *jp; + + for (i = njobs, jp = jobtab ; ; jp++) { + if (--i < 0) { + jp = growjobtab(); + break; + } + if (jp->used == 0) + break; + if (jp->state != JOBDONE || !jp->waited) + continue; + if (jobctl) + continue; + freejob(jp); + break; + } + memset(jp, 0, sizeof(*jp)); +#if JOBS + if (jobctl) + jp->jobctl = 1; +#endif + jp->prev_job = curjob; + curjob = jp; + jp->used = 1; + jp->ps = &jp->ps0; + if (nprocs > 1) { + jp->ps = ckmalloc(nprocs * sizeof (struct procstat)); + } + TRACE(("makejob(0x%lx, %d) returns %%%d\n", (long)node, nprocs, + jobno(jp))); + return jp; +} + +STATIC struct job * +growjobtab(void) +{ + size_t len; + ptrdiff_t offset; + struct job *jp, *jq; + + len = njobs * sizeof(*jp); + jq = jobtab; + jp = ckrealloc(jq, len + 4 * sizeof(*jp)); + + offset = (char *)jp - (char *)jq; + if (offset) { + /* Relocate pointers */ + size_t l = len; + + jq = (struct job *)((char *)jq + l); + while (l) { + l -= sizeof(*jp); + jq--; +#define joff(p) ((struct job *)((char *)(p) + l)) +#define jmove(p) (p) = (void *)((char *)(p) + offset) + if (likely(joff(jp)->ps == &jq->ps0)) + jmove(joff(jp)->ps); + if (joff(jp)->prev_job) + jmove(joff(jp)->prev_job); + } + if (curjob) + jmove(curjob); +#undef joff +#undef jmove + } + + njobs += 4; + jobtab = jp; + jp = (struct job *)((char *)jp + len); + jq = jp + 3; + do { + jq->used = 0; + } while (--jq >= jp); + return jp; +} + + +/* + * Fork off a subshell. If we are doing job control, give the subshell its + * own process group. Jp is a job structure that the job is to be added to. + * N is the command that will be evaluated by the child. Both jp and n may + * be NULL. The mode parameter can be one of the following: + * FORK_FG - Fork off a foreground process. + * FORK_BG - Fork off a background process. + * FORK_NOJOB - Like FORK_FG, but don't give the process its own + * process group even if job control is on. + * + * When job control is turned off, background processes have their standard + * input redirected to /dev/null (except for the second and later processes + * in a pipeline). + * + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +STATIC inline void +forkchild(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode) +{ + int wasroot; + pid_t pgrp; + + TRACE(("Child shell %d\n", getpid())); + wasroot = rootshell; + rootshell = 0; + + closescript(); + clear_traps(); +#if JOBS + /* do job control only in root shell */ + jobctl = 0; + if (mode != FORK_NOJOB && jp->jobctl && wasroot) { + if (jp->nprocs == 0) + pgrp = getpid(); + else + pgrp = jp->ps[0].pid; + /* This can fail because we are doing it in the parent also */ + (void)setpgid(0, pgrp); + if (mode == FORK_FG) + xtcsetpgrp(ttyfd, pgrp); + setsignal(SIGTSTP); + setsignal(SIGTTOU); + } else +#endif + if (mode == FORK_BG) { + ignoresig(SIGINT); + ignoresig(SIGQUIT); + if (jp->nprocs == 0) { + close(0); + if (open(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDONLY) != 0) + error("Can't open %s", _PATH_DEVNULL); + } + } + if (wasroot && iflag) { + setsignal(SIGINT); + setsignal(SIGQUIT); + setsignal(SIGTERM); + } + for (jp = curjob; jp; jp = jp->prev_job) + freejob(jp); + jobless = 0; +} + +STATIC inline void +forkparent(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode, pid_t pid) +{ + TRACE(("In parent shell: child = %d\n", pid)); + if (!jp) { + while (jobless && dowait(DOWAIT_NORMAL, 0) > 0); + jobless++; + return; + } +#if JOBS + if (mode != FORK_NOJOB && jp->jobctl) { + int pgrp; + + if (jp->nprocs == 0) + pgrp = pid; + else + pgrp = jp->ps[0].pid; + /* This can fail because we are doing it in the child also */ + (void)setpgid(pid, pgrp); + } +#endif + if (mode == FORK_BG) { + backgndpid = pid; /* set $! */ + set_curjob(jp, CUR_RUNNING); + } + if (jp) { + struct procstat *ps = &jp->ps[jp->nprocs++]; + ps->pid = pid; + ps->status = -1; + ps->cmd = nullstr; + if (jobctl && n) + ps->cmd = commandtext(n); + } +} + +int +forkshell(struct job *jp, union node *n, int mode) +{ + int pid; + + TRACE(("forkshell(%%%d, %p, %d) called\n", jobno(jp), n, mode)); + pid = fork(); + if (pid < 0) { + TRACE(("Fork failed, errno=%d", errno)); + if (jp) + freejob(jp); + error("Cannot fork"); + } + if (pid == 0) + forkchild(jp, n, mode); + else + forkparent(jp, n, mode, pid); + return pid; +} + +/* + * Wait for job to finish. + * + * Under job control we have the problem that while a child process is + * running interrupts generated by the user are sent to the child but not + * to the shell. This means that an infinite loop started by an inter- + * active user may be hard to kill. With job control turned off, an + * interactive user may place an interactive program inside a loop. If + * the interactive program catches interrupts, the user doesn't want + * these interrupts to also abort the loop. The approach we take here + * is to have the shell ignore interrupt signals while waiting for a + * forground process to terminate, and then send itself an interrupt + * signal if the child process was terminated by an interrupt signal. + * Unfortunately, some programs want to do a bit of cleanup and then + * exit on interrupt; unless these processes terminate themselves by + * sending a signal to themselves (instead of calling exit) they will + * confuse this approach. + * + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +int +waitforjob(struct job *jp) +{ + int st; + + TRACE(("waitforjob(%%%d) called\n", jobno(jp))); + while (jp->state == JOBRUNNING) { + dowait(DOWAIT_BLOCK, jp); + } + st = getstatus(jp); +#if JOBS + if (jp->jobctl) { + xtcsetpgrp(ttyfd, rootpid); + /* + * This is truly gross. + * If we're doing job control, then we did a TIOCSPGRP which + * caused us (the shell) to no longer be in the controlling + * session -- so we wouldn't have seen any ^C/SIGINT. So, we + * intuit from the subprocess exit status whether a SIGINT + * occurred, and if so interrupt ourselves. Yuck. - mycroft + */ + if (jp->sigint) + raise(SIGINT); + } +#endif + if (! JOBS || jp->state == JOBDONE) + freejob(jp); + return st; +} + + + +/* + * Wait for a process to terminate. + */ + +STATIC int +dowait(int block, struct job *job) +{ + int pid; + int status; + struct job *jp; + struct job *thisjob; + int state; + + TRACE(("dowait(%d) called\n", block)); + pid = waitproc(block, &status); + TRACE(("wait returns pid %d, status=%d\n", pid, status)); + if (pid <= 0) + return pid; + INTOFF; + thisjob = NULL; + for (jp = curjob; jp; jp = jp->prev_job) { + struct procstat *sp; + struct procstat *spend; + if (jp->state == JOBDONE) + continue; + state = JOBDONE; + spend = jp->ps + jp->nprocs; + sp = jp->ps; + do { + if (sp->pid == pid) { + TRACE(("Job %d: changing status of proc %d from 0x%x to 0x%x\n", jobno(jp), pid, sp->status, status)); + sp->status = status; + thisjob = jp; + } + if (sp->status == -1) + state = JOBRUNNING; +#ifdef JOBS + if (state == JOBRUNNING) + continue; + if (WIFSTOPPED(sp->status)) { + jp->stopstatus = sp->status; + state = JOBSTOPPED; + } +#endif + } while (++sp < spend); + if (thisjob) + goto gotjob; + } + if (!JOBS || !WIFSTOPPED(status)) + jobless--; + goto out; + +gotjob: + if (state != JOBRUNNING) { + thisjob->changed = 1; + + if (thisjob->state != state) { + TRACE(("Job %d: changing state from %d to %d\n", jobno(thisjob), thisjob->state, state)); + thisjob->state = state; +#ifdef JOBS + if (state == JOBSTOPPED) { + set_curjob(thisjob, CUR_STOPPED); + } +#endif + } + } + +out: + INTON; + + if (thisjob && thisjob == job) { + char s[48 + 1]; + int len; + + len = sprint_status(s, status, 1); + if (len) { + s[len] = '\n'; + s[len + 1] = 0; + outstr(s, out2); + } + } + return pid; +} + + + +/* + * Do a wait system call. If job control is compiled in, we accept + * stopped processes. If block is zero, we return a value of zero + * rather than blocking. + * + * System V doesn't have a non-blocking wait system call. It does + * have a SIGCLD signal that is sent to a process when one of it's + * children dies. The obvious way to use SIGCLD would be to install + * a handler for SIGCLD which simply bumped a counter when a SIGCLD + * was received, and have waitproc bump another counter when it got + * the status of a process. Waitproc would then know that a wait + * system call would not block if the two counters were different. + * This approach doesn't work because if a process has children that + * have not been waited for, System V will send it a SIGCLD when it + * installs a signal handler for SIGCLD. What this means is that when + * a child exits, the shell will be sent SIGCLD signals continuously + * until is runs out of stack space, unless it does a wait call before + * restoring the signal handler. The code below takes advantage of + * this (mis)feature by installing a signal handler for SIGCLD and + * then checking to see whether it was called. If there are any + * children to be waited for, it will be. + * + * If neither SYSV nor BSD is defined, we don't implement nonblocking + * waits at all. In this case, the user will not be informed when + * a background process until the next time she runs a real program + * (as opposed to running a builtin command or just typing return), + * and the jobs command may give out of date information. + */ + +#ifdef SYSV +STATIC int gotsigchild; + +STATIC int onsigchild() { + gotsigchild = 1; +} +#endif + + +STATIC int +waitproc(int block, int *status) +{ +#ifdef BSD + int flags = 0; + +#if JOBS + if (jobctl) + flags |= WUNTRACED; +#endif + if (block == 0) + flags |= WNOHANG; + return wait3(status, flags, (struct rusage *)NULL); +#else +#ifdef SYSV + int (*save)(); + + if (block == 0) { + gotsigchild = 0; + save = signal(SIGCLD, onsigchild); + signal(SIGCLD, save); + if (gotsigchild == 0) + return 0; + } + return wait(status); +#else + if (block == 0) + return 0; + return wait(status); +#endif +#endif +} + +/* + * return 1 if there are stopped jobs, otherwise 0 + */ +int job_warning; +int +stoppedjobs(void) +{ + struct job *jp; + int retval; + + retval = 0; + if (job_warning) + goto out; + jp = curjob; + if (jp && jp->state == JOBSTOPPED) { + out2str("You have stopped jobs.\n"); + job_warning = 2; + retval++; + } + +out: + return retval; +} + +/* + * Return a string identifying a command (to be printed by the + * jobs command). + */ + +STATIC char *cmdnextc; + +STATIC char * +commandtext(union node *n) +{ + char *name; + + STARTSTACKSTR(cmdnextc); + cmdtxt(n); + name = stackblock(); + TRACE(("commandtext: name %p, end %p\n\t\"%s\"\n", + name, cmdnextc, ps->cmd)); + return savestr(name); +} + + +STATIC void +cmdtxt(union node *n) +{ + union node *np; + struct nodelist *lp; + const char *p; + char s[2]; + + if (!n) + return; + switch (n->type) { + default: +#if DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + case NPIPE: + lp = n->npipe.cmdlist; + for (;;) { + cmdtxt(lp->n); + lp = lp->next; + if (!lp) + break; + cmdputs(" | "); + } + break; + case NSEMI: + p = "; "; + goto binop; + case NAND: + p = " && "; + goto binop; + case NOR: + p = " || "; +binop: + cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1); + cmdputs(p); + n = n->nbinary.ch2; + goto donode; + case NREDIR: + case NBACKGND: + n = n->nredir.n; + goto donode; + case NNOT: + cmdputs("!"); + n = n->nnot.com; +donode: + cmdtxt(n); + break; + case NIF: + cmdputs("if "); + cmdtxt(n->nif.test); + cmdputs("; then "); + n = n->nif.ifpart; + if (n->nif.elsepart) { + cmdtxt(n); + cmdputs("; else "); + n = n->nif.elsepart; + } + p = "; fi"; + goto dotail; + case NSUBSHELL: + cmdputs("("); + n = n->nredir.n; + p = ")"; + goto dotail; + case NWHILE: + p = "while "; + goto until; + case NUNTIL: + p = "until "; +until: + cmdputs(p); + cmdtxt(n->nbinary.ch1); + n = n->nbinary.ch2; + p = "; done"; +dodo: + cmdputs("; do "); +dotail: + cmdtxt(n); + goto dotail2; + case NFOR: + cmdputs("for "); + cmdputs(n->nfor.var); + cmdputs(" in "); + cmdlist(n->nfor.args, 1); + n = n->nfor.body; + p = "; done"; + goto dodo; + case NDEFUN: + cmdputs(n->narg.text); + p = "() { ... }"; + goto dotail2; + case NCMD: + cmdlist(n->ncmd.args, 1); + cmdlist(n->ncmd.redirect, 0); + break; + case NARG: + p = n->narg.text; +dotail2: + cmdputs(p); + break; + case NHERE: + case NXHERE: + p = "<<..."; + goto dotail2; + case NCASE: + cmdputs("case "); + cmdputs(n->ncase.expr->narg.text); + cmdputs(" in "); + for (np = n->ncase.cases; np; np = np->nclist.next) { + cmdtxt(np->nclist.pattern); + cmdputs(") "); + cmdtxt(np->nclist.body); + cmdputs(";; "); + } + p = "esac"; + goto dotail2; + case NTO: + p = ">"; + goto redir; + case NCLOBBER: + p = ">|"; + goto redir; + case NAPPEND: + p = ">>"; + goto redir; + case NTOFD: + p = ">&"; + goto redir; + case NFROM: + p = "<"; + goto redir; + case NFROMFD: + p = "<&"; + goto redir; + case NFROMTO: + p = "<>"; +redir: + s[0] = n->nfile.fd + '0'; + s[1] = '\0'; + cmdputs(s); + cmdputs(p); + if (n->type == NTOFD || n->type == NFROMFD) { + s[0] = n->ndup.dupfd + '0'; + p = s; + goto dotail2; + } else { + n = n->nfile.fname; + goto donode; + } + } +} + +STATIC void +cmdlist(union node *np, int sep) +{ + for (; np; np = np->narg.next) { + if (!sep) + cmdputs(spcstr); + cmdtxt(np); + if (sep && np->narg.next) + cmdputs(spcstr); + } +} + + +STATIC void +cmdputs(const char *s) +{ + const char *p, *str; + char c, cc[2] = " "; + char *nextc; + int subtype = 0; + int quoted = 0; + static const char vstype[VSTYPE + 1][4] = { + "", "}", "-", "+", "?", "=", + "%", "%%", "#", "##", + }; + + nextc = makestrspace((strlen(s) + 1) * 8, cmdnextc); + p = s; + while ((c = *p++) != 0) { + str = 0; + switch (c) { + case CTLESC: + c = *p++; + break; + case CTLVAR: + subtype = *p++; + if ((subtype & VSTYPE) == VSLENGTH) + str = "${#"; + else + str = "${"; + if (!(subtype & VSQUOTE) != !(quoted & 1)) { + quoted ^= 1; + c = '"'; + } else + goto dostr; + break; + case CTLENDVAR: + str = "\"}" + !(quoted & 1); + quoted >>= 1; + subtype = 0; + goto dostr; + case CTLBACKQ: + str = "$(...)"; + goto dostr; + case CTLBACKQ+CTLQUOTE: + str = "\"$(...)\""; + goto dostr; + case CTLARI: + str = "$(("; + goto dostr; + case CTLENDARI: + str = "))"; + goto dostr; + case CTLQUOTEMARK: + quoted ^= 1; + c = '"'; + break; + case '=': + if (subtype == 0) + break; + if ((subtype & VSTYPE) != VSNORMAL) + quoted <<= 1; + str = vstype[subtype & VSTYPE]; + if (subtype & VSNUL) + c = ':'; + else + goto checkstr; + break; + case '\'': + case '\\': + case '"': + case '$': + /* These can only happen inside quotes */ + cc[0] = c; + str = cc; + c = '\\'; + break; + default: + break; + } + USTPUTC(c, nextc); +checkstr: + if (!str) + continue; +dostr: + while ((c = *str++)) { + USTPUTC(c, nextc); + } + } + if (quoted & 1) { + USTPUTC('"', nextc); + } + *nextc = 0; + cmdnextc = nextc; +} + + +STATIC void +showpipe(struct job *jp, struct output *out) +{ + struct procstat *sp; + struct procstat *spend; + + spend = jp->ps + jp->nprocs; + for (sp = jp->ps + 1; sp < spend; sp++) + outfmt(out, " | %s", sp->cmd); + outcslow('\n', out); + flushall(); +} + + +STATIC void +xtcsetpgrp(int fd, pid_t pgrp) +{ + if (tcsetpgrp(fd, pgrp)) + error("Cannot set tty process group (%s)", strerror(errno)); +} + + +STATIC int +getstatus(struct job *job) { + int status; + int retval; + + status = job->ps[job->nprocs - 1].status; + retval = WEXITSTATUS(status); + if (!WIFEXITED(status)) { +#if JOBS + retval = WSTOPSIG(status); + if (!WIFSTOPPED(status)) +#endif + { + /* XXX: limits number of signals */ + retval = WTERMSIG(status); +#if JOBS + if (retval == SIGINT) + job->sigint = 1; +#endif + } + retval += 128; + } + TRACE(("getstatus: job %d, nproc %d, status %x, retval %x\n", + jobno(job), job->nprocs, status, retval)); + return retval; +} diff --git a/src/jobs.h b/src/jobs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ab1fc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jobs.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* $NetBSD: jobs.h,v 1.17 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)jobs.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* Mode argument to forkshell. Don't change FORK_FG or FORK_BG. */ +#define FORK_FG 0 +#define FORK_BG 1 +#define FORK_NOJOB 2 + +/* mode flags for showjob(s) */ +#define SHOW_PGID 0x01 /* only show pgid - for jobs -p */ +#define SHOW_PID 0x04 /* include process pid */ +#define SHOW_CHANGED 0x08 /* only jobs whose state has changed */ + + +/* + * A job structure contains information about a job. A job is either a + * single process or a set of processes contained in a pipeline. In the + * latter case, pidlist will be non-NULL, and will point to a -1 terminated + * array of pids. + */ + +struct procstat { + pid_t pid; /* process id */ + int status; /* last process status from wait() */ + char *cmd; /* text of command being run */ +}; + +struct job { + struct procstat ps0; /* status of process */ + struct procstat *ps; /* status or processes when more than one */ +#if JOBS + int stopstatus; /* status of a stopped job */ +#endif + uint32_t + nprocs: 16, /* number of processes */ + state: 8, +#define JOBRUNNING 0 /* at least one proc running */ +#define JOBSTOPPED 1 /* all procs are stopped */ +#define JOBDONE 2 /* all procs are completed */ +#if JOBS + sigint: 1, /* job was killed by SIGINT */ + jobctl: 1, /* job running under job control */ +#endif + waited: 1, /* true if this entry has been waited for */ + used: 1, /* true if this entry is in used */ + changed: 1; /* true if status has changed */ + struct job *prev_job; /* previous job */ +}; + +extern pid_t backgndpid; /* pid of last background process */ +extern int job_warning; /* user was warned about stopped jobs */ +#if JOBS +extern int jobctl; /* true if doing job control */ +#endif + +void setjobctl(int); +int killcmd(int, char **); +int fgcmd(int, char **); +int bgcmd(int, char **); +int jobscmd(int, char **); +struct output; +void showjobs(struct output *, int); +int waitcmd(int, char **); +struct job *makejob(union node *, int); +int forkshell(struct job *, union node *, int); +int waitforjob(struct job *); +int stoppedjobs(void); + +#if ! JOBS +#define setjobctl(on) /* do nothing */ +#endif diff --git a/src/machdep.h b/src/machdep.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f34f7ca --- /dev/null +++ b/src/machdep.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* $NetBSD: machdep.h,v 1.10 2002/10/07 14:26:08 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)machdep.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* + * Most machines require the value returned from malloc to be aligned + * in some way. The following macro will get this right on many machines. + */ + +#define SHELL_SIZE (sizeof(union {int i; char *cp; double d; }) - 1) +/* + * It appears that grabstackstr() will barf with such alignments + * because stalloc() will return a string allocated in a new stackblock. + */ +#define SHELL_ALIGN(nbytes) (((nbytes) + SHELL_SIZE) & ~SHELL_SIZE) diff --git a/src/mail.c b/src/mail.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2e4efe --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mail.c @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mail.c,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mail.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: mail.c,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * Routines to check for mail. (Perhaps make part of main.c?) + */ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "exec.h" /* defines padvance() */ +#include "var.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mail.h" +#include "mystring.h" + + +#define MAXMBOXES 10 + +/* times of mailboxes */ +static time_t mailtime[MAXMBOXES]; +/* Set if MAIL or MAILPATH is changed. */ +static int changed; + + + +/* + * Print appropriate message(s) if mail has arrived. If changed is set, + * then the value of MAIL has changed, so we just update the values. + */ + +void +chkmail(void) +{ + const char *mpath; + char *p; + char *q; + time_t *mtp; + struct stackmark smark; + struct stat64 statb; + + setstackmark(&smark); + mpath = mpathset() ? mpathval() : mailval(); + for (mtp = mailtime; mtp < mailtime + MAXMBOXES; mtp++) { + p = padvance(&mpath, nullstr); + if (p == NULL) + break; + if (*p == '\0') + continue; + for (q = p ; *q ; q++); +#ifdef DEBUG + if (q[-1] != '/') + abort(); +#endif + q[-1] = '\0'; /* delete trailing '/' */ + if (stat64(p, &statb) < 0) { + *mtp = 0; + continue; + } + if (!changed && statb.st_mtime != *mtp) { + outfmt( + &errout, snlfmt, + pathopt ? pathopt : "you have mail" + ); + } + *mtp = statb.st_mtime; + } + changed = 0; + popstackmark(&smark); +} + + +void +changemail(const char *val) +{ + changed++; +} diff --git a/src/mail.h b/src/mail.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f931b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mail.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mail.h,v 1.9 2002/11/24 22:35:40 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)mail.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +void chkmail(void); +void changemail(const char *); diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbba6c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main.c @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.46 2002/12/11 19:12:18 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +__COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\n\ + The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n"); +#endif /* not lint */ + +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c 8.7 (Berkeley) 7/19/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.46 2002/12/11 19:12:18 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <fcntl.h> + + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "mail.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "eval.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "init.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "exec.h" +#include "cd.h" + +#ifdef HETIO +#include "hetio.h" +#endif + +#define PROFILE 0 + +int rootpid; +int rootshell; +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +int *dash_errno; +#endif +#if PROFILE +short profile_buf[16384]; +extern int etext(); +#endif + +STATIC void read_profile(const char *); +STATIC char *find_dot_file(char *); +int main(int, char **); + +/* + * Main routine. We initialize things, parse the arguments, execute + * profiles if we're a login shell, and then call cmdloop to execute + * commands. The setjmp call sets up the location to jump to when an + * exception occurs. When an exception occurs the variable "state" + * is used to figure out how far we had gotten. + */ + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *shinit; + volatile int state; + struct jmploc jmploc; + struct stackmark smark; + +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + dash_errno = __errno_location(); +#endif + +#if PROFILE + monitor(4, etext, profile_buf, sizeof profile_buf, 50); +#endif + state = 0; + if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) { + int status; + int e; + + reset(); + + e = exception; + switch (exception) { + case EXEXEC: + status = exerrno; + break; + + case EXERROR: + status = 2; + break; + + default: + status = exitstatus; + break; + } + exitstatus = status; + + if (e == EXEXIT || state == 0 || iflag == 0 || ! rootshell) + exitshell(); + + if (e == EXINT +#if ATTY + && (! attyset() || equal(termval(), "emacs")) +#endif + ) { + out2c('\n'); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(out2); +#endif + } + popstackmark(&smark); + FORCEINTON; /* enable interrupts */ + if (state == 1) + goto state1; + else if (state == 2) + goto state2; + else if (state == 3) + goto state3; + else + goto state4; + } + handler = &jmploc; +#ifdef DEBUG + opentrace(); + trputs("Shell args: "); trargs(argv); +#endif + rootpid = getpid(); + rootshell = 1; + init(); + setstackmark(&smark); + procargs(argc, argv); + if (argv[0] && argv[0][0] == '-') { + state = 1; + read_profile("/etc/profile"); +state1: + state = 2; + read_profile(".profile"); + } +state2: + state = 3; + if ( +#ifndef linux + getuid() == geteuid() && getgid() == getegid() && +#endif + iflag + ) { + if ((shinit = lookupvar("ENV")) != NULL && *shinit != '\0') { + read_profile(shinit); + } + } +state3: + state = 4; + if (minusc) + evalstring(minusc); + + if (sflag || minusc == NULL) { +state4: /* XXX ??? - why isn't this before the "if" statement */ + cmdloop(1); + } +#if PROFILE + monitor(0); +#endif +#if GPROF + { + extern void _mcleanup(void); + _mcleanup(); + } +#endif + exitshell(); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +/* + * Read and execute commands. "Top" is nonzero for the top level command + * loop; it turns on prompting if the shell is interactive. + */ + +void +cmdloop(int top) +{ + union node *n; + struct stackmark smark; + int inter; + int numeof = 0; + + TRACE(("cmdloop(%d) called\n", top)); +#ifdef HETIO + if(iflag && top) + hetio_init(); +#endif + for (;;) { + setstackmark(&smark); + if (pendingsigs) + dotrap(); + if (jobctl) + showjobs(out2, SHOW_CHANGED); + inter = 0; + if (iflag && top) { + inter++; + chkmail(); + } + n = parsecmd(inter); + /* showtree(n); DEBUG */ + if (n == NEOF) { + if (!top || numeof >= 50) + break; + if (!stoppedjobs()) { + if (!Iflag) + break; + out2str("\nUse \"exit\" to leave shell.\n"); + } + numeof++; + } else if (n != NULL && nflag == 0) { + job_warning = (job_warning == 2) ? 1 : 0; + numeof = 0; + evaltree(n, 0); + } + popstackmark(&smark); + if (evalskip) { + evalskip = 0; + break; + } + } +} + + + +/* + * Read /etc/profile or .profile. Return on error. + */ + +STATIC void +read_profile(const char *name) +{ + int fd; + int xflag_set = 0; + int vflag_set = 0; + + INTOFF; + if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) >= 0) + setinputfd(fd, 1); + INTON; + if (fd < 0) + return; + /* -q turns off -x and -v just when executing init files */ + if (qflag) { + if (xflag) + xflag = 0, xflag_set = 1; + if (vflag) + vflag = 0, vflag_set = 1; + } + cmdloop(0); + if (qflag) { + if (xflag_set) + xflag = 1; + if (vflag_set) + vflag = 1; + } + popfile(); +} + + + +/* + * Read a file containing shell functions. + */ + +void +readcmdfile(char *name) +{ + int fd; + + INTOFF; + if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) >= 0) + setinputfd(fd, 1); + else + error("Can't open %s", name); + INTON; + cmdloop(0); + popfile(); +} + + + +/* + * Take commands from a file. To be compatible we should do a path + * search for the file, which is necessary to find sub-commands. + */ + + +STATIC char * +find_dot_file(char *basename) +{ + char *fullname; + const char *path = pathval(); + struct stat statb; + + /* don't try this for absolute or relative paths */ + if (strchr(basename, '/')) + return basename; + + while ((fullname = padvance(&path, basename)) != NULL) { + if ((stat(fullname, &statb) == 0) && S_ISREG(statb.st_mode)) { + /* + * Don't bother freeing here, since it will + * be freed by the caller. + */ + return fullname; + } + stunalloc(fullname); + } + + /* not found in the PATH */ + error("%s: not found", basename); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +int +dotcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + exitstatus = 0; + + if (argc >= 2) { /* That's what SVR2 does */ + char *fullname; + struct stackmark smark; + + setstackmark(&smark); + fullname = find_dot_file(argv[1]); + setinputfile(fullname, 1); + commandname = fullname; + cmdloop(0); + popfile(); + popstackmark(&smark); + } + return exitstatus; +} + + +int +exitcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + if (stoppedjobs()) + return 0; + if (argc > 1) + exitstatus = number(argv[1]); + exraise(EXEXIT); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/src/main.h b/src/main.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c305ab7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* $NetBSD: main.h,v 1.9 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)main.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <errno.h> + +/* pid of main shell */ +extern int rootpid; +/* true if we aren't a child of the main shell */ +extern int rootshell; +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +/* glibc sucks */ +extern int *dash_errno; +#undef errno +#define errno (*dash_errno) +#endif + +void readcmdfile(char *); +void cmdloop(int); +int dotcmd(int, char **); +int exitcmd(int, char **); diff --git a/src/memalloc.c b/src/memalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03ad4f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/memalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +/* $NetBSD: memalloc.c,v 1.27 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)memalloc.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: memalloc.c,v 1.27 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "machdep.h" +#include "mystring.h" + +/* + * Like malloc, but returns an error when out of space. + */ + +pointer +ckmalloc(size_t nbytes) +{ + pointer p; + + p = malloc(nbytes); + if (p == NULL) + error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Same for realloc. + */ + +pointer +ckrealloc(pointer p, size_t nbytes) +{ + p = realloc(p, nbytes); + if (p == NULL) + error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Make a copy of a string in safe storage. + */ + +char * +savestr(const char *s) +{ + char *p = strdup(s); + if (!p) + error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + + +/* + * Parse trees for commands are allocated in lifo order, so we use a stack + * to make this more efficient, and also to avoid all sorts of exception + * handling code to handle interrupts in the middle of a parse. + * + * The size 504 was chosen because the Ultrix malloc handles that size + * well. + */ + +/* minimum size of a block */ +#define MINSIZE SHELL_ALIGN(504) + +struct stack_block { + struct stack_block *prev; + char space[MINSIZE]; +}; + +struct stack_block stackbase; +struct stack_block *stackp = &stackbase; +struct stackmark *markp; +char *stacknxt = stackbase.space; +size_t stacknleft = MINSIZE; +char *sstrend = stackbase.space + MINSIZE; +int herefd = -1; + +pointer +stalloc(size_t nbytes) +{ + char *p; + size_t aligned; + + aligned = SHELL_ALIGN(nbytes); + if (aligned > stacknleft) { + size_t len; + size_t blocksize; + struct stack_block *sp; + + blocksize = aligned; + if (blocksize < MINSIZE) + blocksize = MINSIZE; + len = sizeof(struct stack_block) - MINSIZE + blocksize; + if (len < blocksize) + error("Out of space"); + INTOFF; + sp = ckmalloc(len); + sp->prev = stackp; + stacknxt = sp->space; + stacknleft = blocksize; + sstrend = stacknxt + blocksize; + stackp = sp; + INTON; + } + p = stacknxt; + stacknxt += aligned; + stacknleft -= aligned; + return p; +} + + +void +stunalloc(pointer p) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + if (!p || (stacknxt < (char *)p) || ((char *)p < stackp->space)) { + write(2, "stunalloc\n", 10); + abort(); + } +#endif + stacknleft += stacknxt - (char *)p; + stacknxt = p; +} + + + +void +setstackmark(struct stackmark *mark) +{ + mark->stackp = stackp; + mark->stacknxt = stacknxt; + mark->stacknleft = stacknleft; + mark->marknext = markp; + markp = mark; +} + + +void +popstackmark(struct stackmark *mark) +{ + struct stack_block *sp; + + INTOFF; + markp = mark->marknext; + while (stackp != mark->stackp) { + sp = stackp; + stackp = sp->prev; + ckfree(sp); + } + stacknxt = mark->stacknxt; + stacknleft = mark->stacknleft; + sstrend = mark->stacknxt + mark->stacknleft; + INTON; +} + + +/* + * When the parser reads in a string, it wants to stick the string on the + * stack and only adjust the stack pointer when it knows how big the + * string is. Stackblock (defined in stack.h) returns a pointer to a block + * of space on top of the stack and stackblocklen returns the length of + * this block. Growstackblock will grow this space by at least one byte, + * possibly moving it (like realloc). Grabstackblock actually allocates the + * part of the block that has been used. + */ + +void +growstackblock(void) +{ + size_t newlen; + + newlen = stacknleft * 2; + if (newlen < stacknleft) + error("Out of space"); + if (newlen < 128) + newlen += 128; + + if (stacknxt == stackp->space && stackp != &stackbase) { + struct stack_block *oldstackp; + struct stackmark *xmark; + struct stack_block *sp; + struct stack_block *prevstackp; + size_t grosslen; + + INTOFF; + oldstackp = stackp; + sp = stackp; + prevstackp = sp->prev; + grosslen = newlen + sizeof(struct stack_block) - MINSIZE; + sp = ckrealloc((pointer)sp, grosslen); + sp->prev = prevstackp; + stackp = sp; + stacknxt = sp->space; + stacknleft = newlen; + sstrend = sp->space + newlen; + + /* + * Stack marks pointing to the start of the old block + * must be relocated to point to the new block + */ + xmark = markp; + while (xmark != NULL && xmark->stackp == oldstackp) { + xmark->stackp = stackp; + xmark->stacknxt = stacknxt; + xmark->stacknleft = stacknleft; + xmark = xmark->marknext; + } + INTON; + } else { + char *oldspace = stacknxt; + int oldlen = stacknleft; + char *p = stalloc(newlen); + + /* free the space we just allocated */ + stacknxt = memcpy(p, oldspace, oldlen); + stacknleft += newlen; + } +} + +void +grabstackblock(size_t len) +{ + len = SHELL_ALIGN(len); + stacknxt += len; + stacknleft -= len; +} + +/* + * The following routines are somewhat easier to use than the above. + * The user declares a variable of type STACKSTR, which may be declared + * to be a register. The macro STARTSTACKSTR initializes things. Then + * the user uses the macro STPUTC to add characters to the string. In + * effect, STPUTC(c, p) is the same as *p++ = c except that the stack is + * grown as necessary. When the user is done, she can just leave the + * string there and refer to it using stackblock(). Or she can allocate + * the space for it using grabstackstr(). If it is necessary to allow + * someone else to use the stack temporarily and then continue to grow + * the string, the user should use grabstack to allocate the space, and + * then call ungrabstr(p) to return to the previous mode of operation. + * + * USTPUTC is like STPUTC except that it doesn't check for overflow. + * CHECKSTACKSPACE can be called before USTPUTC to ensure that there + * is space for at least one character. + */ + +void * +growstackstr(void) +{ + size_t len = stackblocksize(); + if (herefd >= 0 && len >= 1024) { + xwrite(herefd, stackblock(), len); + return stackblock(); + } + growstackblock(); + return stackblock() + len; +} + +/* + * Called from CHECKSTRSPACE. + */ + +char * +makestrspace(size_t newlen, char *p) +{ + size_t len = p - stacknxt; + size_t size = stackblocksize(); + + for (;;) { + size_t nleft; + + size = stackblocksize(); + nleft = size - len; + if (nleft >= newlen) + break; + growstackblock(); + } + return stackblock() + len; +} + +char * +stnputs(const char *s, size_t n, char *p) +{ + p = makestrspace(n, p); + p = mempcpy(p, s, n); + return p; +} + +char * +stputs(const char *s, char *p) +{ + return stnputs(s, strlen(s), p); +} diff --git a/src/memalloc.h b/src/memalloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..529909e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/memalloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/* $NetBSD: memalloc.h,v 1.13 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)memalloc.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <stddef.h> + +struct stackmark { + struct stack_block *stackp; + char *stacknxt; + size_t stacknleft; + struct stackmark *marknext; +}; + + +extern char *stacknxt; +extern size_t stacknleft; +extern char *sstrend; +extern int herefd; + +pointer ckmalloc(size_t); +pointer ckrealloc(pointer, size_t); +char *savestr(const char *); +pointer stalloc(size_t); +void stunalloc(pointer); +void setstackmark(struct stackmark *); +void popstackmark(struct stackmark *); +void growstackblock(void); +void grabstackblock(size_t); +void *growstackstr(void); +char *makestrspace(size_t, char *); +char *stnputs(const char *, size_t, char *); +char *stputs(const char *, char *); + + +static inline char *_STPUTC(char c, char *p) { + if (p == sstrend) + p = growstackstr(); + *p++ = c; + return p; +} + +#define stackblock() ((void *)stacknxt) +#define stackblocksize() stacknleft +#define STARTSTACKSTR(p) ((p) = stackblock()) +#define STPUTC(c, p) ((p) = _STPUTC((c), (p))) +#define CHECKSTRSPACE(n, p) \ + ({ \ + char *q = (p); \ + size_t l = (n); \ + size_t m = sstrend - q; \ + if (l > m) \ + (p) = makestrspace(l, q); \ + 0; \ + }) +#define USTPUTC(c, p) (*p++ = (c)) +#define STACKSTRNUL(p) ((p) == sstrend? (p = growstackstr(), *p = '\0') : (*p = '\0')) +#define STUNPUTC(p) (--p) +#define STTOPC(p) p[-1] +#define STADJUST(amount, p) (p += (amount)) + +#define grabstackstr(p) stalloc((char *)(p) - (char *)stackblock()) +#define ungrabstackstr(s, p) stunalloc((s)) +#define stackstrend() ((void *)sstrend) + +#define ckfree(p) free((pointer)(p)) diff --git a/src/miscbltin.c b/src/miscbltin.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8472d79 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/miscbltin.c @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +/* $NetBSD: miscbltin.c,v 1.31 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)miscbltin.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: miscbltin.c,v 1.31 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * Miscelaneous builtins. + */ + +#include <sys/types.h> /* quad_t */ +#include <sys/param.h> /* BSD4_4 */ +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "miscbltin.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "main.h" + +#undef rflag + +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ < 1 +typedef enum __rlimit_resource rlim_t; +#endif + + + +/* + * The read builtin. The -e option causes backslashes to escape the + * following character. + * + * This uses unbuffered input, which may be avoidable in some cases. + */ + +int +readcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **ap; + int backslash; + char c; + int rflag; + char *prompt; + const char *ifs; + char *p; + int startword; + int status; + int i; + + rflag = 0; + prompt = NULL; + while ((i = nextopt("p:r")) != '\0') { + if (i == 'p') + prompt = optionarg; + else + rflag = 1; + } + if (prompt && isatty(0)) { + out2str(prompt); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushall(); +#endif + } + if (*(ap = argptr) == NULL) + error("arg count"); + if ((ifs = bltinlookup("IFS")) == NULL) + ifs = defifs; + status = 0; + startword = 1; + backslash = 0; + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + for (;;) { + if (read(0, &c, 1) != 1) { + status = 1; + break; + } + if (c == '\0') + continue; + if (backslash) { + backslash = 0; + if (c != '\n') + goto put; + continue; + } + if (!rflag && c == '\\') { + backslash++; + continue; + } + if (c == '\n') + break; + if (startword && *ifs == ' ' && strchr(ifs, c)) { + continue; + } + startword = 0; + if (ap[1] != NULL && strchr(ifs, c) != NULL) { + STACKSTRNUL(p); + setvar(*ap, stackblock(), 0); + ap++; + startword = 1; + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + } else { +put: + STPUTC(c, p); + } + } + STACKSTRNUL(p); + /* Remove trailing blanks */ + while ((char *)stackblock() <= --p && strchr(ifs, *p) != NULL) + *p = '\0'; + setvar(*ap, stackblock(), 0); + while (*++ap != NULL) + setvar(*ap, nullstr, 0); + return status; +} + + + +/* + * umask builtin + * + * This code was ripped from pdksh 5.2.14 and hacked for use with + * dash by Herbert Xu. + * + * Public domain. + */ + +int +umaskcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *ap; + int mask; + int i; + int symbolic_mode = 0; + + while ((i = nextopt("S")) != '\0') { + symbolic_mode = 1; + } + + INTOFF; + mask = umask(0); + umask(mask); + INTON; + + if ((ap = *argptr) == NULL) { + if (symbolic_mode) { + char buf[18]; + int j; + + mask = ~mask; + ap = buf; + for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) { + *ap++ = "ugo"[i]; + *ap++ = '='; + for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) + if (mask & (1 << (8 - (3*i + j)))) + *ap++ = "rwx"[j]; + *ap++ = ','; + } + ap[-1] = '\0'; + out1fmt("%s\n", buf); + } else { + out1fmt("%.4o\n", mask); + } + } else { + int new_mask; + + if (isdigit(*ap)) { + new_mask = 0; + do { + if (*ap >= '8' || *ap < '0') + error(illnum, *argptr); + new_mask = (new_mask << 3) + (*ap - '0'); + } while (*++ap != '\0'); + } else { + int positions, new_val; + char op; + + mask = ~mask; + new_mask = mask; + positions = 0; + while (*ap) { + while (*ap && strchr("augo", *ap)) + switch (*ap++) { + case 'a': positions |= 0111; break; + case 'u': positions |= 0100; break; + case 'g': positions |= 0010; break; + case 'o': positions |= 0001; break; + } + if (!positions) + positions = 0111; /* default is a */ + if (!strchr("=+-", op = *ap)) + break; + ap++; + new_val = 0; + while (*ap && strchr("rwxugoXs", *ap)) + switch (*ap++) { + case 'r': new_val |= 04; break; + case 'w': new_val |= 02; break; + case 'x': new_val |= 01; break; + case 'u': new_val |= mask >> 6; + break; + case 'g': new_val |= mask >> 3; + break; + case 'o': new_val |= mask >> 0; + break; + case 'X': if (mask & 0111) + new_val |= 01; + break; + case 's': /* ignored */ + break; + } + new_val = (new_val & 07) * positions; + switch (op) { + case '-': + new_mask &= ~new_val; + break; + case '=': + new_mask = new_val + | (new_mask & ~(positions * 07)); + break; + case '+': + new_mask |= new_val; + } + if (*ap == ',') { + positions = 0; + ap++; + } else if (!strchr("=+-", *ap)) + break; + } + if (*ap) { + error("Illegal mode: %s", *argptr); + return 1; + } + new_mask = ~new_mask; + } + umask(new_mask); + } + return 0; +} + +/* + * ulimit builtin + * + * This code, originally by Doug Gwyn, Doug Kingston, Eric Gisin, and + * Michael Rendell was ripped from pdksh 5.0.8 and hacked for use with + * ash by J.T. Conklin. + * + * Public domain. + */ + +struct limits { + const char *name; + int cmd; + int factor; /* multiply by to get rlim_{cur,max} values */ + char option; +}; + +static const struct limits limits[] = { +#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU + { "time(seconds)", RLIMIT_CPU, 1, 't' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE + { "file(blocks)", RLIMIT_FSIZE, 512, 'f' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA + { "data(kbytes)", RLIMIT_DATA, 1024, 'd' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK + { "stack(kbytes)", RLIMIT_STACK, 1024, 's' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE + { "coredump(blocks)", RLIMIT_CORE, 512, 'c' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS + { "memory(kbytes)", RLIMIT_RSS, 1024, 'm' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + { "locked memory(kbytes)", RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, 1024, 'l' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC + { "process", RLIMIT_NPROC, 1, 'p' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE + { "nofiles", RLIMIT_NOFILE, 1, 'n' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_AS + { "vmemory(kbytes)", RLIMIT_AS, 1024, 'v' }, +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_LOCKS + { "locks", RLIMIT_LOCKS, 1, 'w' }, +#endif + { (char *) 0, 0, 0, '\0' } +}; + +enum limtype { SOFT = 0x1, HARD = 0x2 }; + +static void printlim(enum limtype how, const struct rlimit *limit, + const struct limits *l) +{ + rlim_t val; + + val = limit->rlim_max; + if (how & SOFT) + val = limit->rlim_cur; + + if (val == RLIM_INFINITY) + out1fmt("unlimited\n"); + else { + val /= l->factor; + out1fmt("%jd\n", (intmax_t) val); + } +} + +int +ulimitcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int c; + rlim_t val = 0; + enum limtype how = SOFT | HARD; + const struct limits *l; + int set, all = 0; + int optc, what; + struct rlimit limit; + + what = 'f'; + while ((optc = nextopt("HSa" +#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU + "t" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE + "f" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA + "d" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK + "s" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE + "c" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS + "m" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK + "l" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC + "p" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE + "n" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_AS + "v" +#endif +#ifdef RLIMIT_LOCKS + "w" +#endif + )) != '\0') + switch (optc) { + case 'H': + how = HARD; + break; + case 'S': + how = SOFT; + break; + case 'a': + all = 1; + break; + default: + what = optc; + } + + for (l = limits; l->option != what; l++) + ; + + set = *argptr ? 1 : 0; + if (set) { + char *p = *argptr; + + if (all || argptr[1]) + error("too many arguments"); + if (strcmp(p, "unlimited") == 0) + val = RLIM_INFINITY; + else { + val = (rlim_t) 0; + + while ((c = *p++) >= '0' && c <= '9') + { + val = (val * 10) + (long)(c - '0'); + if (val < (rlim_t) 0) + break; + } + if (c) + error("bad number"); + val *= l->factor; + } + } + if (all) { + for (l = limits; l->name; l++) { + getrlimit(l->cmd, &limit); + out1fmt("%-20s ", l->name); + printlim(how, &limit, l); + } + return 0; + } + + getrlimit(l->cmd, &limit); + if (set) { + if (how & HARD) + limit.rlim_max = val; + if (how & SOFT) + limit.rlim_cur = val; + if (setrlimit(l->cmd, &limit) < 0) + error("error setting limit (%s)", strerror(errno)); + } else { + printlim(how, &limit, l); + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/src/miscbltin.h b/src/miscbltin.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1adcaab --- /dev/null +++ b/src/miscbltin.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* $NetBSD: miscbltin.h,v 1.2 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1997 Christos Zoulas. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by Christos Zoulas. + * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, + * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT + * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF + * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +int readcmd(int, char **); +int umaskcmd(int, char **); +int ulimitcmd(int, char **); diff --git a/src/mkbuiltins b/src/mkbuiltins new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d194f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mkbuiltins @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +#!/bin/sh - +# $NetBSD: mkbuiltins,v 1.17 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ +# +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)mkbuiltins 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +trap 'rm -f $temp $temp2' EXIT +temp=$(tempfile) +temp2=$(tempfile) + +shell=$1 +builtins=$2 +objdir=$3 +cflags=$4 + +havehist=1 +if [ -z "${cflags##*-DSMALL*}" ]; then + havehist=0 +fi + +havejobs=1 +if [ -z "${cflags##*-DJOBS=0*}" ]; then + havejobs=0 +fi + +exec > ${objdir}/builtins.c +cat <<\! +/* + * This file was generated by the mkbuiltins program. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "builtins.h" + +! +awk '/^[^#]/ {if(('$havejobs' || $2 != "-j") && ('$havehist' || $2 != "-h")) \ + print $0}' ${builtins} | sed 's/-[hj]//; s/#.*//' > $temp +awk '{ printf "int %s(int, char **);\n", $1}' $temp +echo ' +const struct builtincmd builtincmd[] = {' +awk '{ for (i = 2 ; i <= NF ; i++) { + line = $i "\t" $1 + if ($i ~ /^-/) + line = $(++i) "\t" line + print line + }}' $temp | sort -k 1,1 | tee $temp2 | awk '{ + opt = "" + if (NF > 2) { + opt = substr($2, 2) + $2 = $3 + } + printf "\t{ \"%s\", %s, %d },\n", $1, $2, + (opt ~ /s/) + (opt ~ /[su]/) * 2 + (opt ~ /a/) * 4 + }' +echo '};' + +exec > ${objdir}/builtins.h +cat <<\! +/* + * This file was generated by the mkbuiltins program. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +! +sed 's/ -[a-z]*//' $temp2 | nl -v 0 | sort -u -k 3,3 | +tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ | + awk '{ printf "#define %s (builtincmd + %d)\n", $3, $1}' +printf '\n#define NUMBUILTINS %d\n' $(wc -l < $temp2) +echo ' +#define BUILTIN_SPECIAL 0x1 +#define BUILTIN_REGULAR 0x2 +#define BUILTIN_ASSIGN 0x4 + +struct builtincmd { + const char *name; + int (*builtin)(int, char **); + unsigned flags; +}; + +extern const struct builtincmd builtincmd[];' diff --git a/src/mkinit.c b/src/mkinit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e80d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mkinit.c @@ -0,0 +1,495 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mkinit.c,v 1.21 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef lint +static const char copyright[] = + "@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\n\ + The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n"; +#endif /* not lint */ + +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mkinit.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +static const char rcsid[] = + "$NetBSD: mkinit.c,v 1.21 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $"; +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * This program scans all the source files for code to handle various + * special events and combines this code into one file. This (allegedly) + * improves the structure of the program since there is no need for + * anyone outside of a module to know that that module performs special + * operations on particular events. + * + * Usage: mkinit sourcefile... + */ + + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> + + +/* + * OUTFILE is the name of the output file. Output is initially written + * to the file OUTTEMP, which is then moved to OUTFILE. + */ + +#define OUTFILE "init.c" +#define OUTTEMP "init.c.new" + + +/* + * A text structure is basicly just a string that grows as more characters + * are added onto the end of it. It is implemented as a linked list of + * blocks of characters. The routines addstr and addchar append a string + * or a single character, respectively, to a text structure. Writetext + * writes the contents of a text structure to a file. + */ + +#define BLOCKSIZE 512 + +struct text { + char *nextc; + int nleft; + struct block *start; + struct block *last; +}; + +struct block { + struct block *next; + char text[BLOCKSIZE]; +}; + + +/* + * There is one event structure for each event that mkinit handles. + */ + +struct event { + char *name; /* name of event (e.g. INIT) */ + char *routine; /* name of routine called on event */ + char *comment; /* comment describing routine */ + struct text code; /* code for handling event */ +}; + + +char writer[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This file was generated by the mkinit program.\n\ + */\n\ +\n"; + +char init[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * Initialization code.\n\ + */\n"; + +char reset[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This routine is called when an error or an interrupt occurs in an\n\ + * interactive shell and control is returned to the main command loop.\n\ + */\n"; + + +struct event event[] = { + {"INIT", "init", init}, + {"RESET", "reset", reset}, + {NULL, NULL} +}; + + +char *curfile; /* current file */ +int linno; /* current line */ +char *header_files[200]; /* list of header files */ +struct text defines; /* #define statements */ +struct text decls; /* declarations */ +int amiddecls; /* for formatting */ + + +void readfile(char *); +int match(char *, char *); +int gooddefine(char *); +void doevent(struct event *, FILE *, char *); +void doinclude(char *); +void dodecl(char *, FILE *); +void output(void); +void addstr(char *, struct text *); +void addchar(int, struct text *); +void writetext(struct text *, FILE *); +FILE *ckfopen(char *, char *); +void *ckmalloc(int); +char *savestr(char *); +void error(char *); +int main(int, char **); + +#define equal(s1, s2) (strcmp(s1, s2) == 0) + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **ap; + + header_files[0] = "\"shell.h\""; + header_files[1] = "\"mystring.h\""; + header_files[2] = "\"init.h\""; + for (ap = argv + 1 ; *ap ; ap++) + readfile(*ap); + output(); + rename(OUTTEMP, OUTFILE); + exit(0); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +/* + * Parse an input file. + */ + +void +readfile(char *fname) +{ + FILE *fp; + char line[1024]; + struct event *ep; + + fp = ckfopen(fname, "r"); + curfile = fname; + linno = 0; + amiddecls = 0; + while (fgets(line, sizeof line, fp) != NULL) { + linno++; + for (ep = event ; ep->name ; ep++) { + if (line[0] == ep->name[0] && match(ep->name, line)) { + doevent(ep, fp, fname); + break; + } + } + if (line[0] == 'I' && match("INCLUDE", line)) + doinclude(line); + if (line[0] == 'M' && match("MKINIT", line)) + dodecl(line, fp); + if (line[0] == '#' && gooddefine(line)) { + char *cp; + char line2[1024]; + static const char undef[] = "#undef "; + + strcpy(line2, line); + memcpy(line2, undef, sizeof(undef) - 1); + cp = line2 + sizeof(undef) - 1; + while(*cp && (*cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t')) + cp++; + while(*cp && *cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t' && *cp != '\n') + cp++; + *cp++ = '\n'; *cp = '\0'; + addstr(line2, &defines); + addstr(line, &defines); + } + } + fclose(fp); +} + + +int +match(char *name, char *line) +{ + char *p, *q; + + p = name, q = line; + while (*p) { + if (*p++ != *q++) + return 0; + } + if (*q != '{' && *q != ' ' && *q != '\t' && *q != '\n') + return 0; + return 1; +} + + +int +gooddefine(char *line) +{ + char *p; + + if (! match("#define", line)) + return 0; /* not a define */ + p = line + 7; + while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') + p++; + while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t') { + if (*p == '(') + return 0; /* macro definition */ + p++; + } + while (*p != '\n' && *p != '\0') + p++; + if (p[-1] == '\\') + return 0; /* multi-line definition */ + return 1; +} + + +void +doevent(struct event *ep, FILE *fp, char *fname) +{ + char line[1024]; + int indent; + char *p; + + sprintf(line, "\n /* from %s: */\n", fname); + addstr(line, &ep->code); + addstr(" {\n", &ep->code); + for (;;) { + linno++; + if (fgets(line, sizeof line, fp) == NULL) + error("Unexpected EOF"); + if (equal(line, "}\n")) + break; + indent = 6; + for (p = line ; *p == '\t' ; p++) + indent += 8; + for ( ; *p == ' ' ; p++) + indent++; + if (*p == '\n' || *p == '#') + indent = 0; + while (indent >= 8) { + addchar('\t', &ep->code); + indent -= 8; + } + while (indent > 0) { + addchar(' ', &ep->code); + indent--; + } + addstr(p, &ep->code); + } + addstr(" }\n", &ep->code); +} + + +void +doinclude(char *line) +{ + char *p; + char *name; + char **pp; + + for (p = line ; *p != '"' && *p != '<' && *p != '\0' ; p++); + if (*p == '\0') + error("Expecting '\"' or '<'"); + name = p; + while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t' && *p != '\n') + p++; + if (p[-1] != '"' && p[-1] != '>') + error("Missing terminator"); + *p = '\0'; + + /* name now contains the name of the include file */ + for (pp = header_files ; *pp && ! equal(*pp, name) ; pp++); + if (*pp == NULL) + *pp = savestr(name); +} + + +void +dodecl(char *line1, FILE *fp) +{ + char line[1024]; + char *p, *q; + + if (strcmp(line1, "MKINIT\n") == 0) { /* start of struct/union decl */ + addchar('\n', &decls); + do { + linno++; + if (fgets(line, sizeof line, fp) == NULL) + error("Unterminated structure declaration"); + addstr(line, &decls); + } while (line[0] != '}'); + amiddecls = 0; + } else { + if (! amiddecls) + addchar('\n', &decls); + q = NULL; + for (p = line1 + 6 ; *p && strchr("=/\n", *p) == NULL; p++) + continue; + if (*p == '=') { /* eliminate initialization */ + for (q = p ; *q && *q != ';' ; q++); + if (*q == '\0') + q = NULL; + else { + while (p[-1] == ' ') + p--; + *p = '\0'; + } + } + addstr("extern", &decls); + addstr(line1 + 6, &decls); + if (q != NULL) + addstr(q, &decls); + amiddecls = 1; + } +} + + + +/* + * Write the output to the file OUTTEMP. + */ + +void +output(void) +{ + FILE *fp; + char **pp; + struct event *ep; + + fp = ckfopen(OUTTEMP, "w"); + fputs(writer, fp); + for (pp = header_files ; *pp ; pp++) + fprintf(fp, "#include %s\n", *pp); + fputs("\n\n\n", fp); + writetext(&defines, fp); + fputs("\n\n", fp); + writetext(&decls, fp); + for (ep = event ; ep->name ; ep++) { + fputs("\n\n\n", fp); + fputs(ep->comment, fp); + fprintf(fp, "\nvoid\n%s() {\n", ep->routine); + writetext(&ep->code, fp); + fprintf(fp, "}\n"); + } + fclose(fp); +} + + +/* + * A text structure is simply a block of text that is kept in memory. + * Addstr appends a string to the text struct, and addchar appends a single + * character. + */ + +void +addstr(char *s, struct text *text) +{ + while (*s) { + if (--text->nleft < 0) + addchar(*s++, text); + else + *text->nextc++ = *s++; + } +} + + +void +addchar(int c, struct text *text) +{ + struct block *bp; + + if (--text->nleft < 0) { + bp = ckmalloc(sizeof *bp); + if (text->start == NULL) + text->start = bp; + else + text->last->next = bp; + text->last = bp; + text->nextc = bp->text; + text->nleft = BLOCKSIZE - 1; + } + *text->nextc++ = c; +} + +/* + * Write the contents of a text structure to a file. + */ +void +writetext(struct text *text, FILE *fp) +{ + struct block *bp; + + if (text->start != NULL) { + for (bp = text->start ; bp != text->last ; bp = bp->next) + fwrite(bp->text, sizeof (char), BLOCKSIZE, fp); + fwrite(bp->text, sizeof (char), BLOCKSIZE - text->nleft, fp); + } +} + +FILE * +ckfopen(char *file, char *mode) +{ + FILE *fp; + + if ((fp = fopen(file, mode)) == NULL) { + fprintf(stderr, "Can't open %s\n", file); + exit(2); + } + return fp; +} + +void * +ckmalloc(int nbytes) +{ + char *p; + + if ((p = malloc(nbytes)) == NULL) + error("Out of space"); + return p; +} + +char * +savestr(char *s) +{ + char *p; + + p = ckmalloc(strlen(s) + 1); + strcpy(p, s); + return p; +} + +void +error(char *msg) +{ + if (curfile != NULL) + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: ", curfile, linno); + fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", msg); + exit(2); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} diff --git a/src/mknodes.c b/src/mknodes.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3b2983 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mknodes.c @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mknodes.c,v 1.21 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef lint +static const char copyright[] = + "@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\n\ + The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n"; +#endif /* not lint */ + +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mknodes.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +static const char rcsid[] = + "$NetBSD: mknodes.c,v 1.21 2002/11/24 22:35:41 christos Exp $"; +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * This program reads the nodetypes file and nodes.c.pat file. It generates + * the files nodes.h and nodes.c. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +#define MAXTYPES 50 /* max number of node types */ +#define MAXFIELDS 20 /* max fields in a structure */ +#define BUFLEN 100 /* size of character buffers */ + +/* field types */ +#define T_NODE 1 /* union node *field */ +#define T_NODELIST 2 /* struct nodelist *field */ +#define T_STRING 3 +#define T_INT 4 /* int field */ +#define T_OTHER 5 /* other */ +#define T_TEMP 6 /* don't copy this field */ + + +struct field { /* a structure field */ + char *name; /* name of field */ + int type; /* type of field */ + char *decl; /* declaration of field */ +}; + + +struct str { /* struct representing a node structure */ + char *tag; /* structure tag */ + int nfields; /* number of fields in the structure */ + struct field field[MAXFIELDS]; /* the fields of the structure */ + int done; /* set if fully parsed */ +}; + + +static int ntypes; /* number of node types */ +static char *nodename[MAXTYPES]; /* names of the nodes */ +static struct str *nodestr[MAXTYPES]; /* type of structure used by the node */ +static int nstr; /* number of structures */ +static struct str str[MAXTYPES]; /* the structures */ +static struct str *curstr; /* current structure */ +static FILE *infp; +static char line[1024]; +static int linno; +static char *linep; + +static void parsenode(void); +static void parsefield(void); +static void output(char *); +static void outsizes(FILE *); +static void outfunc(FILE *, int); +static void indent(int, FILE *); +static int nextfield(char *); +static void skipbl(void); +static int readline(void); +static void error(const char *, ...); +static char *savestr(const char *); +int main(int, char **); + + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + + /* + * some versions of linux complain: initializer element is not + * constant if this is done at compile time. + */ + infp = stdin; + + if (argc != 3) + error("usage: mknodes file"); + if ((infp = fopen(argv[1], "r")) == NULL) + error("Can't open %s", argv[1]); + while (readline()) { + if (line[0] == ' ' || line[0] == '\t') + parsefield(); + else if (line[0] != '\0') + parsenode(); + } + output(argv[2]); + exit(0); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +static void +parsenode(void) +{ + char name[BUFLEN]; + char tag[BUFLEN]; + struct str *sp; + + if (curstr && curstr->nfields > 0) + curstr->done = 1; + nextfield(name); + if (! nextfield(tag)) + error("Tag expected"); + if (*linep != '\0') + error("Garbage at end of line"); + nodename[ntypes] = savestr(name); + for (sp = str ; sp < str + nstr ; sp++) { + if (strcmp(sp->tag, tag) == 0) + break; + } + if (sp >= str + nstr) { + sp->tag = savestr(tag); + sp->nfields = 0; + curstr = sp; + nstr++; + } + nodestr[ntypes] = sp; + ntypes++; +} + + +static void +parsefield(void) +{ + char name[BUFLEN]; + char type[BUFLEN]; + char decl[2 * BUFLEN]; + struct field *fp; + + if (curstr == NULL || curstr->done) + error("No current structure to add field to"); + if (! nextfield(name)) + error("No field name"); + if (! nextfield(type)) + error("No field type"); + fp = &curstr->field[curstr->nfields]; + fp->name = savestr(name); + if (strcmp(type, "nodeptr") == 0) { + fp->type = T_NODE; + sprintf(decl, "union node *%s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "nodelist") == 0) { + fp->type = T_NODELIST; + sprintf(decl, "struct nodelist *%s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "string") == 0) { + fp->type = T_STRING; + sprintf(decl, "char *%s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "int") == 0) { + fp->type = T_INT; + sprintf(decl, "int %s", name); + } else if (strcmp(type, "other") == 0) { + fp->type = T_OTHER; + } else if (strcmp(type, "temp") == 0) { + fp->type = T_TEMP; + } else { + error("Unknown type %s", type); + } + if (fp->type == T_OTHER || fp->type == T_TEMP) { + skipbl(); + fp->decl = savestr(linep); + } else { + if (*linep) + error("Garbage at end of line"); + fp->decl = savestr(decl); + } + curstr->nfields++; +} + + +char writer[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This file was generated by the mknodes program.\n\ + */\n\ +\n"; + +static void +output(char *file) +{ + FILE *hfile; + FILE *cfile; + FILE *patfile; + int i; + struct str *sp; + struct field *fp; + char *p; + + if ((patfile = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) + error("Can't open %s", file); + if ((hfile = fopen("nodes.h", "w")) == NULL) + error("Can't create nodes.h"); + if ((cfile = fopen("nodes.c", "w")) == NULL) + error("Can't create nodes.c"); + fputs(writer, hfile); + for (i = 0 ; i < ntypes ; i++) + fprintf(hfile, "#define %s %d\n", nodename[i], i); + fputs("\n\n\n", hfile); + for (sp = str ; sp < &str[nstr] ; sp++) { + fprintf(hfile, "struct %s {\n", sp->tag); + for (i = sp->nfields, fp = sp->field ; --i >= 0 ; fp++) { + fprintf(hfile, " %s;\n", fp->decl); + } + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + } + fputs("union node {\n", hfile); + fprintf(hfile, " int type;\n"); + for (sp = str ; sp < &str[nstr] ; sp++) { + fprintf(hfile, " struct %s %s;\n", sp->tag, sp->tag); + } + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + fputs("struct nodelist {\n", hfile); + fputs("\tstruct nodelist *next;\n", hfile); + fputs("\tunion node *n;\n", hfile); + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + fputs("struct funcnode {\n", hfile); + fputs("\tint count;\n", hfile); + fputs("\tunion node n;\n", hfile); + fputs("};\n\n\n", hfile); + fputs("struct funcnode *copyfunc(union node *);\n", hfile); + fputs("void freefunc(struct funcnode *);\n", hfile); + + fputs(writer, cfile); + while (fgets(line, sizeof line, patfile) != NULL) { + for (p = line ; *p == ' ' || *p == '\t' ; p++); + if (strcmp(p, "%SIZES\n") == 0) + outsizes(cfile); + else if (strcmp(p, "%CALCSIZE\n") == 0) + outfunc(cfile, 1); + else if (strcmp(p, "%COPY\n") == 0) + outfunc(cfile, 0); + else + fputs(line, cfile); + } +} + + + +static void +outsizes(FILE *cfile) +{ + int i; + + fprintf(cfile, "static const short nodesize[%d] = {\n", ntypes); + for (i = 0 ; i < ntypes ; i++) { + fprintf(cfile, " SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof (struct %s)),\n", + nodestr[i]->tag); + } + fprintf(cfile, "};\n"); +} + + +static void +outfunc(FILE *cfile, int calcsize) +{ + struct str *sp; + struct field *fp; + int i; + + fputs(" if (n == NULL)\n", cfile); + if (calcsize) + fputs(" return;\n", cfile); + else + fputs(" return NULL;\n", cfile); + if (calcsize) + fputs(" funcblocksize += nodesize[n->type];\n", cfile); + else { + fputs(" new = funcblock;\n", cfile); + fputs(" funcblock = (char *) funcblock + nodesize[n->type];\n", cfile); + } + fputs(" switch (n->type) {\n", cfile); + for (sp = str ; sp < &str[nstr] ; sp++) { + for (i = 0 ; i < ntypes ; i++) { + if (nodestr[i] == sp) + fprintf(cfile, " case %s:\n", nodename[i]); + } + for (i = sp->nfields ; --i >= 1 ; ) { + fp = &sp->field[i]; + switch (fp->type) { + case T_NODE: + if (calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "calcsize(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name); + } else { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = copynode(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + case T_NODELIST: + if (calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "sizenodelist(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name); + } else { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = copynodelist(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + case T_STRING: + if (calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "funcstringsize += strlen(n->%s.%s) + 1;\n", + sp->tag, fp->name); + } else { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = nodesavestr(n->%s.%s);\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + case T_INT: + case T_OTHER: + if (! calcsize) { + indent(12, cfile); + fprintf(cfile, "new->%s.%s = n->%s.%s;\n", + sp->tag, fp->name, sp->tag, fp->name); + } + break; + } + } + indent(12, cfile); + fputs("break;\n", cfile); + } + fputs(" };\n", cfile); + if (! calcsize) + fputs(" new->type = n->type;\n", cfile); +} + + +static void +indent(int amount, FILE *fp) +{ + while (amount >= 8) { + putc('\t', fp); + amount -= 8; + } + while (--amount >= 0) { + putc(' ', fp); + } +} + + +static int +nextfield(char *buf) +{ + char *p, *q; + + p = linep; + while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') + p++; + q = buf; + while (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t' && *p != '\0') + *q++ = *p++; + *q = '\0'; + linep = p; + return (q > buf); +} + + +static void +skipbl(void) +{ + while (*linep == ' ' || *linep == '\t') + linep++; +} + + +static int +readline(void) +{ + char *p; + + if (fgets(line, 1024, infp) == NULL) + return 0; + for (p = line ; *p != '#' && *p != '\n' && *p != '\0' ; p++); + while (p > line && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) + p--; + *p = '\0'; + linep = line; + linno++; + if (p - line > BUFLEN) + error("Line too long"); + return 1; +} + + + +static void +error(const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list va; + + va_start(va, msg); + + (void) fprintf(stderr, "line %d: ", linno); + (void) vfprintf(stderr, msg, va); + (void) fputc('\n', stderr); + + va_end(va); + + exit(2); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +static char * +savestr(const char *s) +{ + char *p; + + if ((p = malloc(strlen(s) + 1)) == NULL) + error("Out of space"); + (void) strcpy(p, s); + return p; +} diff --git a/src/mksignames.c b/src/mksignames.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03b8742 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mksignames.c @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/* signames.c -- Create and write `signames.c', which contains an array of + signal names. */ + +/* Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell. + + Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free + Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later + version. + + Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY + WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License + for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#if !defined (NSIG) +# define NSIG 64 +#endif + +/* + * Special traps: + * EXIT == 0 + */ +#define LASTSIG NSIG-1 + +char *signal_names[2 * NSIG + 3]; + +#define signal_names_size (sizeof(signal_names)/sizeof(signal_names[0])) + +char *progname; + +/* AIX 4.3 defines SIGRTMIN and SIGRTMAX as 888 and 999 respectively. + I don't want to allocate so much unused space for the intervening signal + numbers, so we just punt if SIGRTMAX is past the bounds of the + signal_names array (handled in configure). */ +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) && defined (UNUSABLE_RT_SIGNALS) +# undef SIGRTMAX +# undef SIGRTMIN +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) || defined (SIGRTMIN) +# define RTLEN 14 +# define RTLIM 256 +#endif + +void +initialize_signames () +{ + register int i; +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) || defined (SIGRTMIN) + int rtmin, rtmax, rtcnt; +#endif + + for (i = 1; i < signal_names_size; i++) + signal_names[i] = (char *)NULL; + + /* `signal' 0 is what we do on exit. */ + signal_names[0] = "EXIT"; + + /* Place signal names which can be aliases for more common signal + names first. This allows (for example) SIGABRT to overwrite SIGLOST. */ + + /* POSIX 1003.1b-1993 real time signals, but take care of incomplete + implementations. Acoording to the standard, both, SIGRTMIN and + SIGRTMAX must be defined, SIGRTMIN must be stricly less than + SIGRTMAX, and the difference must be at least 7, that is, there + must be at least eight distinct real time signals. */ + + /* The generated signal names are SIGRTMIN, SIGRTMIN+1, ..., + SIGRTMIN+x, SIGRTMAX-x, ..., SIGRTMAX-1, SIGRTMAX. If the number + of RT signals is odd, there is an extra SIGRTMIN+(x+1). + These names are the ones used by ksh and /usr/xpg4/bin/sh on SunOS5. */ + +#if defined (SIGRTMIN) + rtmin = SIGRTMIN; + signal_names[rtmin] = "RTMIN"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) + rtmax = SIGRTMAX; + signal_names[rtmax] = "RTMAX"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRTMAX) && defined (SIGRTMIN) + if (rtmax > rtmin) + { + rtcnt = (rtmax - rtmin - 1) / 2; + /* croak if there are too many RT signals */ + if (rtcnt >= RTLIM/2) + { + rtcnt = RTLIM/2-1; + fprintf(stderr, "%s: error: more than %i real time signals, fix `%s'\n", + progname, RTLIM, progname); + } + + for (i = 1; i <= rtcnt; i++) + { + signal_names[rtmin+i] = (char *)malloc(RTLEN); + if (signal_names[rtmin+i]) + sprintf (signal_names[rtmin+i], "RTMIN+%d", i); + signal_names[rtmax-i] = (char *)malloc(RTLEN); + if (signal_names[rtmax-i]) + sprintf (signal_names[rtmax-i], "RTMAX-%d", i); + } + + if (rtcnt < RTLIM/2-1 && rtcnt != (rtmax-rtmin)/2) + { + /* Need an extra RTMIN signal */ + signal_names[rtmin+rtcnt+1] = (char *)malloc(RTLEN); + if (signal_names[rtmin+rtcnt+1]) + sprintf (signal_names[rtmin+rtcnt+1], "RTMIN+%d", rtcnt+1); + } + } +#endif /* SIGRTMIN && SIGRTMAX */ + +/* AIX */ +#if defined (SIGLOST) /* resource lost (eg, record-lock lost) */ + signal_names[SIGLOST] = "LOST"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGMSG) /* HFT input data pending */ + signal_names[SIGMSG] = "MSG"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGDANGER) /* system crash imminent */ + signal_names[SIGDANGER] = "DANGER"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGMIGRATE) /* migrate process to another CPU */ + signal_names[SIGMIGRATE] = "MIGRATE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPRE) /* programming error */ + signal_names[SIGPRE] = "PRE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGVIRT) /* AIX virtual time alarm */ + signal_names[SIGVIRT] = "VIRT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGALRM1) /* m:n condition variables */ + signal_names[SIGALRM1] = "ALRM1"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGWAITING) /* m:n scheduling */ + signal_names[SIGWAITING] = "WAITING"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGGRANT) /* HFT monitor mode granted */ + signal_names[SIGGRANT] = "GRANT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGKAP) /* keep alive poll from native keyboard */ + signal_names[SIGKAP] = "KAP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGRETRACT) /* HFT monitor mode retracted */ + signal_names[SIGRETRACT] = "RETRACT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSOUND) /* HFT sound sequence has completed */ + signal_names[SIGSOUND] = "SOUND"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSAK) /* Secure Attention Key */ + signal_names[SIGSAK] = "SAK"; +#endif + +/* SunOS5 */ +#if defined (SIGLWP) /* special signal used by thread library */ + signal_names[SIGLWP] = "LWP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGFREEZE) /* special signal used by CPR */ + signal_names[SIGFREEZE] = "FREEZE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTHAW) /* special signal used by CPR */ + signal_names[SIGTHAW] = "THAW"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGCANCEL) /* thread cancellation signal used by libthread */ + signal_names[SIGCANCEL] = "CANCEL"; +#endif + +/* HP-UX */ +#if defined (SIGDIL) /* DIL signal (?) */ + signal_names[SIGDIL] = "DIL"; +#endif + +/* System V */ +#if defined (SIGCLD) /* Like SIGCHLD. */ + signal_names[SIGCLD] = "CLD"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPWR) /* power state indication */ + signal_names[SIGPWR] = "PWR"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPOLL) /* Pollable event (for streams) */ + signal_names[SIGPOLL] = "POLL"; +#endif + +/* Unknown */ +#if defined (SIGWINDOW) + signal_names[SIGWINDOW] = "WINDOW"; +#endif + +/* Common */ +#if defined (SIGHUP) /* hangup */ + signal_names[SIGHUP] = "HUP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGINT) /* interrupt */ + signal_names[SIGINT] = "INT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGQUIT) /* quit */ + signal_names[SIGQUIT] = "QUIT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGILL) /* illegal instruction (not reset when caught) */ + signal_names[SIGILL] = "ILL"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTRAP) /* trace trap (not reset when caught) */ + signal_names[SIGTRAP] = "TRAP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGIOT) /* IOT instruction */ + signal_names[SIGIOT] = "IOT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGABRT) /* Cause current process to dump core. */ + signal_names[SIGABRT] = "ABRT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGEMT) /* EMT instruction */ + signal_names[SIGEMT] = "EMT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGFPE) /* floating point exception */ + signal_names[SIGFPE] = "FPE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGKILL) /* kill (cannot be caught or ignored) */ + signal_names[SIGKILL] = "KILL"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGBUS) /* bus error */ + signal_names[SIGBUS] = "BUS"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSEGV) /* segmentation violation */ + signal_names[SIGSEGV] = "SEGV"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSYS) /* bad argument to system call */ + signal_names[SIGSYS] = "SYS"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPIPE) /* write on a pipe with no one to read it */ + signal_names[SIGPIPE] = "PIPE"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGALRM) /* alarm clock */ + signal_names[SIGALRM] = "ALRM"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTERM) /* software termination signal from kill */ + signal_names[SIGTERM] = "TERM"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGURG) /* urgent condition on IO channel */ + signal_names[SIGURG] = "URG"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGSTOP) /* sendable stop signal not from tty */ + signal_names[SIGSTOP] = "STOP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTSTP) /* stop signal from tty */ + signal_names[SIGTSTP] = "TSTP"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGCONT) /* continue a stopped process */ + signal_names[SIGCONT] = "CONT"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGCHLD) /* to parent on child stop or exit */ + signal_names[SIGCHLD] = "CHLD"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTTIN) /* to readers pgrp upon background tty read */ + signal_names[SIGTTIN] = "TTIN"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGTTOU) /* like TTIN for output if (tp->t_local<OSTOP) */ + signal_names[SIGTTOU] = "TTOU"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGIO) /* input/output possible signal */ + signal_names[SIGIO] = "IO"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGXCPU) /* exceeded CPU time limit */ + signal_names[SIGXCPU] = "XCPU"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGXFSZ) /* exceeded file size limit */ + signal_names[SIGXFSZ] = "XFSZ"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGVTALRM) /* virtual time alarm */ + signal_names[SIGVTALRM] = "VTALRM"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGPROF) /* profiling time alarm */ + signal_names[SIGPROF] = "PROF"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGWINCH) /* window changed */ + signal_names[SIGWINCH] = "WINCH"; +#endif + +/* 4.4 BSD */ +#if defined (SIGINFO) && !defined (_SEQUENT_) /* information request */ + signal_names[SIGINFO] = "INFO"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGUSR1) /* user defined signal 1 */ + signal_names[SIGUSR1] = "USR1"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGUSR2) /* user defined signal 2 */ + signal_names[SIGUSR2] = "USR2"; +#endif + +#if defined (SIGKILLTHR) /* BeOS: Kill Thread */ + signal_names[SIGKILLTHR] = "KILLTHR"; +#endif + + for (i = 0; i < NSIG; i++) + if (signal_names[i] == (char *)NULL) + { + signal_names[i] = (char *)malloc (18); + if (signal_names[i]) + sprintf (signal_names[i], "%d", i); + } +} + +void +write_signames (stream) + FILE *stream; +{ + register int i; + + fprintf (stream, "/* This file was automatically created by %s.\n", + progname); + fprintf (stream, " Do not edit. Edit support/mksignames.c instead. */\n\n"); + fprintf (stream, "#include <signal.h>\n\n"); + fprintf (stream, + "/* A translation list so we can be polite to our users. */\n"); + fprintf (stream, "const char *const signal_names[NSIG + 1] = {\n"); + + for (i = 0; i <= LASTSIG; i++) + fprintf (stream, " \"%s\",\n", signal_names[i]); + + fprintf (stream, " (char *)0x0\n"); + fprintf (stream, "};\n"); +} + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + char *stream_name; + FILE *stream; + + progname = argv[0]; + + if (argc == 1) + { + stream_name = "signames.c"; + } + else if (argc == 2) + { + stream_name = argv[1]; + } + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [output-file]\n", progname); + exit (1); + } + + stream = fopen (stream_name, "w"); + if (!stream) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: cannot open for writing\n", + progname, stream_name); + exit (2); + } + + initialize_signames (); + write_signames (stream); + exit (0); +} diff --git a/src/mksyntax.c b/src/mksyntax.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83b8192 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mksyntax.c @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mksyntax.c,v 1.27 2003/01/12 20:26:53 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#ifndef lint +static const char copyright[] = + "@(#) Copyright (c) 1991, 1993\n\ + The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n"; +#endif /* not lint */ + +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mksyntax.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +static const char rcsid[] = + "$NetBSD: mksyntax.c,v 1.27 2003/01/12 20:26:53 christos Exp $"; +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * This program creates syntax.h and syntax.c. + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include "parser.h" + + +struct synclass { + char *name; + char *comment; +}; + +/* Syntax classes */ +struct synclass synclass[] = { + { "CWORD", "character is nothing special" }, + { "CNL", "newline character" }, + { "CBACK", "a backslash character" }, + { "CSQUOTE", "single quote" }, + { "CDQUOTE", "double quote" }, + { "CENDQUOTE", "a terminating quote" }, + { "CBQUOTE", "backwards single quote" }, + { "CVAR", "a dollar sign" }, + { "CENDVAR", "a '}' character" }, + { "CLP", "a left paren in arithmetic" }, + { "CRP", "a right paren in arithmetic" }, + { "CEOF", "end of file" }, + { "CCTL", "like CWORD, except it must be escaped" }, + { "CSPCL", "these terminate a word" }, + { "CIGN", "character should be ignored" }, + { NULL, NULL } +}; + + +/* + * Syntax classes for is_ functions. Warning: if you add new classes + * you may have to change the definition of the is_in_name macro. + */ +struct synclass is_entry[] = { + { "ISDIGIT", "a digit" }, + { "ISUPPER", "an upper case letter" }, + { "ISLOWER", "a lower case letter" }, + { "ISUNDER", "an underscore" }, + { "ISSPECL", "the name of a special parameter" }, + { NULL, NULL } +}; + +static char writer[] = "\ +/*\n\ + * This file was generated by the mksyntax program.\n\ + */\n\ +\n"; + + +static FILE *cfile; +static FILE *hfile; +static char *syntax[513]; +static int base; +static int size; /* number of values which a char variable can have */ +static int nbits; /* number of bits in a character */ +static int digit_contig;/* true if digits are contiguous */ + +static void filltable(char *); +static void init(void); +static void add(char *, char *); +static void print(char *); +static void output_type_macros(int); +static void digit_convert(void); +int main(int, char **); + +int +main(int argc, char **argv) +{ +#ifdef TARGET_CHAR + TARGET_CHAR c; + TARGET_CHAR d; +#else + char c; + char d; +#endif + int sign; + int i; + char buf[80]; + int pos; + static char digit[] = "0123456789"; + + /* Create output files */ + if ((cfile = fopen("syntax.c", "w")) == NULL) { + perror("syntax.c"); + exit(2); + } + if ((hfile = fopen("syntax.h", "w")) == NULL) { + perror("syntax.h"); + exit(2); + } + fputs(writer, hfile); + fputs(writer, cfile); + + /* Determine the characteristics of chars. */ + c = -1; + if (c <= 0) + sign = 1; + else + sign = 0; + for (nbits = 1 ; ; nbits++) { + d = (1 << nbits) - 1; + if (d == c) + break; + } + printf("%s %d bit chars\n", sign? "signed" : "unsigned", nbits); + if (nbits > 9) { + fputs("Characters can't have more than 9 bits\n", stderr); + exit(2); + } + size = (1 << nbits) + 1; + base = 2; + if (sign) + base += 1 << (nbits - 1); + digit_contig = 1; + for (i = 0 ; i < 10 ; i++) { + if (digit[i] != '0' + i) + digit_contig = 0; + } + + fputs("#include <sys/cdefs.h>\n", hfile); + fputs("#include <ctype.h>\n", hfile); + fputs("\n", hfile); + fputs("#ifdef CEOF\n", hfile); + fputs("#undef CEOF\n", hfile); + fputs("#endif\n", hfile); + fputs("\n", hfile); + + /* Generate the #define statements in the header file */ + fputs("/* Syntax classes */\n", hfile); + for (i = 0 ; synclass[i].name ; i++) { + sprintf(buf, "#define %s %d", synclass[i].name, i); + fputs(buf, hfile); + for (pos = strlen(buf) ; pos < 32 ; pos = (pos + 8) & ~07) + putc('\t', hfile); + fprintf(hfile, "/* %s */\n", synclass[i].comment); + } + putc('\n', hfile); + fputs("/* Syntax classes for is_ functions */\n", hfile); + for (i = 0 ; is_entry[i].name ; i++) { + sprintf(buf, "#define %s %#o", is_entry[i].name, 1 << i); + fputs(buf, hfile); + for (pos = strlen(buf) ; pos < 32 ; pos = (pos + 8) & ~07) + putc('\t', hfile); + fprintf(hfile, "/* %s */\n", is_entry[i].comment); + } + putc('\n', hfile); + fprintf(hfile, "#define SYNBASE %d\n", base); + fprintf(hfile, "#define PEOF %d\n\n", -base); + fprintf(hfile, "#define PEOA %d\n\n", -base + 1); + putc('\n', hfile); + fputs("#define BASESYNTAX (basesyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + fputs("#define DQSYNTAX (dqsyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + fputs("#define SQSYNTAX (sqsyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + fputs("#define ARISYNTAX (arisyntax + SYNBASE)\n", hfile); + putc('\n', hfile); + output_type_macros(sign); /* is_digit, etc. */ + putc('\n', hfile); + + /* Generate the syntax tables. */ + fputs("#include \"shell.h\"\n", cfile); + fputs("#include \"syntax.h\"\n\n", cfile); + init(); + fputs("/* syntax table used when not in quotes */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("\\", "CBACK"); + add("'", "CSQUOTE"); + add("\"", "CDQUOTE"); + add("`", "CBQUOTE"); + add("$", "CVAR"); + add("}", "CENDVAR"); + add("<>();&| \t", "CSPCL"); + syntax[1] = "CSPCL"; + print("basesyntax"); + init(); + fputs("\n/* syntax table used when in double quotes */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("\\", "CBACK"); + add("\"", "CENDQUOTE"); + add("`", "CBQUOTE"); + add("$", "CVAR"); + add("}", "CENDVAR"); + /* ':/' for tilde expansion, '-' for [a\-x] pattern ranges */ + add("!*?[=~:/-]", "CCTL"); + print("dqsyntax"); + init(); + fputs("\n/* syntax table used when in single quotes */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("'", "CENDQUOTE"); + /* ':/' for tilde expansion, '-' for [a\-x] pattern ranges */ + add("!*?[=~:/-]\\", "CCTL"); + print("sqsyntax"); + init(); + fputs("\n/* syntax table used when in arithmetic */\n", cfile); + add("\n", "CNL"); + add("\\", "CBACK"); + add("`", "CBQUOTE"); + add("$", "CVAR"); + add("}", "CENDVAR"); + add("(", "CLP"); + add(")", "CRP"); + print("arisyntax"); + filltable("0"); + fputs("\n/* character classification table */\n", cfile); + add("0123456789", "ISDIGIT"); + add("abcdefghijklmnopqrstucvwxyz", "ISLOWER"); + add("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUCVWXYZ", "ISUPPER"); + add("_", "ISUNDER"); + add("#?$!-*@", "ISSPECL"); + print("is_type"); + if (! digit_contig) + digit_convert(); + exit(0); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +/* + * Clear the syntax table. + */ + +static void +filltable(char *dftval) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0 ; i < size ; i++) + syntax[i] = dftval; +} + + +/* + * Initialize the syntax table with default values. + */ + +static void +init(void) +{ + int ctl; + + filltable("CWORD"); + syntax[0] = "CEOF"; + syntax[1] = "CIGN"; + for (ctl = CTL_FIRST; ctl <= CTL_LAST; ctl++ ) +#ifdef TARGET_CHAR + syntax[base + (TARGET_CHAR)ctl ] = "CCTL"; +#else + syntax[base + ctl] = "CCTL"; +#endif /* TARGET_CHAR */ +} + + +/* + * Add entries to the syntax table. + */ + +static void +add(char *p, char *type) +{ + while (*p) + syntax[*p++ + base] = type; +} + + + +/* + * Output the syntax table. + */ + +static void +print(char *name) +{ + int i; + int col; + + fprintf(hfile, "extern const char %s[];\n", name); + fprintf(cfile, "const char %s[%d] = {\n", name, size); + col = 0; + for (i = 0 ; i < size ; i++) { + if (i == 0) { + fputs(" ", cfile); + } else if ((i & 03) == 0) { + fputs(",\n ", cfile); + col = 0; + } else { + putc(',', cfile); + while (++col < 9 * (i & 03)) + putc(' ', cfile); + } + fputs(syntax[i], cfile); + col += strlen(syntax[i]); + } + fputs("\n};\n", cfile); +} + + + +/* + * Output character classification macros (e.g. is_digit). If digits are + * contiguous, we can test for them quickly. + */ + +static char *macro[] = { + "#define is_digit(c)\t((is_type+SYNBASE)[(signed char)(c)] & ISDIGIT)\n", + "#define is_alpha(c)\tisalpha((unsigned char)(c))\n", + "#define is_name(c)\t((c) == '_' || isalpha((unsigned char)(c)))\n", + "#define is_in_name(c)\t((c) == '_' || isalnum((unsigned char)(c)))\n", + "#define is_special(c)\t((is_type+SYNBASE)[(signed char)(c)] & (ISSPECL|ISDIGIT))\n", + NULL +}; + +static void +output_type_macros(int sign) +{ + char **pp; + + if (digit_contig) + macro[0] = "#define is_digit(c)\t((unsigned)((c) - '0') <= 9)\n"; + for (pp = macro ; *pp ; pp++) + fprintf(hfile, *pp, sign ? "char" : "unsigned char"); + if (digit_contig) + fputs("#define digit_val(c)\t((c) - '0')\n", hfile); + else + fputs("#define digit_val(c)\t(digit_value[(unsigned char)(c)])\n", hfile); +} + + + +/* + * Output digit conversion table (if digits are not contiguous). + */ + +static void +digit_convert(void) +{ + int maxdigit; + static char digit[] = "0123456789"; + char *p; + int i; + + maxdigit = 0; + for (p = digit ; *p ; p++) + if (*p > maxdigit) + maxdigit = *p; + fputs("extern const char digit_value[];\n", hfile); + fputs("\n\nconst char digit_value[] = {\n", cfile); + for (i = 0 ; i <= maxdigit ; i++) { + for (p = digit ; *p && *p != i ; p++); + if (*p == '\0') + p = digit; + fprintf(cfile, " %ld,\n", (long)(p - digit)); + } + fputs("};\n", cfile); +} diff --git a/src/mktokens b/src/mktokens new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d400275 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mktokens @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#!/bin/sh - +# $NetBSD: mktokens,v 1.9 1999/07/09 03:05:50 christos Exp $ +# +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)mktokens 8.1 (Berkeley) 5/31/93 + +# The following is a list of tokens. The second column is nonzero if the +# token marks the end of a list. The third column is the name to print in +# error messages. + +cat > /tmp/ka$$ <<\! +TEOF 1 end of file +TNL 0 newline +TSEMI 0 ";" +TBACKGND 0 "&" +TAND 0 "&&" +TOR 0 "||" +TPIPE 0 "|" +TLP 0 "(" +TRP 1 ")" +TENDCASE 1 ";;" +TENDBQUOTE 1 "`" +TREDIR 0 redirection +TWORD 0 word +TNOT 0 "!" +TCASE 0 "case" +TDO 1 "do" +TDONE 1 "done" +TELIF 1 "elif" +TELSE 1 "else" +TESAC 1 "esac" +TFI 1 "fi" +TFOR 0 "for" +TIF 0 "if" +TIN 0 "in" +TTHEN 1 "then" +TUNTIL 0 "until" +TWHILE 0 "while" +TBEGIN 0 "{" +TEND 1 "}" +! +nl=`wc -l /tmp/ka$$` +exec > token.h +awk '{print "#define " $1 " " NR-1}' /tmp/ka$$ +echo ' +/* Array indicating which tokens mark the end of a list */ +const char tokendlist[] = {' +awk '{print "\t" $2 ","}' /tmp/ka$$ +echo '}; + +const char *const tokname[] = {' +sed -e 's/"/\\"/g' \ + -e 's/[^ ]*[ ][ ]*[^ ]*[ ][ ]*\(.*\)/ "\1",/' \ + /tmp/ka$$ +echo '}; +' +sed 's/"//g' /tmp/ka$$ | awk ' +/TNOT/{print "#define KWDOFFSET " NR-1; print ""; + print "STATIC const char *const parsekwd[] = {"} +/TNOT/,/neverfound/{if (last) print " \"" last "\","; last = $3} +END{print " \"" last "\"\n};"}' + +rm /tmp/ka$$ diff --git a/src/myhistedit.h b/src/myhistedit.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87d88c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/myhistedit.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* $NetBSD: myhistedit.h,v 1.8 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)myhistedit.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <histedit.h> + +extern History *hist; +extern EditLine *el; +extern int displayhist; + +void histedit(void); +void sethistsize(const char *); +void setterm(const char *); +int histcmd(int, char **); +int not_fcnumber(char *); +int str_to_event(const char *, int); + diff --git a/src/mystring.c b/src/mystring.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ea5a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mystring.c @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mystring.c,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mystring.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: mystring.c,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * String functions. + * + * equal(s1, s2) Return true if strings are equal. + * scopy(from, to) Copy a string. + * scopyn(from, to, n) Like scopy, but checks for overflow. + * number(s) Convert a string of digits to an integer. + * is_number(s) Return true if s is a string of digits. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "shell.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "system.h" + + +char nullstr[1]; /* zero length string */ +const char spcstr[] = " "; +const char snlfmt[] = "%s\n"; +const char dolatstr[] = { CTLVAR, VSNORMAL|VSQUOTE, '@', '=', '\0' }; +const char illnum[] = "Illegal number: %s"; +const char homestr[] = "HOME"; + +/* + * equal - #defined in mystring.h + */ + +/* + * scopy - #defined in mystring.h + */ + + +#if 0 +/* + * scopyn - copy a string from "from" to "to", truncating the string + * if necessary. "To" is always nul terminated, even if + * truncation is performed. "Size" is the size of "to". + */ + +void +scopyn(const char *from, char *to, int size) +{ + + while (--size > 0) { + if ((*to++ = *from++) == '\0') + return; + } + *to = '\0'; +} +#endif + + +/* + * prefix -- see if pfx is a prefix of string. + */ + +char * +prefix(const char *string, const char *pfx) +{ + while (*pfx) { + if (*pfx++ != *string++) + return 0; + } + return (char *) string; +} + + +/* + * Convert a string of digits to an integer, printing an error message on + * failure. + */ + +int +number(const char *s) +{ + + if (! is_number(s)) + error(illnum, s); + return atoi(s); +} + + + +/* + * Check for a valid number. This should be elsewhere. + */ + +int +is_number(const char *p) +{ + do { + if (! is_digit(*p)) + return 0; + } while (*++p != '\0'); + return 1; +} + + +/* + * Produce a possibly single quoted string suitable as input to the shell. + * The return string is allocated on the stack. + */ + +char * +single_quote(const char *s) { + char *p; + + STARTSTACKSTR(p); + + do { + char *q; + size_t len; + + len = strchrnul(s, '\'') - s; + + q = p = makestrspace(len + 3, p); + + *q++ = '\''; + q = mempcpy(q, s, len); + *q++ = '\''; + s += len; + + STADJUST(q - p, p); + + len = strspn(s, "'"); + if (!len) + break; + + q = p = makestrspace(len + 3, p); + + *q++ = '"'; + q = mempcpy(q, s, len); + *q++ = '"'; + s += len; + + STADJUST(q - p, p); + } while (*s); + + USTPUTC(0, p); + + return stackblock(); +} + +/* + * Like strdup but works with the ash stack. + */ + +char * +sstrdup(const char *p) +{ + size_t len = strlen(p) + 1; + return memcpy(stalloc(len), p, len); +} + +/* + * Wrapper around strcmp for qsort/bsearch/... + */ +int +pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + return strcmp(*(const char *const *) a, *(const char *const *) b); +} + +/* + * Find a string is in a sorted array. + */ +const char *const * +findstring(const char *s, const char *const *array, size_t nmemb) +{ + return bsearch(&s, array, nmemb, sizeof(const char *), pstrcmp); +} diff --git a/src/mystring.h b/src/mystring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fba7d7b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/mystring.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* $NetBSD: mystring.h,v 1.10 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)mystring.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <string.h> + +extern const char snlfmt[]; +extern const char spcstr[]; +extern const char dolatstr[]; +#define DOLATSTRLEN 4 +extern const char illnum[]; +extern const char homestr[]; + +#if 0 +void scopyn(const char *, char *, int); +#endif +char *prefix(const char *, const char *); +int number(const char *); +int is_number(const char *); +char *single_quote(const char *); +char *sstrdup(const char *); +int pstrcmp(const void *, const void *); +const char *const *findstring(const char *, const char *const *, size_t); + +#define equal(s1, s2) (strcmp(s1, s2) == 0) +#define scopy(s1, s2) ((void)strcpy(s2, s1)) diff --git a/src/nodes.c.pat b/src/nodes.c.pat new file mode 100644 index 0000000..466af57 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/nodes.c.pat @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +/* $NetBSD: nodes.c.pat,v 1.10 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)nodes.c.pat 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> +/* + * Routine for dealing with parsed shell commands. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "machdep.h" +#include "mystring.h" + + +int funcblocksize; /* size of structures in function */ +int funcstringsize; /* size of strings in node */ +pointer funcblock; /* block to allocate function from */ +char *funcstring; /* block to allocate strings from */ + +%SIZES + + +STATIC void calcsize(union node *); +STATIC void sizenodelist(struct nodelist *); +STATIC union node *copynode(union node *); +STATIC struct nodelist *copynodelist(struct nodelist *); +STATIC char *nodesavestr(char *); + + + +/* + * Make a copy of a parse tree. + */ + +struct funcnode * +copyfunc(union node *n) +{ + struct funcnode *f; + size_t blocksize; + + funcblocksize = offsetof(struct funcnode, n); + funcstringsize = 0; + calcsize(n); + blocksize = funcblocksize; + f = ckmalloc(blocksize + funcstringsize); + funcblock = (char *) f + offsetof(struct funcnode, n); + funcstring = (char *) f + blocksize; + copynode(n); + f->count = 0; + return f; +} + + + +STATIC void +calcsize(n) + union node *n; +{ + %CALCSIZE +} + + + +STATIC void +sizenodelist(lp) + struct nodelist *lp; +{ + while (lp) { + funcblocksize += SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nodelist)); + calcsize(lp->n); + lp = lp->next; + } +} + + + +STATIC union node * +copynode(n) + union node *n; +{ + union node *new; + + %COPY + return new; +} + + +STATIC struct nodelist * +copynodelist(lp) + struct nodelist *lp; +{ + struct nodelist *start; + struct nodelist **lpp; + + lpp = &start; + while (lp) { + *lpp = funcblock; + funcblock = (char *) funcblock + + SHELL_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nodelist)); + (*lpp)->n = copynode(lp->n); + lp = lp->next; + lpp = &(*lpp)->next; + } + *lpp = NULL; + return start; +} + + + +STATIC char * +nodesavestr(s) + char *s; +{ +#ifdef _GNU_SOURCE + char *rtn = funcstring; + + funcstring = stpcpy(funcstring, s) + 1; + return rtn; +#else + register char *p = s; + register char *q = funcstring; + char *rtn = funcstring; + + while ((*q++ = *p++) != '\0') + continue; + funcstring = q; + return rtn; +#endif +} + + + +/* + * Free a parse tree. + */ + +void +freefunc(struct funcnode *f) +{ + if (f && --f->count < 0) + ckfree(f); +} diff --git a/src/nodetypes b/src/nodetypes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60c4a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/nodetypes @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# $NetBSD: nodetypes,v 1.11 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ +# Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 +# The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. +# +# This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by +# Kenneth Almquist. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the +# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software +# must display the following acknowledgement: +# This product includes software developed by the University of +# California, Berkeley and its contributors. +# 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors +# may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software +# without specific prior written permission. +# +# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +# SUCH DAMAGE. +# +# @(#)nodetypes 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + +# This file describes the nodes used in parse trees. Unindented lines +# contain a node type followed by a structure tag. Subsequent indented +# lines specify the fields of the structure. Several node types can share +# the same structure, in which case the fields of the structure should be +# specified only once. +# +# A field of a structure is described by the name of the field followed +# by a type. The currently implemented types are: +# nodeptr - a pointer to a node +# nodelist - a pointer to a list of nodes +# string - a pointer to a nul terminated string +# int - an integer +# other - any type that can be copied by assignment +# temp - a field that doesn't have to be copied when the node is copied +# The last two types should be followed by the text of a C declaration for +# the field. + +NCMD ncmd # a simple command + type int + assign nodeptr # variable assignments + args nodeptr # the arguments + redirect nodeptr # list of file redirections + +NPIPE npipe # a pipeline + type int + backgnd int # set to run pipeline in background + cmdlist nodelist # the commands in the pipeline + +NREDIR nredir # redirection (of a complex command) + type int + n nodeptr # the command + redirect nodeptr # list of file redirections + +NBACKGND nredir # run command in background +NSUBSHELL nredir # run command in a subshell + +NAND nbinary # the && operator +NOR nbinary # the || operator + +NSEMI nbinary # two commands separated by a semicolon + type int + ch1 nodeptr # the first child + ch2 nodeptr # the second child + +NIF nif # the if statement. Elif clauses are handled + type int # using multiple if nodes. + test nodeptr # if test + ifpart nodeptr # then ifpart + elsepart nodeptr # else elsepart + +NWHILE nbinary # the while statement. First child is the test +NUNTIL nbinary # the until statement + +NFOR nfor # the for statement + type int + args nodeptr # for var in args + body nodeptr # do body; done + var string # the for variable + +NCASE ncase # a case statement + type int + expr nodeptr # the word to switch on + cases nodeptr # the list of cases (NCLIST nodes) + +NCLIST nclist # a case + type int + next nodeptr # the next case in list + pattern nodeptr # list of patterns for this case + body nodeptr # code to execute for this case + + +NDEFUN narg # define a function. The "next" field contains + # the body of the function. + +NARG narg # represents a word + type int + next nodeptr # next word in list + text string # the text of the word + backquote nodelist # list of commands in back quotes + +NTO nfile # fd> fname +NCLOBBER nfile # fd>| fname +NFROM nfile # fd< fname +NFROMTO nfile # fd<> fname +NAPPEND nfile # fd>> fname + type int + next nodeptr # next redirection in list + fd int # file descriptor being redirected + fname nodeptr # file name, in a NARG node + expfname temp char *expfname # actual file name + +NTOFD ndup # fd<&dupfd +NFROMFD ndup # fd>&dupfd + type int + next nodeptr # next redirection in list + fd int # file descriptor being redirected + dupfd int # file descriptor to duplicate + vname nodeptr # file name if fd>&$var + + +NHERE nhere # fd<<\! +NXHERE nhere # fd<<! + type int + next nodeptr # next redirection in list + fd int # file descriptor being redirected + doc nodeptr # input to command (NARG node) + +NNOT nnot # ! command (actually pipeline) + type int + com nodeptr diff --git a/src/options.c b/src/options.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88592b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/options.c @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +/* $NetBSD: options.c,v 1.33 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)options.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: options.c,v 1.33 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#define DEFINE_OPTIONS +#include "options.h" +#undef DEFINE_OPTIONS +#include "nodes.h" /* for other header files */ +#include "eval.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif +#include "show.h" + +char *arg0; /* value of $0 */ +struct shparam shellparam; /* current positional parameters */ +char **argptr; /* argument list for builtin commands */ +char *optionarg; /* set by nextopt (like getopt) */ +char *optptr; /* used by nextopt */ + +char *minusc; /* argument to -c option */ + +static const char *const optnames[NOPTS] = { + "errexit", + "noglob", + "ignoreeof", + "interactive", + "monitor", + "noexec", + "stdin", + "xtrace", + "verbose", + "vi", + "emacs", + "noclobber", + "allexport", + "notify", + "nounset", + "quietprofile", + "nolog", + "debug", +}; + +const char optletters[NOPTS] = { + 'e', + 'f', + 'I', + 'i', + 'm', + 'n', + 's', + 'x', + 'v', + 'V', + 'E', + 'C', + 'a', + 'b', + 'u', + 'q', + 0, + 0, +}; + +char optlist[NOPTS]; + + +STATIC void options(int); +STATIC void minus_o(char *, int); +STATIC void setoption(int, int); +STATIC int getopts(char *, char *, char **, int *, int *); + + +/* + * Process the shell command line arguments. + */ + +void +procargs(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int i; + const char *xminusc; + char **xargv; + + xargv = argv; + arg0 = xargv[0]; + if (argc > 0) + xargv++; + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + optlist[i] = 2; + argptr = xargv; + options(1); + xargv = argptr; + xminusc = minusc; + if (*xargv == NULL) { + if (xminusc) + error("-c requires an argument"); + sflag = 1; + } + if (iflag == 2 && sflag == 1 && isatty(0) && isatty(1)) + iflag = 1; + if (mflag == 2) + mflag = iflag; + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + if (optlist[i] == 2) + optlist[i] = 0; +#if DEBUG == 2 + debug = 1; +#endif + /* POSIX 1003.2: first arg after -c cmd is $0, remainder $1... */ + if (xminusc) { + minusc = *xargv++; + if (*xargv) + goto setarg0; + } else if (!sflag) { + setinputfile(*xargv, 0); +setarg0: + arg0 = *xargv++; + commandname = arg0; + } + + shellparam.p = xargv; + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + /* assert(shellparam.malloc == 0 && shellparam.nparam == 0); */ + while (*xargv) { + shellparam.nparam++; + xargv++; + } + optschanged(); +} + + +void +optschanged(void) +{ +#ifdef DEBUG + opentrace(); +#endif + setinteractive(iflag); +#ifndef SMALL + histedit(); +#endif + setjobctl(mflag); +} + +/* + * Process shell options. The global variable argptr contains a pointer + * to the argument list; we advance it past the options. + */ + +STATIC void +options(int cmdline) +{ + char *p; + int val; + int c; + + if (cmdline) + minusc = NULL; + while ((p = *argptr) != NULL) { + argptr++; + if ((c = *p++) == '-') { + val = 1; + if (p[0] == '\0' || (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0')) { + if (!cmdline) { + /* "-" means turn off -x and -v */ + if (p[0] == '\0') + xflag = vflag = 0; + /* "--" means reset params */ + else if (*argptr == NULL) + setparam(argptr); + } + break; /* "-" or "--" terminates options */ + } + } else if (c == '+') { + val = 0; + } else { + argptr--; + break; + } + while ((c = *p++) != '\0') { + if (c == 'c' && cmdline) { + minusc = p; /* command is after shell args*/ + } else if (c == 'o') { + minus_o(*argptr, val); + if (*argptr) + argptr++; + } else { + setoption(c, val); + } + } + } +} + +STATIC void +minus_o(char *name, int val) +{ + int i; + + if (name == NULL) { + out1str("Current option settings\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + out1fmt("%-16s%s\n", optnames[i], + optlist[i] ? "on" : "off"); + } else { + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + if (equal(name, optnames[i])) { + optlist[i] = val; + return; + } + error("Illegal option -o %s", name); + } +} + + +STATIC void +setoption(int flag, int val) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < NOPTS; i++) + if (optletters[i] == flag) { + optlist[i] = val; + if (val) { + /* #%$ hack for ksh semantics */ + if (flag == 'V') + Eflag = 0; + else if (flag == 'E') + Vflag = 0; + } + return; + } + error("Illegal option -%c", flag); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + + +/* + * Set the shell parameters. + */ + +void +setparam(char **argv) +{ + char **newparam; + char **ap; + int nparam; + + for (nparam = 0 ; argv[nparam] ; nparam++); + ap = newparam = ckmalloc((nparam + 1) * sizeof *ap); + while (*argv) { + *ap++ = savestr(*argv++); + } + *ap = NULL; + freeparam(&shellparam); + shellparam.malloc = 1; + shellparam.nparam = nparam; + shellparam.p = newparam; + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; +} + + +/* + * Free the list of positional parameters. + */ + +void +freeparam(volatile struct shparam *param) +{ + char **ap; + + if (param->malloc) { + for (ap = param->p ; *ap ; ap++) + ckfree(*ap); + ckfree(param->p); + } +} + + + +/* + * The shift builtin command. + */ + +int +shiftcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + int n; + char **ap1, **ap2; + + n = 1; + if (argc > 1) + n = number(argv[1]); + if (n > shellparam.nparam) + error("can't shift that many"); + INTOFF; + shellparam.nparam -= n; + for (ap1 = shellparam.p ; --n >= 0 ; ap1++) { + if (shellparam.malloc) + ckfree(*ap1); + } + ap2 = shellparam.p; + while ((*ap2++ = *ap1++) != NULL); + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + INTON; + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * The set command builtin. + */ + +int +setcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + if (argc == 1) + return showvars(nullstr, 0, VUNSET); + INTOFF; + options(0); + optschanged(); + if (*argptr != NULL) { + setparam(argptr); + } + INTON; + return 0; +} + + +void +getoptsreset(value) + const char *value; +{ + shellparam.optind = number(value); + shellparam.optoff = -1; +} + +/* + * The getopts builtin. Shellparam.optnext points to the next argument + * to be processed. Shellparam.optptr points to the next character to + * be processed in the current argument. If shellparam.optnext is NULL, + * then it's the first time getopts has been called. + */ + +int +getoptscmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **optbase; + + if (argc < 3) + error("Usage: getopts optstring var [arg]"); + else if (argc == 3) { + optbase = shellparam.p; + if (shellparam.optind > shellparam.nparam + 1) { + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + } + } + else { + optbase = &argv[3]; + if (shellparam.optind > argc - 2) { + shellparam.optind = 1; + shellparam.optoff = -1; + } + } + + return getopts(argv[1], argv[2], optbase, &shellparam.optind, + &shellparam.optoff); +} + +STATIC int +getopts(char *optstr, char *optvar, char **optfirst, int *optind, int *optoff) +{ + char *p, *q; + char c = '?'; + int done = 0; + int err = 0; + char s[12]; + char **optnext; + + if (*optind < 1) + return 1; + optnext = optfirst + *optind - 1; + + if (*optind <= 1 || *optoff < 0 || strlen(optnext[-1]) < *optoff) + p = NULL; + else + p = optnext[-1] + *optoff; + if (p == NULL || *p == '\0') { + /* Current word is done, advance */ + p = *optnext; + if (p == NULL || *p != '-' || *++p == '\0') { +atend: + p = NULL; + done = 1; + goto out; + } + optnext++; + if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0') /* check for "--" */ + goto atend; + } + + c = *p++; + for (q = optstr; *q != c; ) { + if (*q == '\0') { + if (optstr[0] == ':') { + s[0] = c; + s[1] = '\0'; + err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", s, 0); + } else { + outfmt(&errout, "Illegal option -%c\n", c); + (void) unsetvar("OPTARG"); + } + c = '?'; + goto out; + } + if (*++q == ':') + q++; + } + + if (*++q == ':') { + if (*p == '\0' && (p = *optnext) == NULL) { + if (optstr[0] == ':') { + s[0] = c; + s[1] = '\0'; + err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", s, 0); + c = ':'; + } else { + outfmt(&errout, "No arg for -%c option\n", c); + (void) unsetvar("OPTARG"); + c = '?'; + } + goto out; + } + + if (p == *optnext) + optnext++; + err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", p, 0); + p = NULL; + } else + err |= setvarsafe("OPTARG", nullstr, 0); + +out: + *optoff = p ? p - *(optnext - 1) : -1; + *optind = optnext - optfirst + 1; + fmtstr(s, sizeof(s), "%d", *optind); + err |= setvarsafe("OPTIND", s, VNOFUNC); + s[0] = c; + s[1] = '\0'; + err |= setvarsafe(optvar, s, 0); + if (err) { + *optind = 1; + *optoff = -1; + flushall(); + exraise(EXERROR); + } + return done; +} + +/* + * XXX - should get rid of. have all builtins use getopt(3). the + * library getopt must have the BSD extension static variable "optreset" + * otherwise it can't be used within the shell safely. + * + * Standard option processing (a la getopt) for builtin routines. The + * only argument that is passed to nextopt is the option string; the + * other arguments are unnecessary. It return the character, or '\0' on + * end of input. + */ + +int +nextopt(const char *optstring) +{ + char *p; + const char *q; + char c; + + if ((p = optptr) == NULL || *p == '\0') { + p = *argptr; + if (p == NULL || *p != '-' || *++p == '\0') + return '\0'; + argptr++; + if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '\0') /* check for "--" */ + return '\0'; + } + c = *p++; + for (q = optstring ; *q != c ; ) { + if (*q == '\0') + error("Illegal option -%c", c); + if (*++q == ':') + q++; + } + if (*++q == ':') { + if (*p == '\0' && (p = *argptr++) == NULL) + error("No arg for -%c option", c); + optionarg = p; + p = NULL; + } + optptr = p; + return c; +} diff --git a/src/options.h b/src/options.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5a06de --- /dev/null +++ b/src/options.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* $NetBSD: options.h,v 1.16 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)options.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +struct shparam { + int nparam; /* # of positional parameters (without $0) */ + unsigned char malloc; /* if parameter list dynamically allocated */ + char **p; /* parameter list */ + int optind; /* next parameter to be processed by getopts */ + int optoff; /* used by getopts */ +}; + + + +#define eflag optlist[0] +#define fflag optlist[1] +#define Iflag optlist[2] +#define iflag optlist[3] +#define mflag optlist[4] +#define nflag optlist[5] +#define sflag optlist[6] +#define xflag optlist[7] +#define vflag optlist[8] +#define Vflag optlist[9] +#define Eflag optlist[10] +#define Cflag optlist[11] +#define aflag optlist[12] +#define bflag optlist[13] +#define uflag optlist[14] +#define qflag optlist[15] +#define nolog optlist[16] +#define debug optlist[17] + +#define NOPTS 18 + +extern const char optletters[NOPTS]; +extern char optlist[NOPTS]; + + +extern char *minusc; /* argument to -c option */ +extern char *arg0; /* $0 */ +extern struct shparam shellparam; /* $@ */ +extern char **argptr; /* argument list for builtin commands */ +extern char *optionarg; /* set by nextopt */ +extern char *optptr; /* used by nextopt */ + +void procargs(int, char **); +void optschanged(void); +void setparam(char **); +void freeparam(volatile struct shparam *); +int shiftcmd(int, char **); +int setcmd(int, char **); +int getoptscmd(int, char **); +int nextopt(const char *); +void getoptsreset(const char *); diff --git a/src/output.c b/src/output.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84bcfa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/output.c @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/* $NetBSD: output.c,v 1.27 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)output.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: output.c,v 1.27 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +/* + * Shell output routines. We use our own output routines because: + * When a builtin command is interrupted we have to discard + * any pending output. + * When a builtin command appears in back quotes, we want to + * save the output of the command in a region obtained + * via malloc, rather than doing a fork and reading the + * output of the command via a pipe. + * Our output routines may be smaller than the stdio routines. + */ + +#include <sys/types.h> /* quad_t */ +#include <sys/param.h> /* BSD4_4 */ +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include <stdio.h> /* defines BUFSIZ */ +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif +#include <limits.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "main.h" + + +#define OUTBUFSIZ BUFSIZ +#define MEM_OUT -3 /* output to dynamically allocated memory */ + + +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +struct output output = { + stream: 0, nextc: 0, end: 0, buf: 0, bufsize: 0, fd: 1, flags: 0 +}; +struct output errout = { + stream: 0, nextc: 0, end: 0, buf: 0, bufsize: 0, fd: 2, flags: 0 +} +#ifdef notyet +struct output memout = { + stream: 0, nextc: 0, end: 0, buf: 0, bufsize: 0, fd: MEM_OUT, flags: 0 +}; +#endif +#else +struct output output = { + nextc: 0, end: 0, buf: 0, bufsize: OUTBUFSIZ, fd: 1, flags: 0 +}; +struct output errout = { + nextc: 0, end: 0, buf: 0, bufsize: 0, fd: 2, flags: 0 +}; +struct output preverrout; +#ifdef notyet +struct output memout = { + nextc: 0, end: 0, buf: 0, bufsize: 0, fd: MEM_OUT, flags: 0 +}; +#endif +#endif +struct output *out1 = &output; +struct output *out2 = &errout; + + +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +static void __outstr(const char *, size_t, struct output *); +#endif +static int xvsnprintf(char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); + + +#ifdef mkinit + +INCLUDE "output.h" +INCLUDE "memalloc.h" + +INIT { +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + initstreams(); +#endif +} + +RESET { +#ifdef notyet + out1 = &output; + out2 = &errout; +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + if (memout.stream != NULL) + __closememout(); +#endif + if (memout.buf != NULL) { + ckfree(memout.buf); + memout.buf = NULL; + } +#endif +} + +#endif + + +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +static void +__outstr(const char *p, size_t len, struct output *dest) +{ + size_t bufsize; + size_t offset; + size_t nleft; + + nleft = dest->end - dest->nextc; + if (nleft >= len) { +buffered: + dest->nextc = mempcpy(dest->nextc, p, len); + return; + } + + bufsize = dest->bufsize; + if (!bufsize) { + ; + } else if (dest->buf == NULL) { + if (dest->fd == MEM_OUT && len > bufsize) { + bufsize = len; + } + offset = 0; + goto alloc; + } else if (dest->fd == MEM_OUT) { + offset = bufsize; + if (bufsize >= len) { + bufsize <<= 1; + } else { + bufsize += len; + } + if (bufsize < offset) + goto err; +alloc: + INTOFF; + dest->buf = ckrealloc(dest->buf, bufsize); + dest->bufsize = bufsize; + dest->end = dest->buf + bufsize; + dest->nextc = dest->buf + offset; + INTON; + } else { + flushout(dest); + } + + nleft = dest->end - dest->nextc; + if (nleft > len) + goto buffered; + + if ((xwrite(dest->fd, p, len))) { +err: + dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR; + } +} +#endif + + +void +outstr(const char *p, struct output *file) +{ +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + INTOFF; + fputs(p, file->stream); + INTON; +#else + size_t len; + + len = strlen(p); + __outstr(p, len, file); +#endif +} + + +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + + +void +outcslow(int c, struct output *dest) +{ + char buf = c; + __outstr(&buf, 1, dest); +} +#endif + + +void +flushall(void) +{ + flushout(&output); +#ifdef FLUSHERR + flushout(&errout); +#endif +} + + +void +flushout(struct output *dest) +{ +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + INTOFF; + fflush(dest->stream); + INTON; +#else + size_t len; + + len = dest->nextc - dest->buf; + if (!len || dest->fd < 0) + return; + dest->nextc = dest->buf; + if ((xwrite(dest->fd, dest->buf, len))) + dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR; +#endif +} + + +void +outfmt(struct output *file, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + doformat(file, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + + +void +out1fmt(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + doformat(out1, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + + +int +fmtstr(char *outbuf, size_t length, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int ret; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + ret = xvsnprintf(outbuf, length, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + return ret; +} + + +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void +doformat(struct output *dest, const char *f, va_list ap) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + char *s; + int len, ret; + size_t size; + va_list ap2; + + va_copy(ap2, ap); + size = dest->end - dest->nextc; + len = xvsnprintf(dest->nextc, size, f, ap2); + va_end(ap2); + if (len < 0) { + dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR; + return; + } + if (len < size) { + dest->nextc += len; + return; + } + setstackmark(&smark); + s = stalloc((len >= stackblocksize() ? len : stackblocksize()) + 1); + ret = xvsnprintf(s, len + 1, f, ap); + if (ret == len) + __outstr(s, len, dest); + else + dest->flags |= OUTPUT_ERR; + popstackmark(&smark); +} +#endif + + + +/* + * Version of write which resumes after a signal is caught. + */ + +int +xwrite(int fd, const void *p, size_t n) +{ + const char *buf = p; + + while (n) { + ssize_t i; + size_t m; + + m = n; + if (m > SSIZE_MAX) + m = SSIZE_MAX; + do { + i = write(fd, buf, m); + } while (i < 0 && errno == EINTR); + if (i < 0) + return -1; + buf += i; + n -= i; + } + return 0; +} + + +#ifdef notyet +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void initstreams() { + output.stream = stdout; + errout.stream = stderr; +} + + +void +openmemout(void) { + INTOFF; + memout.stream = open_memstream(&memout.buf, &memout.bufsize); + INTON; +} + + +int +__closememout(void) { + int error; + error = fclose(memout.stream); + memout.stream = NULL; + return error; +} +#endif +#endif + + +static int +xvsnprintf(char *outbuf, size_t length, const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + int ret; + + INTOFF; + ret = vsnprintf(outbuf, length, fmt, ap); + INTON; + return ret; +} diff --git a/src/output.h b/src/output.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75538a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/output.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* $NetBSD: output.h,v 1.16 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)output.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#ifndef OUTPUT_INCL + +#include <stdarg.h> +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#include <stdio.h> +#endif +#include <sys/types.h> + +struct output { +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO + FILE *stream; +#endif + char *nextc; + char *end; + char *buf; + size_t bufsize; + int fd; + int flags; +}; + +extern struct output output; +extern struct output errout; +extern struct output preverrout; +#ifdef notyet +extern struct output memout; +#endif +extern struct output *out1; +extern struct output *out2; + +void outstr(const char *, struct output *); +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void outcslow(int, struct output *); +#endif +void flushall(void); +void flushout(struct output *); +void outfmt(struct output *, const char *, ...) + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,2,3))); +void out1fmt(const char *, ...) + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,1,2))); +int fmtstr(char *, size_t, const char *, ...) + __attribute__((__format__(__printf__,3,4))); +#ifndef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void doformat(struct output *, const char *, va_list); +#endif +int xwrite(int, const void *, size_t); +#ifdef notyet +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +void initstreams(void); +void openmemout(void); +int __closememout(void); +#endif +#endif + +static inline void +freestdout() +{ + output.nextc = output.buf; + output.flags = 0; +} + +#define OUTPUT_ERR 01 /* error occurred on output */ + +#ifdef USE_GLIBC_STDIO +#define outc(c, o) putc((c), (o)->stream) +#define doformat(d, f, a) vfprintf((d)->stream, (f), (a)) +#else +#define outc(c, file) ((file)->nextc == (file)->end ? outcslow((c), (file)) : (*(file)->nextc = (c), (file)->nextc++)) +#endif +#define out1c(c) outc((c), out1) +#define out2c(c) outcslow((c), out2) +#define out1str(s) outstr((s), out1) +#define out2str(s) outstr((s), out2) +#define outerr(f) (f)->flags + +#define OUTPUT_INCL +#endif diff --git a/src/parser.c b/src/parser.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35a0351 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/parser.c @@ -0,0 +1,1608 @@ +/* $NetBSD: parser.c,v 1.54 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parser.c 8.7 (Berkeley) 5/16/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: parser.c,v 1.54 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "expand.h" /* defines rmescapes() */ +#include "eval.h" /* defines commandname */ +#include "redir.h" /* defines copyfd() */ +#include "exec.h" /* defines find_builtin() */ +#include "syntax.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "alias.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "builtins.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif + +/* + * Shell command parser. + */ + +#define EOFMARKLEN 79 + +/* values returned by readtoken */ +#include "token.h" + + + +struct heredoc { + struct heredoc *next; /* next here document in list */ + union node *here; /* redirection node */ + char *eofmark; /* string indicating end of input */ + int striptabs; /* if set, strip leading tabs */ +}; + + + +struct heredoc *heredoclist; /* list of here documents to read */ +int parsebackquote; /* nonzero if we are inside backquotes */ +int doprompt; /* if set, prompt the user */ +int needprompt; /* true if interactive and at start of line */ +int lasttoken; /* last token read */ +MKINIT int tokpushback; /* last token pushed back */ +char *wordtext; /* text of last word returned by readtoken */ +int checkkwd; +struct nodelist *backquotelist; +union node *redirnode; +struct heredoc *heredoc; +int quoteflag; /* set if (part of) last token was quoted */ +int startlinno; /* line # where last token started */ + + +STATIC union node *list(int); +STATIC union node *andor(void); +STATIC union node *pipeline(void); +STATIC union node *command(void); +STATIC union node *simplecmd(void); +STATIC union node *makename(void); +STATIC void parsefname(void); +STATIC void parseheredoc(void); +STATIC int peektoken(void); +STATIC int readtoken(void); +STATIC int xxreadtoken(void); +STATIC int readtoken1(int, char const *, char *, int); +STATIC int noexpand(char *); +STATIC void synexpect(int) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +STATIC void synerror(const char *) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +STATIC void setprompt(int); + + +static inline int +isassignment(const char *p) +{ + const char *q = endofname(p); + if (p == q) + return 0; + return *q == '='; +} + + +/* + * Read and parse a command. Returns NEOF on end of file. (NULL is a + * valid parse tree indicating a blank line.) + */ + +union node * +parsecmd(int interact) +{ + int t; + + tokpushback = 0; + doprompt = interact; + if (doprompt) + setprompt(doprompt); + needprompt = 0; + t = readtoken(); + if (t == TEOF) + return NEOF; + if (t == TNL) + return NULL; + tokpushback++; + return list(1); +} + + +STATIC union node * +list(int nlflag) +{ + union node *n1, *n2, *n3; + int tok; + + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (nlflag == 2 && tokendlist[peektoken()]) + return NULL; + n1 = NULL; + for (;;) { + n2 = andor(); + tok = readtoken(); + if (tok == TBACKGND) { + if (n2->type == NPIPE) { + n2->npipe.backgnd = 1; + } else { + if (n2->type != NREDIR) { + n3 = stalloc(sizeof(struct nredir)); + n3->nredir.n = n2; + n3->nredir.redirect = NULL; + n2 = n3; + } + n2->type = NBACKGND; + } + } + if (n1 == NULL) { + n1 = n2; + } + else { + n3 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nbinary)); + n3->type = NSEMI; + n3->nbinary.ch1 = n1; + n3->nbinary.ch2 = n2; + n1 = n3; + } + switch (tok) { + case TBACKGND: + case TSEMI: + tok = readtoken(); + /* fall through */ + case TNL: + if (tok == TNL) { + parseheredoc(); + if (nlflag == 1) + return n1; + } else { + tokpushback++; + } + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (tokendlist[peektoken()]) + return n1; + break; + case TEOF: + if (heredoclist) + parseheredoc(); + else + pungetc(); /* push back EOF on input */ + return n1; + default: + if (nlflag == 1) + synexpect(-1); + tokpushback++; + return n1; + } + } +} + + + +STATIC union node * +andor(void) +{ + union node *n1, *n2, *n3; + int t; + + n1 = pipeline(); + for (;;) { + if ((t = readtoken()) == TAND) { + t = NAND; + } else if (t == TOR) { + t = NOR; + } else { + tokpushback++; + return n1; + } + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + n2 = pipeline(); + n3 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nbinary)); + n3->type = t; + n3->nbinary.ch1 = n1; + n3->nbinary.ch2 = n2; + n1 = n3; + } +} + + + +STATIC union node * +pipeline(void) +{ + union node *n1, *n2, *pipenode; + struct nodelist *lp, *prev; + int negate; + + negate = 0; + TRACE(("pipeline: entered\n")); + if (readtoken() == TNOT) { + negate = !negate; + checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + } else + tokpushback++; + n1 = command(); + if (readtoken() == TPIPE) { + pipenode = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct npipe)); + pipenode->type = NPIPE; + pipenode->npipe.backgnd = 0; + lp = (struct nodelist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nodelist)); + pipenode->npipe.cmdlist = lp; + lp->n = n1; + do { + prev = lp; + lp = (struct nodelist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nodelist)); + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + lp->n = command(); + prev->next = lp; + } while (readtoken() == TPIPE); + lp->next = NULL; + n1 = pipenode; + } + tokpushback++; + if (negate) { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nnot)); + n2->type = NNOT; + n2->nnot.com = n1; + return n2; + } else + return n1; +} + + + +STATIC union node * +command(void) +{ + union node *n1, *n2; + union node *ap, **app; + union node *cp, **cpp; + union node *redir, **rpp; + union node **rpp2; + int t; + + redir = NULL; + rpp2 = &redir; + + switch (readtoken()) { + default: + synexpect(-1); + /* NOTREACHED */ + case TIF: + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nif)); + n1->type = NIF; + n1->nif.test = list(0); + if (readtoken() != TTHEN) + synexpect(TTHEN); + n1->nif.ifpart = list(0); + n2 = n1; + while (readtoken() == TELIF) { + n2->nif.elsepart = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nif)); + n2 = n2->nif.elsepart; + n2->type = NIF; + n2->nif.test = list(0); + if (readtoken() != TTHEN) + synexpect(TTHEN); + n2->nif.ifpart = list(0); + } + if (lasttoken == TELSE) + n2->nif.elsepart = list(0); + else { + n2->nif.elsepart = NULL; + tokpushback++; + } + t = TFI; + break; + case TWHILE: + case TUNTIL: { + int got; + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nbinary)); + n1->type = (lasttoken == TWHILE)? NWHILE : NUNTIL; + n1->nbinary.ch1 = list(0); + if ((got=readtoken()) != TDO) { +TRACE(("expecting DO got %s %s\n", tokname[got], got == TWORD ? wordtext : "")); + synexpect(TDO); + } + n1->nbinary.ch2 = list(0); + t = TDONE; + break; + } + case TFOR: + if (readtoken() != TWORD || quoteflag || ! goodname(wordtext)) + synerror("Bad for loop variable"); + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nfor)); + n1->type = NFOR; + n1->nfor.var = wordtext; + checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (readtoken() == TIN) { + app = ≈ + while (readtoken() == TWORD) { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n2->type = NARG; + n2->narg.text = wordtext; + n2->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + *app = n2; + app = &n2->narg.next; + } + *app = NULL; + n1->nfor.args = ap; + if (lasttoken != TNL && lasttoken != TSEMI) + synexpect(-1); + } else { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n2->type = NARG; + n2->narg.text = (char *)dolatstr; + n2->narg.backquote = NULL; + n2->narg.next = NULL; + n1->nfor.args = n2; + /* + * Newline or semicolon here is optional (but note + * that the original Bourne shell only allowed NL). + */ + if (lasttoken != TNL && lasttoken != TSEMI) + tokpushback++; + } + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + if (readtoken() != TDO) + synexpect(TDO); + n1->nfor.body = list(0); + t = TDONE; + break; + case TCASE: + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct ncase)); + n1->type = NCASE; + if (readtoken() != TWORD) + synexpect(TWORD); + n1->ncase.expr = n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n2->type = NARG; + n2->narg.text = wordtext; + n2->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + n2->narg.next = NULL; + do { + checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + } while (readtoken() == TNL); + if (lasttoken != TIN) + synexpect(TIN); + cpp = &n1->ncase.cases; +next_case: + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD; + t = readtoken(); + while(t != TESAC) { + if (lasttoken == TLP) + readtoken(); + *cpp = cp = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nclist)); + cp->type = NCLIST; + app = &cp->nclist.pattern; + for (;;) { + *app = ap = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + ap->type = NARG; + ap->narg.text = wordtext; + ap->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + if (readtoken() != TPIPE) + break; + app = &ap->narg.next; + readtoken(); + } + ap->narg.next = NULL; + if (lasttoken != TRP) + synexpect(TRP); + cp->nclist.body = list(2); + + cpp = &cp->nclist.next; + + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD; + if ((t = readtoken()) != TESAC) { + if (t != TENDCASE) + synexpect(TENDCASE); + else + goto next_case; + } + } + *cpp = NULL; + goto redir; + case TLP: + n1 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nredir)); + n1->type = NSUBSHELL; + n1->nredir.n = list(0); + n1->nredir.redirect = NULL; + t = TRP; + break; + case TBEGIN: + n1 = list(0); + t = TEND; + break; + case TWORD: + case TREDIR: + tokpushback++; + return simplecmd(); + } + + if (readtoken() != t) + synexpect(t); + +redir: + /* Now check for redirection which may follow command */ + checkkwd = CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + rpp = rpp2; + while (readtoken() == TREDIR) { + *rpp = n2 = redirnode; + rpp = &n2->nfile.next; + parsefname(); + } + tokpushback++; + *rpp = NULL; + if (redir) { + if (n1->type != NSUBSHELL) { + n2 = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nredir)); + n2->type = NREDIR; + n2->nredir.n = n1; + n1 = n2; + } + n1->nredir.redirect = redir; + } + + return n1; +} + + +STATIC union node * +simplecmd(void) { + union node *args, **app; + union node *n = NULL; + union node *vars, **vpp; + union node **rpp, *redir; + int savecheckkwd; + + args = NULL; + app = &args; + vars = NULL; + vpp = &vars; + redir = NULL; + rpp = &redir; + + savecheckkwd = CHKALIAS; + for (;;) { + checkkwd = savecheckkwd; + switch (readtoken()) { + case TWORD: + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n->type = NARG; + n->narg.text = wordtext; + n->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + if (savecheckkwd && isassignment(wordtext)) { + *vpp = n; + vpp = &n->narg.next; + } else { + *app = n; + app = &n->narg.next; + savecheckkwd = 0; + } + break; + case TREDIR: + *rpp = n = redirnode; + rpp = &n->nfile.next; + parsefname(); /* read name of redirection file */ + break; + case TLP: + if ( + args && app == &args->narg.next && + !vars && !redir + ) { + struct builtincmd *bcmd; + const char *name; + + /* We have a function */ + if (readtoken() != TRP) + synexpect(TRP); + name = n->narg.text; + if ( + !goodname(name) || ( + (bcmd = find_builtin(name)) && + bcmd->flags & BUILTIN_SPECIAL + ) + ) + synerror("Bad function name"); + n->type = NDEFUN; + checkkwd = CHKNL | CHKKWD | CHKALIAS; + n->narg.next = command(); + return n; + } + /* fall through */ + default: + tokpushback++; + goto out; + } + } +out: + *app = NULL; + *vpp = NULL; + *rpp = NULL; + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct ncmd)); + n->type = NCMD; + n->ncmd.args = args; + n->ncmd.assign = vars; + n->ncmd.redirect = redir; + return n; +} + +STATIC union node * +makename(void) +{ + union node *n; + + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n->type = NARG; + n->narg.next = NULL; + n->narg.text = wordtext; + n->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + return n; +} + +void fixredir(union node *n, const char *text, int err) + { + TRACE(("Fix redir %s %d\n", text, err)); + if (!err) + n->ndup.vname = NULL; + + if (is_digit(text[0]) && text[1] == '\0') + n->ndup.dupfd = digit_val(text[0]); + else if (text[0] == '-' && text[1] == '\0') + n->ndup.dupfd = -1; + else { + + if (err) + synerror("Bad fd number"); + else + n->ndup.vname = makename(); + } +} + + +STATIC void +parsefname(void) +{ + union node *n = redirnode; + + if (readtoken() != TWORD) + synexpect(-1); + if (n->type == NHERE) { + struct heredoc *here = heredoc; + struct heredoc *p; + int i; + + if (quoteflag == 0) + n->type = NXHERE; + TRACE(("Here document %d\n", n->type)); + if (! noexpand(wordtext) || (i = strlen(wordtext)) == 0 || i > EOFMARKLEN) + synerror("Illegal eof marker for << redirection"); + rmescapes(wordtext); + here->eofmark = wordtext; + here->next = NULL; + if (heredoclist == NULL) + heredoclist = here; + else { + for (p = heredoclist ; p->next ; p = p->next); + p->next = here; + } + } else if (n->type == NTOFD || n->type == NFROMFD) { + fixredir(n, wordtext, 0); + } else { + n->nfile.fname = makename(); + } +} + + +/* + * Input any here documents. + */ + +STATIC void +parseheredoc(void) +{ + struct heredoc *here; + union node *n; + + here = heredoclist; + heredoclist = 0; + + while (here) { + if (needprompt) { + setprompt(2); + } + readtoken1(pgetc(), here->here->type == NHERE? SQSYNTAX : DQSYNTAX, + here->eofmark, here->striptabs); + n = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct narg)); + n->narg.type = NARG; + n->narg.next = NULL; + n->narg.text = wordtext; + n->narg.backquote = backquotelist; + here->here->nhere.doc = n; + here = here->next; + } +} + +STATIC int +peektoken(void) +{ + int t; + + t = readtoken(); + tokpushback++; + return (t); +} + +STATIC int +readtoken(void) +{ + int t; +#ifdef DEBUG + int alreadyseen = tokpushback; +#endif + +top: + t = xxreadtoken(); + + /* + * eat newlines + */ + if (checkkwd & CHKNL) { + while (t == TNL) { + parseheredoc(); + t = xxreadtoken(); + } + } + + if (t != TWORD || quoteflag) { + goto out; + } + + /* + * check for keywords + */ + if (checkkwd & CHKKWD) { + const char *const *pp; + + if ((pp = findkwd(wordtext))) { + lasttoken = t = pp - parsekwd + KWDOFFSET; + TRACE(("keyword %s recognized\n", tokname[t])); + goto out; + } + } + + if (checkkwd & CHKALIAS) { + struct alias *ap; + if ((ap = lookupalias(wordtext, 1)) != NULL) { + if (*ap->val) { + pushstring(ap->val, ap); + } + goto top; + } + } +out: + checkkwd = 0; +#ifdef DEBUG + if (!alreadyseen) + TRACE(("token %s %s\n", tokname[t], t == TWORD ? wordtext : "")); + else + TRACE(("reread token %s %s\n", tokname[t], t == TWORD ? wordtext : "")); +#endif + return (t); +} + + +/* + * Read the next input token. + * If the token is a word, we set backquotelist to the list of cmds in + * backquotes. We set quoteflag to true if any part of the word was + * quoted. + * If the token is TREDIR, then we set redirnode to a structure containing + * the redirection. + * In all cases, the variable startlinno is set to the number of the line + * on which the token starts. + * + * [Change comment: here documents and internal procedures] + * [Readtoken shouldn't have any arguments. Perhaps we should make the + * word parsing code into a separate routine. In this case, readtoken + * doesn't need to have any internal procedures, but parseword does. + * We could also make parseoperator in essence the main routine, and + * have parseword (readtoken1?) handle both words and redirection.] + */ + +#define RETURN(token) return lasttoken = token + +STATIC int +xxreadtoken(void) +{ + int c; + + if (tokpushback) { + tokpushback = 0; + return lasttoken; + } + if (needprompt) { + setprompt(2); + } + startlinno = plinno; + for (;;) { /* until token or start of word found */ + c = pgetc_macro(); + switch (c) { + case ' ': case '\t': + case PEOA: + continue; + case '#': + while ((c = pgetc()) != '\n' && c != PEOF); + pungetc(); + continue; + case '\\': + if (pgetc() == '\n') { + startlinno = ++plinno; + if (doprompt) + setprompt(2); + continue; + } + pungetc(); + goto breakloop; + case '\n': + plinno++; + needprompt = doprompt; + RETURN(TNL); + case PEOF: + RETURN(TEOF); + case '&': + if (pgetc() == '&') + RETURN(TAND); + pungetc(); + RETURN(TBACKGND); + case '|': + if (pgetc() == '|') + RETURN(TOR); + pungetc(); + RETURN(TPIPE); + case ';': + if (pgetc() == ';') + RETURN(TENDCASE); + pungetc(); + RETURN(TSEMI); + case '(': + RETURN(TLP); + case ')': + RETURN(TRP); + default: + goto breakloop; + } + } +breakloop: + return readtoken1(c, BASESYNTAX, (char *)NULL, 0); +#undef RETURN +} + + + +/* + * If eofmark is NULL, read a word or a redirection symbol. If eofmark + * is not NULL, read a here document. In the latter case, eofmark is the + * word which marks the end of the document and striptabs is true if + * leading tabs should be stripped from the document. The argument firstc + * is the first character of the input token or document. + * + * Because C does not have internal subroutines, I have simulated them + * using goto's to implement the subroutine linkage. The following macros + * will run code that appears at the end of readtoken1. + */ + +#define CHECKEND() {goto checkend; checkend_return:;} +#define PARSEREDIR() {goto parseredir; parseredir_return:;} +#define PARSESUB() {goto parsesub; parsesub_return:;} +#define PARSEBACKQOLD() {oldstyle = 1; goto parsebackq; parsebackq_oldreturn:;} +#define PARSEBACKQNEW() {oldstyle = 0; goto parsebackq; parsebackq_newreturn:;} +#define PARSEARITH() {goto parsearith; parsearith_return:;} + +STATIC int +readtoken1(int firstc, char const *syntax, char *eofmark, int striptabs) +{ + int c = firstc; + char *out; + int len; + char line[EOFMARKLEN + 1]; + struct nodelist *bqlist; + int quotef; + int dblquote; + int varnest; /* levels of variables expansion */ + int arinest; /* levels of arithmetic expansion */ + int parenlevel; /* levels of parens in arithmetic */ + int dqvarnest; /* levels of variables expansion within double quotes */ + int oldstyle; + char const *prevsyntax; /* syntax before arithmetic */ +#if __GNUC__ + /* Avoid longjmp clobbering */ + (void) &out; + (void) "ef; + (void) &dblquote; + (void) &varnest; + (void) &arinest; + (void) &parenlevel; + (void) &dqvarnest; + (void) &oldstyle; + (void) &prevsyntax; + (void) &syntax; +#endif + + startlinno = plinno; + dblquote = 0; + if (syntax == DQSYNTAX) + dblquote = 1; + quotef = 0; + bqlist = NULL; + varnest = 0; + arinest = 0; + parenlevel = 0; + dqvarnest = 0; + + STARTSTACKSTR(out); + loop: { /* for each line, until end of word */ +#if ATTY + if (c == '\034' && doprompt + && attyset() && ! equal(termval(), "emacs")) { + attyline(); + if (syntax == BASESYNTAX) + return readtoken(); + c = pgetc(); + goto loop; + } +#endif + CHECKEND(); /* set c to PEOF if at end of here document */ + for (;;) { /* until end of line or end of word */ + CHECKSTRSPACE(4, out); /* permit 4 calls to USTPUTC */ + switch(syntax[c]) { + case CNL: /* '\n' */ + if (syntax == BASESYNTAX) + goto endword; /* exit outer loop */ + USTPUTC(c, out); + plinno++; + if (doprompt) + setprompt(2); + c = pgetc(); + goto loop; /* continue outer loop */ + case CWORD: + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + case CCTL: + if (eofmark == NULL || dblquote) + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + case CBACK: /* backslash */ + c = pgetc2(); + if (c == PEOF) { + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC('\\', out); + pungetc(); + } else if (c == '\n') { + if (doprompt) + setprompt(2); + } else { + if ( + dblquote && + c != '\\' && c != '`' && + c != '$' && ( + c != '"' || + eofmark != NULL + ) + ) { + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC('\\', out); + } + if (SQSYNTAX[c] == CCTL) + USTPUTC(CTLESC, out); + USTPUTC(c, out); + quotef++; + } + break; + case CSQUOTE: + syntax = SQSYNTAX; +quotemark: + if (eofmark == NULL) { + USTPUTC(CTLQUOTEMARK, out); + } + break; + case CDQUOTE: + syntax = DQSYNTAX; + dblquote = 1; + goto quotemark; + case CENDQUOTE: + if (eofmark != NULL && arinest == 0 && + varnest == 0) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + } else { + if (dqvarnest == 0) { + syntax = BASESYNTAX; + dblquote = 0; + } + quotef++; + goto quotemark; + } + break; + case CVAR: /* '$' */ + PARSESUB(); /* parse substitution */ + break; + case CENDVAR: /* '}' */ + if (varnest > 0) { + varnest--; + if (dqvarnest > 0) { + dqvarnest--; + } + USTPUTC(CTLENDVAR, out); + } else { + USTPUTC(c, out); + } + break; + case CLP: /* '(' in arithmetic */ + parenlevel++; + USTPUTC(c, out); + break; + case CRP: /* ')' in arithmetic */ + if (parenlevel > 0) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + --parenlevel; + } else { + if (pgetc() == ')') { + if (--arinest == 0) { + USTPUTC(CTLENDARI, out); + syntax = prevsyntax; + if (syntax == DQSYNTAX) + dblquote = 1; + else + dblquote = 0; + } else + USTPUTC(')', out); + } else { + /* + * unbalanced parens + * (don't 2nd guess - no error) + */ + pungetc(); + USTPUTC(')', out); + } + } + break; + case CBQUOTE: /* '`' */ + PARSEBACKQOLD(); + break; + case CEOF: + goto endword; /* exit outer loop */ + case CIGN: + break; + default: + if (varnest == 0) + goto endword; /* exit outer loop */ + if (c != PEOA) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + } + } + c = pgetc_macro(); + } + } +endword: + if (syntax == ARISYNTAX) + synerror("Missing '))'"); + if (syntax != BASESYNTAX && ! parsebackquote && eofmark == NULL) + synerror("Unterminated quoted string"); + if (varnest != 0) { + startlinno = plinno; + /* { */ + synerror("Missing '}'"); + } + USTPUTC('\0', out); + len = out - (char *)stackblock(); + out = stackblock(); + if (eofmark == NULL) { + if ((c == '>' || c == '<') + && quotef == 0 + && len <= 2 + && (*out == '\0' || is_digit(*out))) { + PARSEREDIR(); + return lasttoken = TREDIR; + } else { + pungetc(); + } + } + quoteflag = quotef; + backquotelist = bqlist; + grabstackblock(len); + wordtext = out; + return lasttoken = TWORD; +/* end of readtoken routine */ + + + +/* + * Check to see whether we are at the end of the here document. When this + * is called, c is set to the first character of the next input line. If + * we are at the end of the here document, this routine sets the c to PEOF. + */ + +checkend: { + if (eofmark) { + if (c == PEOA) { + c = pgetc2(); + } + if (striptabs) { + while (c == '\t') { + c = pgetc2(); + } + } + if (c == *eofmark) { + if (pfgets(line, sizeof line) != NULL) { + char *p, *q; + + p = line; + for (q = eofmark + 1 ; *q && *p == *q ; p++, q++); + if (*p == '\n' && *q == '\0') { + c = PEOF; + plinno++; + needprompt = doprompt; + } else { + pushstring(line, NULL); + } + } + } + } + goto checkend_return; +} + + +/* + * Parse a redirection operator. The variable "out" points to a string + * specifying the fd to be redirected. The variable "c" contains the + * first character of the redirection operator. + */ + +parseredir: { + char fd = *out; + union node *np; + + np = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nfile)); + if (c == '>') { + np->nfile.fd = 1; + c = pgetc(); + if (c == '>') + np->type = NAPPEND; + else if (c == '|') + np->type = NCLOBBER; + else if (c == '&') + np->type = NTOFD; + else { + np->type = NTO; + pungetc(); + } + } else { /* c == '<' */ + np->nfile.fd = 0; + switch (c = pgetc()) { + case '<': + if (sizeof (struct nfile) != sizeof (struct nhere)) { + np = (union node *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nhere)); + np->nfile.fd = 0; + } + np->type = NHERE; + heredoc = (struct heredoc *)stalloc(sizeof (struct heredoc)); + heredoc->here = np; + if ((c = pgetc()) == '-') { + heredoc->striptabs = 1; + } else { + heredoc->striptabs = 0; + pungetc(); + } + break; + + case '&': + np->type = NFROMFD; + break; + + case '>': + np->type = NFROMTO; + break; + + default: + np->type = NFROM; + pungetc(); + break; + } + } + if (fd != '\0') + np->nfile.fd = digit_val(fd); + redirnode = np; + goto parseredir_return; +} + + +/* + * Parse a substitution. At this point, we have read the dollar sign + * and nothing else. + */ + +parsesub: { + int subtype; + int typeloc; + int flags; + char *p; + static const char types[] = "}-+?="; + + c = pgetc(); + if ( + c <= PEOA || + (c != '(' && c != '{' && !is_name(c) && !is_special(c)) + ) { + USTPUTC('$', out); + pungetc(); + } else if (c == '(') { /* $(command) or $((arith)) */ + if (pgetc() == '(') { + PARSEARITH(); + } else { + pungetc(); + PARSEBACKQNEW(); + } + } else { + USTPUTC(CTLVAR, out); + typeloc = out - (char *)stackblock(); + USTPUTC(VSNORMAL, out); + subtype = VSNORMAL; + if (c == '{') { + c = pgetc(); + if (c == '#') { + if ((c = pgetc()) == '}') + c = '#'; + else + subtype = VSLENGTH; + } + else + subtype = 0; + } + if (c > PEOA && is_name(c)) { + do { + STPUTC(c, out); + c = pgetc(); + } while (c > PEOA && is_in_name(c)); + } else if (is_digit(c)) { + do { + STPUTC(c, out); + c = pgetc(); + } while (is_digit(c)); + } + else if (is_special(c)) { + USTPUTC(c, out); + c = pgetc(); + } + else +badsub: synerror("Bad substitution"); + + STPUTC('=', out); + flags = 0; + if (subtype == 0) { + switch (c) { + case ':': + flags = VSNUL; + c = pgetc(); + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ + default: + p = strchr(types, c); + if (p == NULL) + goto badsub; + subtype = p - types + VSNORMAL; + break; + case '%': + case '#': + { + int cc = c; + subtype = c == '#' ? VSTRIMLEFT : + VSTRIMRIGHT; + c = pgetc(); + if (c == cc) + subtype++; + else + pungetc(); + break; + } + } + } else { + pungetc(); + } + if (dblquote || arinest) + flags |= VSQUOTE; + *((char *)stackblock() + typeloc) = subtype | flags; + if (subtype != VSNORMAL) { + varnest++; + if (dblquote || arinest) { + dqvarnest++; + } + } + } + goto parsesub_return; +} + + +/* + * Called to parse command substitutions. Newstyle is set if the command + * is enclosed inside $(...); nlpp is a pointer to the head of the linked + * list of commands (passed by reference), and savelen is the number of + * characters on the top of the stack which must be preserved. + */ + +parsebackq: { + struct nodelist **nlpp; + int savepbq; + union node *n; + char *volatile str; + struct jmploc jmploc; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler; + size_t savelen; + int saveprompt; +#ifdef __GNUC__ + (void) &saveprompt; +#endif + + savepbq = parsebackquote; + if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) { + if (str) + ckfree(str); + parsebackquote = 0; + handler = savehandler; + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + } + INTOFF; + str = NULL; + savelen = out - (char *)stackblock(); + if (savelen > 0) { + str = ckmalloc(savelen); + memcpy(str, stackblock(), savelen); + } + savehandler = handler; + handler = &jmploc; + INTON; + if (oldstyle) { + /* We must read until the closing backquote, giving special + treatment to some slashes, and then push the string and + reread it as input, interpreting it normally. */ + char *pout; + int pc; + size_t psavelen; + char *pstr; + + + STARTSTACKSTR(pout); + for (;;) { + if (needprompt) { + setprompt(2); + } + switch (pc = pgetc()) { + case '`': + goto done; + + case '\\': + if ((pc = pgetc()) == '\n') { + plinno++; + if (doprompt) + setprompt(2); + /* + * If eating a newline, avoid putting + * the newline into the new character + * stream (via the STPUTC after the + * switch). + */ + continue; + } + if (pc != '\\' && pc != '`' && pc != '$' + && (!dblquote || pc != '"')) + STPUTC('\\', pout); + if (pc > PEOA) { + break; + } + /* fall through */ + + case PEOF: + case PEOA: + startlinno = plinno; + synerror("EOF in backquote substitution"); + + case '\n': + plinno++; + needprompt = doprompt; + break; + + default: + break; + } + STPUTC(pc, pout); + } +done: + STPUTC('\0', pout); + psavelen = pout - (char *)stackblock(); + if (psavelen > 0) { + pstr = grabstackstr(pout); + setinputstring(pstr); + } + } + nlpp = &bqlist; + while (*nlpp) + nlpp = &(*nlpp)->next; + *nlpp = (struct nodelist *)stalloc(sizeof (struct nodelist)); + (*nlpp)->next = NULL; + parsebackquote = oldstyle; + + if (oldstyle) { + saveprompt = doprompt; + doprompt = 0; + } + + n = list(2); + + if (oldstyle) + doprompt = saveprompt; + else { + if (readtoken() != TRP) + synexpect(TRP); + } + + (*nlpp)->n = n; + if (oldstyle) { + /* + * Start reading from old file again, ignoring any pushed back + * tokens left from the backquote parsing + */ + popfile(); + tokpushback = 0; + } + while (stackblocksize() <= savelen) + growstackblock(); + STARTSTACKSTR(out); + if (str) { + memcpy(out, str, savelen); + STADJUST(savelen, out); + INTOFF; + ckfree(str); + str = NULL; + INTON; + } + parsebackquote = savepbq; + handler = savehandler; + if (arinest || dblquote) + USTPUTC(CTLBACKQ | CTLQUOTE, out); + else + USTPUTC(CTLBACKQ, out); + if (oldstyle) + goto parsebackq_oldreturn; + else + goto parsebackq_newreturn; +} + +/* + * Parse an arithmetic expansion (indicate start of one and set state) + */ +parsearith: { + + if (++arinest == 1) { + prevsyntax = syntax; + syntax = ARISYNTAX; + USTPUTC(CTLARI, out); + if (dblquote) + USTPUTC('"',out); + else + USTPUTC(' ',out); + } else { + /* + * we collapse embedded arithmetic expansion to + * parenthesis, which should be equivalent + */ + USTPUTC('(', out); + } + goto parsearith_return; +} + +} /* end of readtoken */ + + + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE "parser.h" +RESET { + tokpushback = 0; + checkkwd = 0; +} +#endif + +/* + * Returns true if the text contains nothing to expand (no dollar signs + * or backquotes). + */ + +STATIC int +noexpand(char *text) +{ + char *p; + char c; + + p = text; + while ((c = *p++) != '\0') { + if (c == CTLQUOTEMARK) + continue; + if (c == CTLESC) + p++; + else if (BASESYNTAX[(int)c] == CCTL) + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + + +/* + * Return of a legal variable name (a letter or underscore followed by zero or + * more letters, underscores, and digits). + */ + +char * +endofname(const char *name) + { + char *p; + + p = (char *) name; + if (! is_name(*p)) + return p; + while (*++p) { + if (! is_in_name(*p)) + break; + } + return p; +} + + +/* + * Called when an unexpected token is read during the parse. The argument + * is the token that is expected, or -1 if more than one type of token can + * occur at this point. + */ + +STATIC void +synexpect(int token) +{ + char msg[64]; + + if (token >= 0) { + fmtstr(msg, 64, "%s unexpected (expecting %s)", + tokname[lasttoken], tokname[token]); + } else { + fmtstr(msg, 64, "%s unexpected", tokname[lasttoken]); + } + synerror(msg); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + + +STATIC void +synerror(const char *msg) +{ + error("Syntax error: %s", msg); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +STATIC void +setprompt(int which) +{ + struct stackmark smark; + int show; + + needprompt = 0; + whichprompt = which; + +#ifdef SMALL + show = 1; +#else + show = !el; +#endif + if (show) { + setstackmark(&smark); + stalloc(stackblocksize()); + out2str(getprompt(NULL)); + popstackmark(&smark); + } +} + +const char * +expandstr(const char *ps) +{ + union node n; + + /* XXX Fix (char *) cast. */ + setinputstring((char *)ps); + readtoken1(pgetc(), DQSYNTAX, nullstr, 0); + popfile(); + + n.narg.type = NARG; + n.narg.next = NULL; + n.narg.text = wordtext; + n.narg.backquote = backquotelist; + + expandarg(&n, NULL, 0); + return stackblock(); +} + +/* + * called by editline -- any expansions to the prompt + * should be added here. + */ +const char * +getprompt(void *unused) +{ + const char *prompt; + + switch (whichprompt) { + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + return "<internal prompt error>"; +#endif + case 0: + return nullstr; + case 1: + prompt = ps1val(); + break; + case 2: + prompt = ps2val(); + break; + } + + return expandstr(prompt); +} + +const char *const * +findkwd(const char *s) +{ + return findstring( + s, parsekwd, sizeof(parsekwd) / sizeof(const char *) + ); +} diff --git a/src/parser.h b/src/parser.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..68a876c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/parser.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* $NetBSD: parser.h,v 1.15 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)parser.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* control characters in argument strings */ +#define CTL_FIRST '\201' /* first 'special' character */ +#define CTLESC '\201' /* escape next character */ +#define CTLVAR '\202' /* variable defn */ +#define CTLENDVAR '\203' +#define CTLBACKQ '\204' +#define CTLQUOTE 01 /* ored with CTLBACKQ code if in quotes */ +/* CTLBACKQ | CTLQUOTE == '\205' */ +#define CTLARI '\206' /* arithmetic expression */ +#define CTLENDARI '\207' +#define CTLQUOTEMARK '\210' +#define CTL_LAST '\210' /* last 'special' character */ + +/* variable substitution byte (follows CTLVAR) */ +#define VSTYPE 0x0f /* type of variable substitution */ +#define VSNUL 0x10 /* colon--treat the empty string as unset */ +#define VSQUOTE 0x80 /* inside double quotes--suppress splitting */ + +/* values of VSTYPE field */ +#define VSNORMAL 0x1 /* normal variable: $var or ${var} */ +#define VSMINUS 0x2 /* ${var-text} */ +#define VSPLUS 0x3 /* ${var+text} */ +#define VSQUESTION 0x4 /* ${var?message} */ +#define VSASSIGN 0x5 /* ${var=text} */ +#define VSTRIMRIGHT 0x6 /* ${var%pattern} */ +#define VSTRIMRIGHTMAX 0x7 /* ${var%%pattern} */ +#define VSTRIMLEFT 0x8 /* ${var#pattern} */ +#define VSTRIMLEFTMAX 0x9 /* ${var##pattern} */ +#define VSLENGTH 0xa /* ${#var} */ + +/* values of checkkwd variable */ +#define CHKALIAS 0x1 +#define CHKKWD 0x2 +#define CHKNL 0x4 + + +/* + * NEOF is returned by parsecmd when it encounters an end of file. It + * must be distinct from NULL, so we use the address of a variable that + * happens to be handy. + */ +extern int tokpushback; +#define NEOF ((union node *)&tokpushback) +extern int whichprompt; /* 1 == PS1, 2 == PS2 */ +extern int checkkwd; +extern int startlinno; /* line # where last token started */ + + +union node *parsecmd(int); +void fixredir(union node *, const char *, int); +const char *getprompt(void *); +const char *const *findkwd(const char *); +char *endofname(const char *); +const char *expandstr(const char *); + +static inline int +goodname(const char *p) +{ + return !*endofname(p); +} diff --git a/src/redir.c b/src/redir.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bebcb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/redir.c @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ +/* $NetBSD: redir.c,v 1.27 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)redir.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: redir.c,v 1.27 2002/11/24 22:35:42 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/param.h> /* PIPE_BUF */ +#include <signal.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* + * Code for dealing with input/output redirection. + */ + +#include "main.h" +#include "shell.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "redir.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" + + +#define EMPTY -2 /* marks an unused slot in redirtab */ +#ifndef PIPE_BUF +# define PIPESIZE 4096 /* amount of buffering in a pipe */ +#else +# define PIPESIZE PIPE_BUF +#endif + + +MKINIT +struct redirtab { + struct redirtab *next; + int renamed[10]; + int nullredirs; +}; + + +MKINIT struct redirtab *redirlist; +MKINIT int nullredirs; + +STATIC int openredirect(union node *); +#ifdef notyet +STATIC void dupredirect(union node *, int, char[10]); +#else +STATIC void dupredirect(union node *, int); +#endif +STATIC int openhere(union node *); +STATIC int noclobberopen(const char *); + + +/* + * Process a list of redirection commands. If the REDIR_PUSH flag is set, + * old file descriptors are stashed away so that the redirection can be + * undone by calling popredir. If the REDIR_BACKQ flag is set, then the + * standard output, and the standard error if it becomes a duplicate of + * stdout, is saved in memory. + */ + +void +redirect(union node *redir, int flags) +{ + union node *n; + struct redirtab *sv; + int i; + int fd; + int newfd; + int *p; +#if notyet + char memory[10]; /* file descriptors to write to memory */ + + for (i = 10 ; --i >= 0 ; ) + memory[i] = 0; + memory[1] = flags & REDIR_BACKQ; +#endif + nullredirs++; + if (!redir) { + return; + } + sv = NULL; + INTOFF; + if (flags & REDIR_PUSH) { + struct redirtab *q; + q = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct redirtab)); + q->next = redirlist; + redirlist = q; + q->nullredirs = nullredirs - 1; + for (i = 0 ; i < 10 ; i++) + q->renamed[i] = EMPTY; + nullredirs = 0; + sv = q; + } + n = redir; + do { + fd = n->nfile.fd; + if ((n->nfile.type == NTOFD || n->nfile.type == NFROMFD) && + n->ndup.dupfd == fd) + continue; /* redirect from/to same file descriptor */ + + newfd = openredirect(n); + if (fd == newfd) + continue; + if (sv && *(p = &sv->renamed[fd]) == EMPTY) { + int i = fcntl(fd, F_DUPFD, 10); + if (i == -1) { + i = errno; + if (i != EBADF) { + const char *m = strerror(i); + close(newfd); + error("%d: %s", fd, m); + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + } else { + *p = i; + close(fd); + } + } else { + close(fd); + } +#ifdef notyet + dupredirect(n, newfd, memory); +#else + dupredirect(n, newfd); +#endif + } while ((n = n->nfile.next)); + INTON; +#ifdef notyet + if (memory[1]) + out1 = &memout; + if (memory[2]) + out2 = &memout; +#endif + if (flags & REDIR_SAVEFD2 && sv && sv->renamed[2] >= 0) + preverrout.fd = sv->renamed[2]; +} + + +STATIC int +openredirect(union node *redir) +{ + char *fname; + int f; + + switch (redir->nfile.type) { + case NFROM: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0) + goto eopen; + break; + case NFROMTO: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + case NTO: + /* Take care of noclobber mode. */ + if (Cflag) { + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = noclobberopen(fname)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case NCLOBBER: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + case NAPPEND: + fname = redir->nfile.expfname; + if ((f = open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND, 0666)) < 0) + goto ecreate; + break; + default: +#ifdef DEBUG + abort(); +#endif + /* Fall through to eliminate warning. */ + case NTOFD: + case NFROMFD: + f = -1; + break; + case NHERE: + case NXHERE: + f = openhere(redir); + break; + } + + return f; +ecreate: + error("cannot create %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_CREAT)); +eopen: + error("cannot open %s: %s", fname, errmsg(errno, E_OPEN)); +} + + +STATIC void +#ifdef notyet +dupredirect(redir, f, memory) +#else +dupredirect(redir, f) +#endif + union node *redir; + int f; +#ifdef notyet + char memory[10]; +#endif + { + int fd = redir->nfile.fd; + +#ifdef notyet + memory[fd] = 0; +#endif + if (redir->nfile.type == NTOFD || redir->nfile.type == NFROMFD) { + if (redir->ndup.dupfd >= 0) { /* if not ">&-" */ +#ifdef notyet + if (memory[redir->ndup.dupfd]) + memory[fd] = 1; + else +#endif + copyfd(redir->ndup.dupfd, fd); + } + return; + } + + if (f != fd) { + copyfd(f, fd); + close(f); + } + return; +} + + +/* + * Handle here documents. Normally we fork off a process to write the + * data to a pipe. If the document is short, we can stuff the data in + * the pipe without forking. + */ + +STATIC int +openhere(union node *redir) +{ + int pip[2]; + size_t len = 0; + + if (pipe(pip) < 0) + error("Pipe call failed"); + if (redir->type == NHERE) { + len = strlen(redir->nhere.doc->narg.text); + if (len <= PIPESIZE) { + xwrite(pip[1], redir->nhere.doc->narg.text, len); + goto out; + } + } + if (forkshell((struct job *)NULL, (union node *)NULL, FORK_NOJOB) == 0) { + close(pip[0]); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN); + signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN); + signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); +#ifdef SIGTSTP + signal(SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN); +#endif + signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_DFL); + if (redir->type == NHERE) + xwrite(pip[1], redir->nhere.doc->narg.text, len); + else + expandhere(redir->nhere.doc, pip[1]); + _exit(0); + } +out: + close(pip[1]); + return pip[0]; +} + + + +/* + * Undo the effects of the last redirection. + */ + +void +popredir(int drop) +{ + struct redirtab *rp; + int i; + + if (--nullredirs >= 0) + return; + INTOFF; + rp = redirlist; + for (i = 0 ; i < 10 ; i++) { + if (rp->renamed[i] != EMPTY) { + if (!drop) { + close(i); + copyfd(rp->renamed[i], i); + } + close(rp->renamed[i]); + } + } + redirlist = rp->next; + nullredirs = rp->nullredirs; + ckfree(rp); + INTON; +} + +/* + * Undo all redirections. Called on error or interrupt. + */ + +#ifdef mkinit + +INCLUDE "redir.h" + +RESET { + clearredir(0); +} + +#endif + +/* + * Discard all saved file descriptors. + */ + +void +clearredir(int drop) +{ + for (;;) { + nullredirs = 0; + if (!redirlist) + break; + popredir(drop); + } +} + + + +/* + * Copy a file descriptor to be >= to. Returns -1 + * if the source file descriptor is closed, EMPTY if there are no unused + * file descriptors left. + */ + +int +copyfd(int from, int to) +{ + int newfd; + + newfd = fcntl(from, F_DUPFD, to); + if (newfd < 0) { + int errno2 = errno; + if (errno2 == EMFILE) + return EMPTY; + else + error("%d: %s", from, strerror(errno2)); + } + return newfd; +} + + +/* + * Open a file in noclobber mode. + * The code was copied from bash. + */ +int +noclobberopen(fname) + const char *fname; +{ + int r, fd; + struct stat64 finfo, finfo2; + + /* + * If the file exists and is a regular file, return an error + * immediately. + */ + r = stat64(fname, &finfo); + if (r == 0 && S_ISREG(finfo.st_mode)) { + errno = EEXIST; + return -1; + } + + /* + * If the file was not present (r != 0), make sure we open it + * exclusively so that if it is created before we open it, our open + * will fail. Make sure that we do not truncate an existing file. + * Note that we don't turn on O_EXCL unless the stat failed -- if the + * file was not a regular file, we leave O_EXCL off. + */ + if (r != 0) + return open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0666); + fd = open64(fname, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT, 0666); + + /* If the open failed, return the file descriptor right away. */ + if (fd < 0) + return fd; + + /* + * OK, the open succeeded, but the file may have been changed from a + * non-regular file to a regular file between the stat and the open. + * We are assuming that the O_EXCL open handles the case where FILENAME + * did not exist and is symlinked to an existing file between the stat + * and open. + */ + + /* + * If we can open it and fstat the file descriptor, and neither check + * revealed that it was a regular file, and the file has not been + * replaced, return the file descriptor. + */ + if (fstat64(fd, &finfo2) == 0 && !S_ISREG(finfo2.st_mode) && + finfo.st_dev == finfo2.st_dev && finfo.st_ino == finfo2.st_ino) + return fd; + + /* The file has been replaced. badness. */ + close(fd); + errno = EEXIST; + return -1; +} + + +int +redirectsafe(union node *redir, int flags) +{ + int err; + volatile int saveint; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler = handler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + + SAVEINT(saveint); + if (!(err = setjmp(jmploc.loc) * 2)) { + handler = &jmploc; + redirect(redir, flags); + } + handler = savehandler; + if (err && exception != EXERROR) + longjmp(handler->loc, 1); + RESTOREINT(saveint); + return err; +} diff --git a/src/redir.h b/src/redir.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..212c281 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/redir.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* $NetBSD: redir.h,v 1.14 2002/11/24 22:35:43 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)redir.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* flags passed to redirect */ +#define REDIR_PUSH 01 /* save previous values of file descriptors */ +#ifdef notyet +#define REDIR_BACKQ 02 /* save the command output in memory */ +#endif +#define REDIR_SAVEFD2 03 /* set preverrout */ + +union node; +void redirect(union node *, int); +void popredir(int); +void clearredir(int); +int copyfd(int, int); +int redirectsafe(union node *, int); + diff --git a/src/shell.h b/src/shell.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01c54d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shell.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* $NetBSD: shell.h,v 1.16 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)shell.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* + * The follow should be set to reflect the type of system you have: + * JOBS -> 1 if you have Berkeley job control, 0 otherwise. + * SHORTNAMES -> 1 if your linker cannot handle long names. + * define BSD if you are running 4.2 BSD or later. + * define SYSV if you are running under System V. + * define DEBUG=1 to compile in debugging ('set -o debug' to turn on) + * define DEBUG=2 to compile in and turn on debugging. + * define DO_SHAREDVFORK to indicate that vfork(2) shares its address + * with its parent. + * + * When debugging is on, debugging info will be written to ./trace and + * a quit signal will generate a core dump. + */ + +#include <sys/param.h> + +#ifndef JOBS +#define JOBS 1 +#endif +#ifndef BSD +#define BSD 1 +#endif + +#ifndef DO_SHAREDVFORK +#if __NetBSD_Version__ >= 104000000 +#define DO_SHAREDVFORK +#endif +#endif + +typedef void *pointer; +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL (void *)0 +#endif +#define STATIC static +#define MKINIT /* empty */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> + +extern char nullstr[1]; /* null string */ + + +#ifdef DEBUG +#define TRACE(param) trace param +#define TRACEV(param) tracev param +#else +#define TRACE(param) +#define TRACEV(param) +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3 +#define va_copy __va_copy +#endif + +#if !defined(__GNUC__) || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 96) +#define __builtin_expect(x, expected_value) (x) +#endif + +#define likely(x) __builtin_expect((x),1) +#define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect((x),0) diff --git a/src/show.c b/src/show.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad16752 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/show.c @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ +/* $NetBSD: show.c,v 1.24 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)show.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: show.c,v 1.24 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "nodes.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "options.h" + + +#ifdef DEBUG +static void shtree(union node *, int, char *, FILE*); +static void shcmd(union node *, FILE *); +static void sharg(union node *, FILE *); +static void indent(int, char *, FILE *); +static void trstring(char *); + + +void +showtree(union node *n) +{ + trputs("showtree called\n"); + shtree(n, 1, NULL, stdout); +} + + +static void +shtree(union node *n, int ind, char *pfx, FILE *fp) +{ + struct nodelist *lp; + const char *s; + + if (n == NULL) + return; + + indent(ind, pfx, fp); + switch(n->type) { + case NSEMI: + s = "; "; + goto binop; + case NAND: + s = " && "; + goto binop; + case NOR: + s = " || "; +binop: + shtree(n->nbinary.ch1, ind, NULL, fp); + /* if (ind < 0) */ + fputs(s, fp); + shtree(n->nbinary.ch2, ind, NULL, fp); + break; + case NCMD: + shcmd(n, fp); + if (ind >= 0) + putc('\n', fp); + break; + case NPIPE: + for (lp = n->npipe.cmdlist ; lp ; lp = lp->next) { + shcmd(lp->n, fp); + if (lp->next) + fputs(" | ", fp); + } + if (n->npipe.backgnd) + fputs(" &", fp); + if (ind >= 0) + putc('\n', fp); + break; + default: + fprintf(fp, "<node type %d>", n->type); + if (ind >= 0) + putc('\n', fp); + break; + } +} + + + +static void +shcmd(union node *cmd, FILE *fp) +{ + union node *np; + int first; + const char *s; + int dftfd; + + first = 1; + for (np = cmd->ncmd.args ; np ; np = np->narg.next) { + if (! first) + putchar(' '); + sharg(np, fp); + first = 0; + } + for (np = cmd->ncmd.redirect ; np ; np = np->nfile.next) { + if (! first) + putchar(' '); + switch (np->nfile.type) { + case NTO: s = ">"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NCLOBBER: s = ">|"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NAPPEND: s = ">>"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NTOFD: s = ">&"; dftfd = 1; break; + case NFROM: s = "<"; dftfd = 0; break; + case NFROMFD: s = "<&"; dftfd = 0; break; + case NFROMTO: s = "<>"; dftfd = 0; break; + default: s = "*error*"; dftfd = 0; break; + } + if (np->nfile.fd != dftfd) + fprintf(fp, "%d", np->nfile.fd); + fputs(s, fp); + if (np->nfile.type == NTOFD || np->nfile.type == NFROMFD) { + fprintf(fp, "%d", np->ndup.dupfd); + } else { + sharg(np->nfile.fname, fp); + } + first = 0; + } +} + + + +static void +sharg(union node *arg, FILE *fp) +{ + char *p; + struct nodelist *bqlist; + int subtype; + + if (arg->type != NARG) { + printf("<node type %d>\n", arg->type); + abort(); + } + bqlist = arg->narg.backquote; + for (p = arg->narg.text ; *p ; p++) { + switch (*p) { + case CTLESC: + putc(*++p, fp); + break; + case CTLVAR: + putc('$', fp); + putc('{', fp); + subtype = *++p; + if (subtype == VSLENGTH) + putc('#', fp); + + while (*p != '=') + putc(*p++, fp); + + if (subtype & VSNUL) + putc(':', fp); + + switch (subtype & VSTYPE) { + case VSNORMAL: + putc('}', fp); + break; + case VSMINUS: + putc('-', fp); + break; + case VSPLUS: + putc('+', fp); + break; + case VSQUESTION: + putc('?', fp); + break; + case VSASSIGN: + putc('=', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMLEFT: + putc('#', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMLEFTMAX: + putc('#', fp); + putc('#', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMRIGHT: + putc('%', fp); + break; + case VSTRIMRIGHTMAX: + putc('%', fp); + putc('%', fp); + break; + case VSLENGTH: + break; + default: + printf("<subtype %d>", subtype); + } + break; + case CTLENDVAR: + putc('}', fp); + break; + case CTLBACKQ: + case CTLBACKQ|CTLQUOTE: + putc('$', fp); + putc('(', fp); + shtree(bqlist->n, -1, NULL, fp); + putc(')', fp); + break; + default: + putc(*p, fp); + break; + } + } +} + + +static void +indent(int amount, char *pfx, FILE *fp) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0 ; i < amount ; i++) { + if (pfx && i == amount - 1) + fputs(pfx, fp); + putc('\t', fp); + } +} + + + +/* + * Debugging stuff. + */ + + +FILE *tracefile; + + +void +trputc(int c) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + putc(c, tracefile); +} + +void +trace(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list va; + + if (debug != 1) + return; + va_start(va, fmt); + (void) vfprintf(tracefile, fmt, va); + va_end(va); +} + +void +tracev(const char *fmt, va_list va) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + (void) vfprintf(tracefile, fmt, va); +} + + +void +trputs(const char *s) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + fputs(s, tracefile); +} + + +static void +trstring(char *s) +{ + char *p; + char c; + + if (debug != 1) + return; + putc('"', tracefile); + for (p = s ; *p ; p++) { + switch (*p) { + case '\n': c = 'n'; goto backslash; + case '\t': c = 't'; goto backslash; + case '\r': c = 'r'; goto backslash; + case '"': c = '"'; goto backslash; + case '\\': c = '\\'; goto backslash; + case CTLESC: c = 'e'; goto backslash; + case CTLVAR: c = 'v'; goto backslash; + case CTLVAR+CTLQUOTE: c = 'V'; goto backslash; + case CTLBACKQ: c = 'q'; goto backslash; + case CTLBACKQ+CTLQUOTE: c = 'Q'; goto backslash; +backslash: putc('\\', tracefile); + putc(c, tracefile); + break; + default: + if (*p >= ' ' && *p <= '~') + putc(*p, tracefile); + else { + putc('\\', tracefile); + putc(*p >> 6 & 03, tracefile); + putc(*p >> 3 & 07, tracefile); + putc(*p & 07, tracefile); + } + break; + } + } + putc('"', tracefile); +} + + +void +trargs(char **ap) +{ + if (debug != 1) + return; + while (*ap) { + trstring(*ap++); + if (*ap) + putc(' ', tracefile); + else + putc('\n', tracefile); + } +} + + +void +opentrace(void) +{ + char s[100]; +#ifdef O_APPEND + int flags; +#endif + + if (debug != 1) { + if (tracefile) + fflush(tracefile); + /* leave open because libedit might be using it */ + return; + } +#ifdef not_this_way + { + char *p; + if ((p = getenv(homestr)) == NULL) { + if (geteuid() == 0) + p = "/"; + else + p = "/tmp"; + } + scopy(p, s); + strcat(s, "/trace"); + } +#else + scopy("./trace", s); +#endif /* not_this_way */ + if (tracefile) { + if (!freopen(s, "a", tracefile)) { + fprintf(stderr, "Can't re-open %s\n", s); + debug = 0; + return; + } + } else { + if ((tracefile = fopen(s, "a")) == NULL) { + fprintf(stderr, "Can't open %s\n", s); + debug = 0; + return; + } + } +#ifdef O_APPEND + if ((flags = fcntl(fileno(tracefile), F_GETFL, 0)) >= 0) + fcntl(fileno(tracefile), F_SETFL, flags | O_APPEND); +#endif + setlinebuf(tracefile); + fputs("\nTracing started.\n", tracefile); +} +#endif /* DEBUG */ diff --git a/src/show.h b/src/show.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d505a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/show.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* $NetBSD: show.h,v 1.6 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1995 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)show.h 1.1 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +#include <stdarg.h> + +#ifdef DEBUG +union node; +void showtree(union node *); +void trace(const char *, ...); +void tracev(const char *, va_list); +void trargs(char **); +void trputc(int); +void trputs(const char *); +void opentrace(void); +#endif diff --git a/src/system.c b/src/system.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7804b29 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/system.c @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004 + * Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <string.h> +#include "system.h" + +#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +void *mempcpy(void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) +{ + return memcpy(dest, src, n) + n; +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src) +{ + return mempcpy(dest, src, strlen(src) + 1); +} +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRCHRNUL +char *strchrnul(const char *s, int c) +{ + char *p = strchr(s, c); + if (!p) + p = (char *)s + strlen(s); + return p; +} +#endif diff --git a/src/system.h b/src/system.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc64b79 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/system.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2004 + * Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <signal.h> + +static inline void sigclearmask(void) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_SIGSETMASK + sigsetmask(0); +#else + sigset_t set; + sigemptyset(&set); + sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &set, 0); +#endif +} + +#ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +void *mempcpy(void *, const void *, size_t); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +char *stpcpy(char *, const char *); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRCHRNUL +char *strchrnul(const char *, int); +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRTOIMAX +#define strtoimax strtoll +#endif + +#ifndef HAVE_STRTOUMAX +#define strtoumax strtoull +#endif diff --git a/src/trap.c b/src/trap.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bc479b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/trap.c @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +/* $NetBSD: trap.c,v 1.28 2002/11/24 22:35:43 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)trap.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 6/5/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: trap.c,v 1.28 2002/11/24 22:35:43 christos Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "shell.h" +#include "main.h" +#include "nodes.h" /* for other headers */ +#include "eval.h" +#include "jobs.h" +#include "show.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "trap.h" +#include "mystring.h" + +#ifdef HETIO +#include "hetio.h" +#endif + +/* + * Sigmode records the current value of the signal handlers for the various + * modes. A value of zero means that the current handler is not known. + * S_HARD_IGN indicates that the signal was ignored on entry to the shell, + */ + +#define S_DFL 1 /* default signal handling (SIG_DFL) */ +#define S_CATCH 2 /* signal is caught */ +#define S_IGN 3 /* signal is ignored (SIG_IGN) */ +#define S_HARD_IGN 4 /* signal is ignored permenantly */ +#define S_RESET 5 /* temporary - to reset a hard ignored sig */ + + +/* trap handler commands */ +char *trap[NSIG]; +/* current value of signal */ +static char sigmode[NSIG - 1]; +/* indicates specified signal received */ +char gotsig[NSIG - 1]; +/* last pending signal */ +volatile sig_atomic_t pendingsigs; +/* do we generate EXSIG events */ +int exsig; + +extern char *signal_names[]; + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE <signal.h> +INIT { + signal(SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL); +} +#endif + +/* + * The trap builtin. + */ + +int +trapcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *action; + char **ap; + int signo; + + nextopt(nullstr); + ap = argptr; + if (!*ap) { + for (signo = 0 ; signo < NSIG ; signo++) { + if (trap[signo] != NULL) { + out1fmt( + "trap -- %s %s\n", + single_quote(trap[signo]), + signal_names[signo] + ); + } + } + return 0; + } + if (!ap[1]) + action = NULL; + else + action = *ap++; + while (*ap) { + if ((signo = decode_signal(*ap, 0)) < 0) + error("%s: bad trap", *ap); + INTOFF; + if (action) { + if (action[0] == '-' && action[1] == '\0') + action = NULL; + else + action = savestr(action); + } + if (trap[signo]) + ckfree(trap[signo]); + trap[signo] = action; + if (signo != 0) + setsignal(signo); + INTON; + ap++; + } + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * Clear traps on a fork. + */ + +void +clear_traps(void) +{ + char **tp; + + for (tp = trap ; tp < &trap[NSIG] ; tp++) { + if (*tp && **tp) { /* trap not NULL or SIG_IGN */ + INTOFF; + ckfree(*tp); + *tp = NULL; + if (tp != &trap[0]) + setsignal(tp - trap); + INTON; + } + } +} + + + +/* + * Set the signal handler for the specified signal. The routine figures + * out what it should be set to. + */ + +void +setsignal(int signo) +{ + int action; + char *t, tsig; + struct sigaction act; + + if ((t = trap[signo]) == NULL) + action = S_DFL; + else if (*t != '\0') + action = S_CATCH; + else + action = S_IGN; + if (rootshell && action == S_DFL) { + switch (signo) { + case SIGINT: + if (iflag || minusc || sflag == 0) + action = S_CATCH; + break; + case SIGQUIT: +#ifdef DEBUG + if (debug) + break; +#endif + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case SIGTERM: + if (iflag) + action = S_IGN; + break; +#if JOBS + case SIGTSTP: + case SIGTTOU: + if (mflag) + action = S_IGN; + break; +#endif + } + } + + t = &sigmode[signo - 1]; + tsig = *t; + if (tsig == 0) { + /* + * current setting unknown + */ + if (sigaction(signo, 0, &act) == -1) { + /* + * Pretend it worked; maybe we should give a warning + * here, but other shells don't. We don't alter + * sigmode, so that we retry every time. + */ + return; + } + if (act.sa_handler == SIG_IGN) { + if (mflag && (signo == SIGTSTP || + signo == SIGTTIN || signo == SIGTTOU)) { + tsig = S_IGN; /* don't hard ignore these */ + } else + tsig = S_HARD_IGN; + } else { + tsig = S_RESET; /* force to be set */ + } + } + if (tsig == S_HARD_IGN || tsig == action) + return; + switch (action) { + case S_CATCH: + act.sa_handler = onsig; + break; + case S_IGN: + act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; + break; + default: + act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; + } + *t = action; + act.sa_flags = 0; + sigfillset(&act.sa_mask); + sigaction(signo, &act, 0); +} + +/* + * Ignore a signal. + */ + +void +ignoresig(int signo) +{ + if (sigmode[signo - 1] != S_IGN && sigmode[signo - 1] != S_HARD_IGN) { + signal(signo, SIG_IGN); + } + sigmode[signo - 1] = S_HARD_IGN; +} + + + +/* + * Signal handler. + */ + +void +onsig(int signo) +{ + gotsig[signo - 1] = 1; + pendingsigs = signo; + + if (exsig || (signo == SIGINT && !trap[SIGINT])) { + if (!suppressint) + onint(); + intpending = 1; + } +} + + + +/* + * Called to execute a trap. Perhaps we should avoid entering new trap + * handlers while we are executing a trap handler. + */ + +void +dotrap(void) +{ + char *p; + char *q; + int savestatus; + + savestatus = exitstatus; + q = gotsig; + while (pendingsigs = 0, barrier(), (p = memchr(q, 1, NSIG - 1))) { + *p = 0; + p = trap[p - q + 1]; + if (!p) + continue; + evalstring(p); + exitstatus = savestatus; + } +} + + + +/* + * Controls whether the shell is interactive or not. + */ + + +void +setinteractive(int on) +{ + static int is_interactive; + + if (++on == is_interactive) + return; + is_interactive = on; + setsignal(SIGINT); + setsignal(SIGQUIT); + setsignal(SIGTERM); +} + + + +/* + * Called to exit the shell. + */ + +void +exitshell(void) +{ + struct jmploc loc; + char *p; + int status; + int jmp; + +#ifdef HETIO + hetio_reset_term(); +#endif + jmp = setjmp(loc.loc); + status = exitstatus; + TRACE(("pid %d, exitshell(%d)\n", getpid(), status)); + if (jmp) + goto out; + handler = &loc; + if ((p = trap[0]) != NULL && *p != '\0') { + trap[0] = NULL; + evalstring(p); + } + flushall(); +out: + _exit(status); + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +int decode_signal(const char *string, int minsig) +{ + int signo; + + if (is_number(string)) { + signo = atoi(string); + if (signo >= NSIG) { + return -1; + } + return signo; + } + + for (signo = minsig; signo < NSIG; signo++) { + if (!strcasecmp(string, signal_names[signo])) { + return signo; + } + } + + return -1; +} diff --git a/src/trap.h b/src/trap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd164a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/trap.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* $NetBSD: trap.h,v 1.16 2002/11/24 22:35:43 christos Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)trap.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/5/95 + */ + +#include <signal.h> + +extern char *trap[]; +extern char gotsig[]; +extern volatile sig_atomic_t pendingsigs; + +int trapcmd(int, char **); +void clear_traps(void); +void setsignal(int); +void ignoresig(int); +void onsig(int); +void dotrap(void); +void setinteractive(int); +void exitshell(void) __attribute__((__noreturn__)); +int decode_signal(const char *, int); diff --git a/src/var.c b/src/var.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0908840 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/var.c @@ -0,0 +1,689 @@ +/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.32 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include <sys/cdefs.h> +#ifndef lint +#if 0 +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95"; +#else +__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.32 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $"); +#endif +#endif /* not lint */ + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <paths.h> + +/* + * Shell variables. + */ + +#include "shell.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "expand.h" +#include "nodes.h" /* for other headers */ +#include "eval.h" /* defines cmdenviron */ +#include "exec.h" +#include "syntax.h" +#include "options.h" +#include "mail.h" +#include "var.h" +#include "memalloc.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "mystring.h" +#include "parser.h" +#include "show.h" +#ifndef SMALL +#include "myhistedit.h" +#endif +#include "system.h" + + +#define VTABSIZE 39 + + +struct localvar *localvars; + +const char defpathvar[] = + "PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin"; +#ifdef IFS_BROKEN +const char defifsvar[] = "IFS= \t\n"; +#else +const char defifs[] = " \t\n"; +#endif + +struct var varinit[] = { +#if ATTY + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "ATTY\0", 0 }, +#endif +#ifdef IFS_BROKEN + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, defifsvar, 0 }, +#else + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "IFS\0", 0 }, +#endif + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "MAIL\0", changemail }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "MAILPATH\0", changemail }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, defpathvar, changepath }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "PS1=$ ", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "PS2=> ", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "PS4=+ ", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED, "OPTIND=1", getoptsreset }, +#ifndef SMALL + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "TERM\0", 0 }, + { 0, VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED|VUNSET, "HISTSIZE\0", sethistsize }, +#endif +}; + +STATIC struct var *vartab[VTABSIZE]; + +STATIC void mklocal(char *); +STATIC struct var **hashvar(const char *); +STATIC int vpcmp(const void *, const void *); +STATIC struct var **findvar(struct var **, const char *); + +/* + * Initialize the varable symbol tables and import the environment + */ + +#ifdef mkinit +INCLUDE <unistd.h> +INCLUDE <sys/types.h> +INCLUDE <sys/stat.h> +INCLUDE "cd.h" +INCLUDE "output.h" +INCLUDE "var.h" +MKINIT char **environ; +INIT { + char **envp; + static char ppid[32] = "PPID="; + const char *p; + struct stat st1, st2; + + initvar(); + for (envp = environ ; *envp ; envp++) { + if (strchr(*envp, '=')) { + setvareq(*envp, VEXPORT|VTEXTFIXED); + } + } + + fmtstr(ppid + 5, sizeof(ppid) - 5, "%ld", (long) getppid()); + setvareq(ppid, VTEXTFIXED); + + p = lookupvar("PWD"); + if (p) + if (*p != '/' || stat(p, &st1) || stat(".", &st2) || + st1.st_dev != st2.st_dev || st1.st_ino != st2.st_ino) + p = 0; + setpwd(p, 0); +} +#endif + + +/* + * This routine initializes the builtin variables. It is called when the + * shell is initialized. + */ + +void +initvar(void) +{ + struct var *vp; + struct var *end; + struct var **vpp; + + vp = varinit; + end = vp + sizeof(varinit) / sizeof(varinit[0]); + do { + vpp = hashvar(vp->text); + vp->next = *vpp; + *vpp = vp; + } while (++vp < end); + /* + * PS1 depends on uid + */ + if (!geteuid()) + vps1.text = "PS1=# "; +} + +/* + * Safe version of setvar, returns 1 on success 0 on failure. + */ + +int +setvarsafe(const char *name, const char *val, int flags) +{ + int err; + volatile int saveint; + struct jmploc *volatile savehandler = handler; + struct jmploc jmploc; + + SAVEINT(saveint); + if (setjmp(jmploc.loc)) + err = 1; + else { + handler = &jmploc; + setvar(name, val, flags); + err = 0; + } + handler = savehandler; + RESTOREINT(saveint); + return err; +} + +/* + * Set the value of a variable. The flags argument is ored with the + * flags of the variable. If val is NULL, the variable is unset. + */ + +void +setvar(const char *name, const char *val, int flags) +{ + char *p, *q; + size_t namelen; + char *nameeq; + size_t vallen; + + q = endofname(name); + p = strchrnul(q, '='); + namelen = p - name; + if (!namelen || p != q) + error("%.*s: bad variable name", namelen, name); + vallen = 0; + if (val == NULL) { + flags |= VUNSET; + } else { + vallen = strlen(val); + } + INTOFF; + p = mempcpy(nameeq = ckmalloc(namelen + vallen + 2), name, namelen); + *p++ = '\0'; + if (vallen) { + p[-1] = '='; + p = mempcpy(p, val, vallen); + } + *p = '\0'; + setvareq(nameeq, flags | VNOSAVE); + INTON; +} + + + +/* + * Same as setvar except that the variable and value are passed in + * the first argument as name=value. Since the first argument will + * be actually stored in the table, it should not be a string that + * will go away. + * Called with interrupts off. + */ + +void +setvareq(char *s, int flags) +{ + struct var *vp, **vpp; + + vpp = hashvar(s); + flags |= (VEXPORT & (((unsigned) (1 - aflag)) - 1)); + vp = *findvar(vpp, s); + if (vp) { + if (vp->flags & VREADONLY) { + const char *n; + + if (flags & VNOSAVE) + free(s); + n = vp->text; + error("%.*s: is read only", strchrnul(n, '=') - n, n); + } + + if (flags & VNOSET) + return; + + if (vp->func && (flags & VNOFUNC) == 0) + (*vp->func)(strchrnul(s, '=') + 1); + + if ((vp->flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0) + ckfree(vp->text); + + flags |= vp->flags & ~(VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK|VNOSAVE|VUNSET); + } else { + if (flags & VNOSET) + return; + /* not found */ + vp = ckmalloc(sizeof (*vp)); + vp->next = *vpp; + vp->func = NULL; + *vpp = vp; + } + if (!(flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK|VNOSAVE))) + s = savestr(s); + vp->text = s; + vp->flags = flags; +} + + + +/* + * Process a linked list of variable assignments. + */ + +void +listsetvar(struct strlist *list, int flags) +{ + struct strlist *lp; + + lp = list; + if (!lp) + return; + INTOFF; + do { + setvareq(lp->text, flags); + } while ((lp = lp->next)); + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Find the value of a variable. Returns NULL if not set. + */ + +char * +lookupvar(const char *name) +{ + struct var *v; + + if ((v = *findvar(hashvar(name), name)) && !(v->flags & VUNSET)) { + return strchrnul(v->text, '=') + 1; + } + return NULL; +} + + + +/* + * Search the environment of a builtin command. + */ + +char * +bltinlookup(const char *name) +{ + struct strlist *sp; + + for (sp = cmdenviron ; sp ; sp = sp->next) { + if (varequal(sp->text, name)) + return strchrnul(sp->text, '=') + 1; + } + return lookupvar(name); +} + + + +/* + * Generate a list of variables satisfying the given conditions. + */ + +char ** +listvars(int on, int off, char ***end) +{ + struct var **vpp; + struct var *vp; + char **ep; + int mask; + + STARTSTACKSTR(ep); + vpp = vartab; + mask = on | off; + do { + for (vp = *vpp ; vp ; vp = vp->next) + if ((vp->flags & mask) == on) { + if (ep == stackstrend()) + ep = growstackstr(); + *ep++ = (char *) vp->text; + } + } while (++vpp < vartab + VTABSIZE); + if (ep == stackstrend()) + ep = growstackstr(); + if (end) + *end = ep; + *ep++ = NULL; + return grabstackstr(ep); +} + + + +/* + * POSIX requires that 'set' (but not export or readonly) output the + * variables in lexicographic order - by the locale's collating order (sigh). + * Maybe we could keep them in an ordered balanced binary tree + * instead of hashed lists. + * For now just roll 'em through qsort for printing... + */ + +int +showvars(const char *prefix, int on, int off) +{ + const char *sep; + char **ep, **epend; + + ep = listvars(on, off, &epend); + qsort(ep, epend - ep, sizeof(char *), vpcmp); + + sep = *prefix ? spcstr : prefix; + + for (; ep < epend; ep++) { + const char *p; + const char *q; + + p = strchrnul(*ep, '='); + q = nullstr; + if (*p) + q = single_quote(++p); + + out1fmt("%s%s%.*s%s\n", prefix, sep, (int)(p - *ep), *ep, q); + } + + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * The export and readonly commands. + */ + +int +exportcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct var *vp; + char *name; + const char *p; + char **aptr; + int flag = argv[0][0] == 'r'? VREADONLY : VEXPORT; + int notp; + + notp = nextopt("p") - 'p'; + if (notp && ((name = *(aptr = argptr)))) { + do { + if ((p = strchr(name, '=')) != NULL) { + p++; + } else { + if ((vp = *findvar(hashvar(name), name))) { + vp->flags |= flag; + continue; + } + } + setvar(name, p, flag); + } while ((name = *++aptr) != NULL); + } else { + showvars(argv[0], flag, 0); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * The "local" command. + */ + +int +localcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char *name; + + argv = argptr; + while ((name = *argv++) != NULL) { + mklocal(name); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* + * Make a variable a local variable. When a variable is made local, it's + * value and flags are saved in a localvar structure. The saved values + * will be restored when the shell function returns. We handle the name + * "-" as a special case. + */ + +STATIC void +mklocal(char *name) +{ + struct localvar *lvp; + struct var **vpp; + struct var *vp; + + INTOFF; + lvp = ckmalloc(sizeof (struct localvar)); + if (name[0] == '-' && name[1] == '\0') { + char *p; + p = ckmalloc(sizeof(optlist)); + lvp->text = memcpy(p, optlist, sizeof(optlist)); + vp = NULL; + } else { + char *eq; + + vpp = hashvar(name); + vp = *findvar(vpp, name); + eq = strchr(name, '='); + if (vp == NULL) { + if (eq) + setvareq(name, VSTRFIXED); + else + setvar(name, NULL, VSTRFIXED); + vp = *vpp; /* the new variable */ + lvp->flags = VUNSET; + } else { + lvp->text = vp->text; + lvp->flags = vp->flags; + vp->flags |= VSTRFIXED|VTEXTFIXED; + if (eq) + setvareq(name, 0); + } + } + lvp->vp = vp; + lvp->next = localvars; + localvars = lvp; + INTON; +} + + +/* + * Called after a function returns. + * Interrupts must be off. + */ + +void +poplocalvars(void) +{ + struct localvar *lvp; + struct var *vp; + + while ((lvp = localvars) != NULL) { + localvars = lvp->next; + vp = lvp->vp; + TRACE(("poplocalvar %s", vp ? vp->text : "-")); + if (vp == NULL) { /* $- saved */ + memcpy(optlist, lvp->text, sizeof(optlist)); + ckfree(lvp->text); + optschanged(); + } else if ((lvp->flags & (VUNSET|VSTRFIXED)) == VUNSET) { + unsetvar(vp->text); + } else { + if (vp->func) + (*vp->func)(strchrnul(lvp->text, '=') + 1); + if ((vp->flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0) + ckfree(vp->text); + vp->flags = lvp->flags; + vp->text = lvp->text; + } + ckfree(lvp); + } +} + + +/* + * The unset builtin command. We unset the function before we unset the + * variable to allow a function to be unset when there is a readonly variable + * with the same name. + */ + +int +unsetcmd(int argc, char **argv) +{ + char **ap; + int i; + int flag = 0; + int ret = 0; + + while ((i = nextopt("vf")) != '\0') { + flag = i; + } + + for (ap = argptr; *ap ; ap++) { + if (flag != 'f') { + i = unsetvar(*ap); + ret |= i; + if (!(i & 2)) + continue; + } + if (flag != 'v') + unsetfunc(*ap); + } + return ret & 1; +} + + +/* + * Unset the specified variable. + */ + +int +unsetvar(const char *s) +{ + struct var **vpp; + struct var *vp; + int retval; + + vpp = findvar(hashvar(s), s); + vp = *vpp; + retval = 2; + if (vp) { + int flags = vp->flags; + + retval = 1; + if (flags & VREADONLY) + goto out; + if (flags & VUNSET) + goto ok; + if ((flags & VSTRFIXED) == 0) { + INTOFF; + if ((flags & (VTEXTFIXED|VSTACK)) == 0) + ckfree(vp->text); + *vpp = vp->next; + ckfree(vp); + INTON; + } else { + setvar(s, 0, 0); + vp->flags &= ~VEXPORT; + } +ok: + retval = 0; + } + +out: + return retval; +} + + + +/* + * Find the appropriate entry in the hash table from the name. + */ + +STATIC struct var ** +hashvar(const char *p) +{ + unsigned int hashval; + + hashval = ((unsigned char) *p) << 4; + while (*p && *p != '=') + hashval += (unsigned char) *p++; + return &vartab[hashval % VTABSIZE]; +} + + + +/* + * Compares two strings up to the first = or '\0'. The first + * string must be terminated by '='; the second may be terminated by + * either '=' or '\0'. + */ + +int +varcmp(const char *p, const char *q) +{ + int c, d; + + while ((c = *p) == (d = *q)) { + if (!c || c == '=') + goto out; + p++; + q++; + } + if (c == '=') + c = 0; + if (d == '=') + d = 0; +out: + return c - d; +} + +STATIC int +vpcmp(const void *a, const void *b) +{ + return varcmp(*(const char **)a, *(const char **)b); +} + +STATIC struct var ** +findvar(struct var **vpp, const char *name) +{ + for (; *vpp; vpp = &(*vpp)->next) { + if (varequal((*vpp)->text, name)) { + break; + } + } + return vpp; +} diff --git a/src/var.h b/src/var.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c59262d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/var.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* $NetBSD: var.h,v 1.21 2003/01/22 20:36:04 dsl Exp $ */ + +/*- + * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Kenneth Almquist. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)var.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95 + */ + +/* + * Shell variables. + */ + +/* flags */ +#define VEXPORT 0x01 /* variable is exported */ +#define VREADONLY 0x02 /* variable cannot be modified */ +#define VSTRFIXED 0x04 /* variable struct is statically allocated */ +#define VTEXTFIXED 0x08 /* text is statically allocated */ +#define VSTACK 0x10 /* text is allocated on the stack */ +#define VUNSET 0x20 /* the variable is not set */ +#define VNOFUNC 0x40 /* don't call the callback function */ +#define VNOSET 0x80 /* do not set variable - just readonly test */ +#define VNOSAVE 0x100 /* when text is on the heap before setvareq */ + + +struct var { + struct var *next; /* next entry in hash list */ + int flags; /* flags are defined above */ + const char *text; /* name=value */ + void (*func)(const char *); + /* function to be called when */ + /* the variable gets set/unset */ +}; + + +struct localvar { + struct localvar *next; /* next local variable in list */ + struct var *vp; /* the variable that was made local */ + int flags; /* saved flags */ + const char *text; /* saved text */ +}; + + +extern struct localvar *localvars; +extern struct var varinit[]; + +#if ATTY +#define vatty varinit[0] +#define vifs varinit[1] +#else +#define vifs varinit[0] +#endif +#define vmail (&vifs)[1] +#define vmpath (&vmail)[1] +#define vpath (&vmpath)[1] +#define vps1 (&vpath)[1] +#define vps2 (&vps1)[1] +#define vps4 (&vps2)[1] +#define voptind (&vps4)[1] +#ifndef SMALL +#define vterm (&voptind)[1] +#define vhistsize (&vterm)[1] +#endif + +#ifdef IFS_BROKEN +extern const char defifsvar[]; +#define defifs (defifsvar + 4) +#else +extern const char defifs[]; +#endif +extern const char defpathvar[]; +#define defpath (defpathvar + 5) + +/* + * The following macros access the values of the above variables. + * They have to skip over the name. They return the null string + * for unset variables. + */ + +#define ifsval() (vifs.text + 4) +#define ifsset() ((vifs.flags & VUNSET) == 0) +#define mailval() (vmail.text + 5) +#define mpathval() (vmpath.text + 9) +#define pathval() (vpath.text + 5) +#define ps1val() (vps1.text + 4) +#define ps2val() (vps2.text + 4) +#define ps4val() (vps4.text + 4) +#define optindval() (voptind.text + 7) +#ifndef SMALL +#define histsizeval() (vhistsize.text + 9) +#define termval() (vterm.text + 5) +#endif + +#if ATTY +#define attyset() ((vatty.flags & VUNSET) == 0) +#endif +#define mpathset() ((vmpath.flags & VUNSET) == 0) + +void initvar(void); +void setvar(const char *, const char *, int); +void setvareq(char *, int); +struct strlist; +void listsetvar(struct strlist *, int); +char *lookupvar(const char *); +char *bltinlookup(const char *); +char **listvars(int, int, char ***); +#define environment() listvars(VEXPORT, VUNSET, 0) +int showvars(const char *, int, int); +int exportcmd(int, char **); +int localcmd(int, char **); +void poplocalvars(void); +int unsetcmd(int, char **); +int unsetvar(const char *); +int setvarsafe(const char *, const char *, int); +int varcmp(const char *, const char *); + +static inline int varequal(const char *a, const char *b) { + return !varcmp(a, b); +} |